Recurrent abdominal pain and vomiting

Article Type
Changed
Fri, 02/16/2018 - 11:07
Display Headline
Recurrent abdominal pain and vomiting

A 32-year-old man presents to the emergency department with excruciating abdominal pain associated with multiple episodes of vomiting for the past 2 days. He reports no fevers, headaches, diarrhea, constipation, hematochezia, melena, musculoskeletal symptoms, or weight loss. His abdominal pain is generalized and crampy. It does not radiate and has no precipitating factors. The pain is relieved only with intravenous narcotics.

See related editorial

He does not smoke, drink alcohol, or use illicit drugs. He has no known drug or food allergies. He says that his current condition causes him emotional stress that affects his performance at work.

About a year ago, after a complicated surgical procedure, he needed chronic high-dose narcotics. A few months later, he developed multiple bouts of abdominal pain and vomiting that required hospital visits. He now takes oral oxycodone 10–15 mg every 4–6 hours.

On admission, his vital signs are stable, but he is in excruciating pain. He is alert and oriented to person, place, and time. His sclera are anicteric, and the pupils are equal, round, and reactive to light. Lung and heart examinations are normal. The abdomen is soft and nondistended but tender in all four quadrants without guarding; the liver and spleen are not palpable, and no abdominal masses are detected. He has no skin rash, joint swelling or tenderness, or peripheral edema. The neurologic examination is normal. Computed tomography (CT) of the abdomen with contrast shows no signs of bowel obstruction, pancreatic calcifications or edema, cholecystitis, or hepatobiliary disease. Results of initial laboratory testing are shown in Table 1.

1. Based on the information available, which is the least likely cause of his symptoms?

  • Acute pancreatitis
  • Cyclic vomiting syndrome
  • Acute intermittent porphyria
  • Gastroparesis

Acute pancreatitis

Acute pancreatitis is the least likely cause of his symptoms. It is commonly caused by gallstones, alcohol, hypertriglyceridemia, and certain drugs.1 The associated abdominal pain is usually epigastric, radiates to the back, and is accompanied by nausea or vomiting, or both. The onset of pain is sudden and rapidly increases in severity within 30 minutes. CT shows enlargement of the pancreas with diffuse edema, heterogeneity of pancreatic parenchyma, peripancreatic stranding, and peripancreatic fluid collections.1 The diagnosis is based on two of the following three criteria: abdominal pain characteristic of acute pancreatitis; a serum amylase or lipase concentration three or more times the upper limit of normal; and characteristic findings of acute pancreatitis on CT.1

Cyclic vomiting syndrome

Cyclic vomiting syndrome is thought to be caused by episodic dysautonomia, mitochondrial DNA mutations, and hypothalamic emetic response oversensitivity,2–4 but the exact pathogenesis is unknown. The syndrome has been strongly linked to migraine and to the chronic excessive use of cannabinoids.5–9 The Rome III diagnostic criteria10 are the following: the vomiting episodes are stereotypical, ie, they are acute and last for less than 1 week; the patient has had three or more episodes in the previous year; and the patient has no nausea or vomiting between episodes. The patient must meet all three criteria. A history of migraine or a family history of migraine further supports the diagnosis.

Acute intermittent porphyria

Acute intermittent porphyria is characterized by neurovisceral symptoms such as convulsions, paresis, autonomic dysfunction, constipation, and diarrhea that result from the overproduction of porphyrin precursors and deficiency of porphobilinogen deaminase.11

Most patients have poorly localized, severe, steady abdominal pain that develops over hours to days and that may persist for days to weeks.11 Since the pain is neuropathic, abdominal tenderness is usually minimal during an acute attack. Other clues include signs of ileus, such as constipation, nausea, abdominal distention, or decreased bowel sounds; bladder dysfunction, eg, urinary retention, incontinence, or dysuria; reddish-brown urine; and sensory neuropathy of the chest, back, and extremities.11 Blistering skin lesions are usually not seen. The presence of porphobilinogen in the urine confirms the diagnosis.11

Gastroparesis

Gastroparesis is a result of discoordination between the sympathetic and parasympathetic nervous systems, neurons, and smooth muscles within the stomach, causing a decrease in gastric motility. Common causes are diabetes,12 scleroderma,13 and neurologic disorders.14 It can also be iatrogenic,15 resulting from visceral nerve injury and drug treatment with narcotics, calcium channel blockers, muscarinic cholinergic antagonists, or certain antidepressants. Symptoms are related to gastric stasis, ie, abdominal pain from gastric distention, bloating, vomiting, and early satiety.15 Abdominal pain may worsen after eating, and vomitus usually consists of recently ingested food. These patients may have abdominal distension or tenderness and succussion splash. After excluding possible mechanical obstruction, a gastric-emptying study may be necessary to make the diagnosis.15

CASE CONTINUED

A serum and urine drug screen in our patient is positive only for opioids. Urine measures of delta-aminolevulinic acid and porphobilinogen are normal. CT angiography of the abdomen shows no signs of mesenteric vascular occlusion. Esophagogastroduodenoscopy shows antral gastritis, but the esophagus and duodenum appear normal, and colonoscopy is normal as well. Histologic study of biopsy specimens obtained during endoscopy is unrevealing. A gastric-emptying study shows delayed emptying. The patient’s abdominal pain and vomiting persist with the initial dose of intravenous narcotic but resolve with escalating doses. When asked, the patient denies an excessive need for hot baths.

 

 

2. Which is the most likely diagnosis at this point?

  • Narcotic bowel syndrome
  • Opioid withdrawal
  • Crohn disease
  • Chronic pancreatitis
  • Chronic mesenteric ischemia
  • Cannabinoid hyperemesis

Narcotic bowel syndrome

Narcotic bowel syndrome is the most likely diagnosis. Grunkemeier et al16 described it as chronic or frequently recurring abdominal pain that is treated with narcotics, either chronically or acutely with high doses, and that includes all the following features16:

  • The pain worsens or resolves incompletely with continued or increasing doses of narcotics
  • The pain markedly worsens when the narcotic dose is decreased, and decreases when the drug is reinstituted (the “soarand-crash” effect)
  • The frequency, duration, and intensity of the pain episodes gradually increase
  • The nature of the pain and its intensity are not explained by a current or previous gastrointestinal diagnosis.16

This syndrome is common in patients who receive high doses of narcotics for postoperative pain or for other, nonmalignant causes of pain. Patients eventually become dependent on the drugs but are not aware that chronic use activates and facilitates areas in the brain that enhance the perception of pain.16 A study of a rat model of narcotic bowel syndrome17 showed that morphine-induced hyperalgesia depends on central sensitization involving the activation of spinal microglia. This eventually results in concomitant peripheral sensitization involving the colonic mucosal neuroimmune system, and also in central or peripheral activation of opioid kappa-receptors by dynorphin release.17

Patients tend to present with chronic or intermittent colicky abdominal pain that requires escalating doses of narcotics. Eventually, they develop tachyphylaxis and shortened pain-free periods and will require even higher doses of narcotics. This ultimately enhances the perception of pain and worsens opioid bowel symptoms, causing a vicious circle of pain and more narcotic use.16

Laboratory tests are usually normal, and imaging may show only ileus. Gastric emptying may be delayed in patients who have either narcotic bowel syndrome or gastroparesis, but since abdominal pain from narcotic bowel syndrome is a result of central and visceral hypersensitivity, these patients perceive more severe abdominal pain than patients with gastroparesis alone.

Opioid withdrawal

Symptoms of opioid withdrawal may appear as soon as 6 to 24 hours after cessation of the opioid in patients known to be dependent on opioids. These patients present with crampy abdominal pain with nausea.18 Other symptoms include agitation, rhinorrhea, lacrimation, excessive yawning, arthralgias, papillary dilation, and piloerection.18

Our patient did not have the typical signs of opioid withdrawal.

Crohn disease

Crohn disease is a multisystem disorder with specific clinical and pathologic features. It is characterized by focal, asymmetric, transmural, and occasionally granulomatous inflammation primarily affecting the gastrointestinal tract.19 Characteristic symptoms include abdominal pain, chronic diarrhea with or without rectal bleeding, and weight loss. Extraintestinal signs may include anemia and inflammatory changes in the eyes, skin, and joints. The diagnosis is based on endoscopic, radiographic, and pathologic findings.19

Our patient did not have diarrhea or signs of Crohn disease on CT, endoscopy, or histology.

Chronic pancreatitis

Chronic pancreatitis involves progressive inflammatory changes resulting in permanent structural damage to the pancreas and subsequent exocrine and endocrine dysfunction.20 Patients have epigastric abdominal pain that often radiates to the back20; it is associated with eating and is partly relieved with leaning forward. Symptoms of pancreatic insufficiency such as fat malabsorption (resulting in steatorrhea and fat-soluble vitamin deficiency) and diabetes are common. Calcifications within the pancreas on CT suggest chronic pancreatitis.20 Serum lipase and amylase levels may be normal or slightly elevated.20

Our patient’s abdominal pain was not typical of pancreatitis. He had no signs or symptoms of pancreatic insufficiency and no calcifications within the pancreas.

Chronic mesenteric ischemia

Chronic mesenteric ischemia (“intestinal angina”) is caused by a reduction in intestinal blood flow as a result of occlusion, vasospasm, or hypoperfusion of the mesenteric vasculature.21 It is commonly seen in patients who smoke or who have atherosclerotic vascular disease. These patients have chronic dull or crampy abdominal pain that usually occurs within 1 hour after eating.21 To avoid pain, patients avoid eating, resulting in weight loss.21 CT angiography with multi-detector CT is as effective as angiography (the gold standard) in depicting splanchnic arterial anatomy.22

Our patient is young and has no known risk factors for atherosclerosis such as smoking. His abdominal pain is more intermittent than chronic and is not associated with eating.

Cannabinoid hyperemesis

Cannabinoid hyperemesis should be considered in patients with long-term cannabis use presenting with cyclic vomiting, abdominal pain, compulsive use of hot showers, and improvement of symptoms with cannabis cessation.23 Although cannabinoids have been recognized for their antiemetic effects, long-term use may eventually cause autonomic instability and disturbances in the hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal axis, resulting in cyclic vomiting and thermoregulatory impairment.23

Although our patient presented with multiple episodes of vomiting and abdominal pain, he denied using marijuana, he tested negative for tetrahydrocannabinol, and he did not associate any relief of his symptoms with hot baths.

CASE CONTINUED

Our patient receives intravenous hydration, antiemetics, and a narcotic in tapering intravenous doses, and his symptoms gradually improve. He is discharged from the hospital. However, a few weeks later he is readmitted with the same symptoms of abdominal pain and nausea.

 

 

3. What is the cornerstone of treatment for narcotic bowel syndrome?

  • Establishing a therapeutic relationship
  • Detoxification
  • Supportive management with intravenous fluids, antiemetics, and stool-softeners
  • Medical management with a short-acting narcotic, clonidine, lorazepam, and desipramine

MANAGEMENT OF NARCOTIC BOWEL SYNDROME

An effective therapeutic relationship with the patient is the cornerstone of treatment and should be established before starting detoxification.17 The physician must first learn to accept that the patient’s condition is real and must show genuine empathy as well as provide information about the pathophysiologic basis of the condition, the rationale for withholding narcotics, and the detrimental role narcotics play in the vicious circle of pain.

Detoxification involves gradually withdrawing the narcotic and substituting a nonnarcotic such as an antidepressant for pain control, as well as prescribing a drug such as a benzodiazepine or clonidine to prevent withdrawal symptoms and a laxative to prevent constipation.17,24 The physician must reassure the patient that he or she will not be abandoned in pain and that all medications will be continuously adjusted as needed to keep him or her comfortable throughout the detoxification process.17,24 The physician must continuously gauge the patient’s willingness to continue with treatment and must also be readily available to address the patient’s concerns in a timely manner.17,24 Involving family members and friends may provide additional support to the patient. Referral to a functional gastrointestinal motility program, a pain specialist, and a psychologist may also be considered.17,24 Follow-up care is essential, even after the withdrawal program has ended.17,24

BACK TO THE PATIENT

After successfully establishing a therapeutic relationship and discussing the treatment plan with our patient, we started him on the same dosage of narcotic that he had been receiving, calculated in intravenous morphine equivalents to achieve maximal comfort, and then decreased the dosage by 10% to 33% daily until he was completely off narcotics. An antidepressant and a benzodiazepine were given simultaneously with narcotic tapering. Oral clonidine (0.1–0.4 mg/day) was given after the narcotic dosage was reduced to about half, and polyethylene glycol was given as needed for constipation. The total duration of detoxification was 7 days.

The patient was referred to a psychologist for cognitive-behavioral and relaxation therapy, as well as for encouragement and support. At 6 months, he had had no recurrence of symptoms.

TAKE-HOME MESSAGE

In the United States, the number of patients taking a narcotic for nonmalignant pain is increasing, 25 and physicians should be more aware of complications such as narcotic bowel syndrome.

Narcotic bowel syndrome should be suspected in any patient with prolonged narcotic use presenting with multiple recurrent episodes of abdominal pain after other causes are ruled out.

Establishing a good therapeutic relationship with the patient is the cornerstone of successful treatment. Patients who understand their condition and are willing to be treated tend to have better outcomes.

Supportive treatment, symptom relief, and emotional support during detoxification increase compliance.

References
  1. Banks PA, Freeman ML; Practice Parameters Committee of the American College of Gastroenterology. Practice guidelines in acute pancreatitis. Am J Gastroenterol 2006; 101:23792400.
  2. Boles RG, Adams K, Ito M, Li BU. Maternal inheritance in cyclic vomiting syndrome with neuromuscular disease. Am J Med Genet A 2003; 120A:474482.
  3. Wang Q, Ito M, Adams K, et al. Mitochondrial DNA control region sequence variation in migraine headache and cyclic vomiting syndrome. Am J Med Genet A 2004; 131:5058.
  4. Taché Y. Cyclic vomiting syndrome: the corticotropinreleasing-factor hypothesis. Dig Dis Sci 1999; 44(suppl 8):79S86S.
  5. Withers GD, Silburn SR, Forbes DA. Precipitants and aetiology of cyclic vomiting syndrome. Acta Paediatr 1998; 87:272277.
  6. Whitney HB. Cyclic vomiting. A brief review of this affection as illustrated by a typical case. Arch Pediatr 1898; 15:839845.
  7. Stickler GB. Relationship between cyclic vomiting syndrome and migraine. Clin Pediatr (Phila) 2005; 44:505508.
  8. Li BU, Murray RD, Heitlinger LA, Robbins JL, Hayes JR. Is cyclic vomiting syndrome related to migraine? J Pediatr 1999; 134:567572.
  9. Allen JH, de Moore GM, Heddle R, Twartz JC. Cannabinoid hyperemesis: cyclical hyperemesis in association with chronic cannabis abuse. Gut 2004; 53:15661570.
  10. Rome Foundation. Rome III disorders and diagnostic criteria. http://www.romecriteria.org/criteria/. Accessed February 27, 2013.
  11. Anderson KE, Bloomer JR, Bonkovsky HL, et al. Recommendations for the diagnosis and treatment of the acute porphyrias. Ann Intern Med 2005; 142:439450.
  12. Camilleri M. Clinical practice. Diabetic gastroparesis. N Engl J Med 2007; 356:820829.
  13. Maddern GJ, Horowitz M, Jamieson GG, Chatterton BE, Collins PJ, Roberts-Thomson P. Abnormalities of esophageal and gastric emptying in progressive systemic sclerosis. Gastroenterology 1984; 87:922926.
  14. Jost WH. Gastrointestinal dysfunction in Parkinson’s disease. J Neurol Sci 2010; 289:6973.
  15. Parkman HP, Hasler WL, Fisher RS; American Gastroenterological Association. American Gastroenterological Association technical review on the diagnosis and treatment of gastroparesis. Gastroenterology 2004; 127:15921622.
  16. Grunkemeier DM, Cassara JE, Dalton CB, Drossman DA. The narcotic bowel syndrome: clinical features, pathophysiology, and management. Clin Gastroenterol Hepatol 2007; 5:11261139.
  17. Agostini S, Eutamene H, Cartier C, et al. Evidence of central and peripheral sensitization in a rat model of narcotic bowel-like syndrome. Gastroenterology 2010; 139:553563,563.e1e5.
  18. Nicholls L, Bragaw L, Ruetsch C. Opioid dependence treatment and guidelines. J Manag Care Pharm 2010; 16(1 suppl B):S14S21.
  19. Lichtenstein GR, Hanauer SB, Sandborn WJ; Practice Parameters Committee of American College of Gastroenterology. Management of Crohn’s disease in adults. Am J Gastroenterol 2009; 104:465483.
  20. Steer ML, Waxman I, Freedman S. Chronic pancreatitis. N Engl J Med 1995; 332:14821490.
  21. American Gastroenterological Association Medical Position Statement: guidelines on intestinal ischemia. Gastroenterology 2000; 118:951953.
  22. Savastano S, Teso S, Corrà S, Fantozzi O, Miotto D. Multislice CT angiography of the celiac and superior mesenteric arteries: comparison with arteriographic findings. Radiol Med 2002; 103:456463.
  23. Simonetto DA, Oxentenko AS, Herman ML, Szostek JH. Cannabinoid hyperemesis: a case series of 98 patients. Mayo Clin Proc 2012; 87:114119.
  24. Drossman DA, Morris CB, Edwards H, et al. Diagnosis, characterization, and 3-month outcome after detoxification of 39 patients with narcotic bowel syndrome. Am J Gastroenterol 2012; 107:14261440.
  25. Trescot AM, Boswell MV, Atluri SL, et al. Opioid guidelines in the management of chronic non-cancer pain. Pain Physician 2006; 9:139.
Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Markus Agito, MD
Department of Internal Medicine, Akron General Medical Center, Akron, OH

Maged Rizk, MD
Quality Improvement Officer, Digestive Disease Institute, Cleveland Clinic; Assistant Professor, Cleveland Clinic Lerner College of Medicine of Case Western Reserve University, Cleveland, OH

Address: Markus Agito, MD, Department of Internal Medicine, Akron General Medical Center, 400 Wabash Avenue, Akron, OH 44307; e-mail: [email protected]

Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 80(7)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
436-440
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Markus Agito, MD
Department of Internal Medicine, Akron General Medical Center, Akron, OH

Maged Rizk, MD
Quality Improvement Officer, Digestive Disease Institute, Cleveland Clinic; Assistant Professor, Cleveland Clinic Lerner College of Medicine of Case Western Reserve University, Cleveland, OH

Address: Markus Agito, MD, Department of Internal Medicine, Akron General Medical Center, 400 Wabash Avenue, Akron, OH 44307; e-mail: [email protected]

Author and Disclosure Information

Markus Agito, MD
Department of Internal Medicine, Akron General Medical Center, Akron, OH

Maged Rizk, MD
Quality Improvement Officer, Digestive Disease Institute, Cleveland Clinic; Assistant Professor, Cleveland Clinic Lerner College of Medicine of Case Western Reserve University, Cleveland, OH

Address: Markus Agito, MD, Department of Internal Medicine, Akron General Medical Center, 400 Wabash Avenue, Akron, OH 44307; e-mail: [email protected]

Article PDF
Article PDF

A 32-year-old man presents to the emergency department with excruciating abdominal pain associated with multiple episodes of vomiting for the past 2 days. He reports no fevers, headaches, diarrhea, constipation, hematochezia, melena, musculoskeletal symptoms, or weight loss. His abdominal pain is generalized and crampy. It does not radiate and has no precipitating factors. The pain is relieved only with intravenous narcotics.

See related editorial

He does not smoke, drink alcohol, or use illicit drugs. He has no known drug or food allergies. He says that his current condition causes him emotional stress that affects his performance at work.

About a year ago, after a complicated surgical procedure, he needed chronic high-dose narcotics. A few months later, he developed multiple bouts of abdominal pain and vomiting that required hospital visits. He now takes oral oxycodone 10–15 mg every 4–6 hours.

On admission, his vital signs are stable, but he is in excruciating pain. He is alert and oriented to person, place, and time. His sclera are anicteric, and the pupils are equal, round, and reactive to light. Lung and heart examinations are normal. The abdomen is soft and nondistended but tender in all four quadrants without guarding; the liver and spleen are not palpable, and no abdominal masses are detected. He has no skin rash, joint swelling or tenderness, or peripheral edema. The neurologic examination is normal. Computed tomography (CT) of the abdomen with contrast shows no signs of bowel obstruction, pancreatic calcifications or edema, cholecystitis, or hepatobiliary disease. Results of initial laboratory testing are shown in Table 1.

1. Based on the information available, which is the least likely cause of his symptoms?

  • Acute pancreatitis
  • Cyclic vomiting syndrome
  • Acute intermittent porphyria
  • Gastroparesis

Acute pancreatitis

Acute pancreatitis is the least likely cause of his symptoms. It is commonly caused by gallstones, alcohol, hypertriglyceridemia, and certain drugs.1 The associated abdominal pain is usually epigastric, radiates to the back, and is accompanied by nausea or vomiting, or both. The onset of pain is sudden and rapidly increases in severity within 30 minutes. CT shows enlargement of the pancreas with diffuse edema, heterogeneity of pancreatic parenchyma, peripancreatic stranding, and peripancreatic fluid collections.1 The diagnosis is based on two of the following three criteria: abdominal pain characteristic of acute pancreatitis; a serum amylase or lipase concentration three or more times the upper limit of normal; and characteristic findings of acute pancreatitis on CT.1

Cyclic vomiting syndrome

Cyclic vomiting syndrome is thought to be caused by episodic dysautonomia, mitochondrial DNA mutations, and hypothalamic emetic response oversensitivity,2–4 but the exact pathogenesis is unknown. The syndrome has been strongly linked to migraine and to the chronic excessive use of cannabinoids.5–9 The Rome III diagnostic criteria10 are the following: the vomiting episodes are stereotypical, ie, they are acute and last for less than 1 week; the patient has had three or more episodes in the previous year; and the patient has no nausea or vomiting between episodes. The patient must meet all three criteria. A history of migraine or a family history of migraine further supports the diagnosis.

Acute intermittent porphyria

Acute intermittent porphyria is characterized by neurovisceral symptoms such as convulsions, paresis, autonomic dysfunction, constipation, and diarrhea that result from the overproduction of porphyrin precursors and deficiency of porphobilinogen deaminase.11

Most patients have poorly localized, severe, steady abdominal pain that develops over hours to days and that may persist for days to weeks.11 Since the pain is neuropathic, abdominal tenderness is usually minimal during an acute attack. Other clues include signs of ileus, such as constipation, nausea, abdominal distention, or decreased bowel sounds; bladder dysfunction, eg, urinary retention, incontinence, or dysuria; reddish-brown urine; and sensory neuropathy of the chest, back, and extremities.11 Blistering skin lesions are usually not seen. The presence of porphobilinogen in the urine confirms the diagnosis.11

Gastroparesis

Gastroparesis is a result of discoordination between the sympathetic and parasympathetic nervous systems, neurons, and smooth muscles within the stomach, causing a decrease in gastric motility. Common causes are diabetes,12 scleroderma,13 and neurologic disorders.14 It can also be iatrogenic,15 resulting from visceral nerve injury and drug treatment with narcotics, calcium channel blockers, muscarinic cholinergic antagonists, or certain antidepressants. Symptoms are related to gastric stasis, ie, abdominal pain from gastric distention, bloating, vomiting, and early satiety.15 Abdominal pain may worsen after eating, and vomitus usually consists of recently ingested food. These patients may have abdominal distension or tenderness and succussion splash. After excluding possible mechanical obstruction, a gastric-emptying study may be necessary to make the diagnosis.15

CASE CONTINUED

A serum and urine drug screen in our patient is positive only for opioids. Urine measures of delta-aminolevulinic acid and porphobilinogen are normal. CT angiography of the abdomen shows no signs of mesenteric vascular occlusion. Esophagogastroduodenoscopy shows antral gastritis, but the esophagus and duodenum appear normal, and colonoscopy is normal as well. Histologic study of biopsy specimens obtained during endoscopy is unrevealing. A gastric-emptying study shows delayed emptying. The patient’s abdominal pain and vomiting persist with the initial dose of intravenous narcotic but resolve with escalating doses. When asked, the patient denies an excessive need for hot baths.

 

 

2. Which is the most likely diagnosis at this point?

  • Narcotic bowel syndrome
  • Opioid withdrawal
  • Crohn disease
  • Chronic pancreatitis
  • Chronic mesenteric ischemia
  • Cannabinoid hyperemesis

Narcotic bowel syndrome

Narcotic bowel syndrome is the most likely diagnosis. Grunkemeier et al16 described it as chronic or frequently recurring abdominal pain that is treated with narcotics, either chronically or acutely with high doses, and that includes all the following features16:

  • The pain worsens or resolves incompletely with continued or increasing doses of narcotics
  • The pain markedly worsens when the narcotic dose is decreased, and decreases when the drug is reinstituted (the “soarand-crash” effect)
  • The frequency, duration, and intensity of the pain episodes gradually increase
  • The nature of the pain and its intensity are not explained by a current or previous gastrointestinal diagnosis.16

This syndrome is common in patients who receive high doses of narcotics for postoperative pain or for other, nonmalignant causes of pain. Patients eventually become dependent on the drugs but are not aware that chronic use activates and facilitates areas in the brain that enhance the perception of pain.16 A study of a rat model of narcotic bowel syndrome17 showed that morphine-induced hyperalgesia depends on central sensitization involving the activation of spinal microglia. This eventually results in concomitant peripheral sensitization involving the colonic mucosal neuroimmune system, and also in central or peripheral activation of opioid kappa-receptors by dynorphin release.17

Patients tend to present with chronic or intermittent colicky abdominal pain that requires escalating doses of narcotics. Eventually, they develop tachyphylaxis and shortened pain-free periods and will require even higher doses of narcotics. This ultimately enhances the perception of pain and worsens opioid bowel symptoms, causing a vicious circle of pain and more narcotic use.16

Laboratory tests are usually normal, and imaging may show only ileus. Gastric emptying may be delayed in patients who have either narcotic bowel syndrome or gastroparesis, but since abdominal pain from narcotic bowel syndrome is a result of central and visceral hypersensitivity, these patients perceive more severe abdominal pain than patients with gastroparesis alone.

Opioid withdrawal

Symptoms of opioid withdrawal may appear as soon as 6 to 24 hours after cessation of the opioid in patients known to be dependent on opioids. These patients present with crampy abdominal pain with nausea.18 Other symptoms include agitation, rhinorrhea, lacrimation, excessive yawning, arthralgias, papillary dilation, and piloerection.18

Our patient did not have the typical signs of opioid withdrawal.

Crohn disease

Crohn disease is a multisystem disorder with specific clinical and pathologic features. It is characterized by focal, asymmetric, transmural, and occasionally granulomatous inflammation primarily affecting the gastrointestinal tract.19 Characteristic symptoms include abdominal pain, chronic diarrhea with or without rectal bleeding, and weight loss. Extraintestinal signs may include anemia and inflammatory changes in the eyes, skin, and joints. The diagnosis is based on endoscopic, radiographic, and pathologic findings.19

Our patient did not have diarrhea or signs of Crohn disease on CT, endoscopy, or histology.

Chronic pancreatitis

Chronic pancreatitis involves progressive inflammatory changes resulting in permanent structural damage to the pancreas and subsequent exocrine and endocrine dysfunction.20 Patients have epigastric abdominal pain that often radiates to the back20; it is associated with eating and is partly relieved with leaning forward. Symptoms of pancreatic insufficiency such as fat malabsorption (resulting in steatorrhea and fat-soluble vitamin deficiency) and diabetes are common. Calcifications within the pancreas on CT suggest chronic pancreatitis.20 Serum lipase and amylase levels may be normal or slightly elevated.20

Our patient’s abdominal pain was not typical of pancreatitis. He had no signs or symptoms of pancreatic insufficiency and no calcifications within the pancreas.

Chronic mesenteric ischemia

Chronic mesenteric ischemia (“intestinal angina”) is caused by a reduction in intestinal blood flow as a result of occlusion, vasospasm, or hypoperfusion of the mesenteric vasculature.21 It is commonly seen in patients who smoke or who have atherosclerotic vascular disease. These patients have chronic dull or crampy abdominal pain that usually occurs within 1 hour after eating.21 To avoid pain, patients avoid eating, resulting in weight loss.21 CT angiography with multi-detector CT is as effective as angiography (the gold standard) in depicting splanchnic arterial anatomy.22

Our patient is young and has no known risk factors for atherosclerosis such as smoking. His abdominal pain is more intermittent than chronic and is not associated with eating.

Cannabinoid hyperemesis

Cannabinoid hyperemesis should be considered in patients with long-term cannabis use presenting with cyclic vomiting, abdominal pain, compulsive use of hot showers, and improvement of symptoms with cannabis cessation.23 Although cannabinoids have been recognized for their antiemetic effects, long-term use may eventually cause autonomic instability and disturbances in the hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal axis, resulting in cyclic vomiting and thermoregulatory impairment.23

Although our patient presented with multiple episodes of vomiting and abdominal pain, he denied using marijuana, he tested negative for tetrahydrocannabinol, and he did not associate any relief of his symptoms with hot baths.

CASE CONTINUED

Our patient receives intravenous hydration, antiemetics, and a narcotic in tapering intravenous doses, and his symptoms gradually improve. He is discharged from the hospital. However, a few weeks later he is readmitted with the same symptoms of abdominal pain and nausea.

 

 

3. What is the cornerstone of treatment for narcotic bowel syndrome?

  • Establishing a therapeutic relationship
  • Detoxification
  • Supportive management with intravenous fluids, antiemetics, and stool-softeners
  • Medical management with a short-acting narcotic, clonidine, lorazepam, and desipramine

MANAGEMENT OF NARCOTIC BOWEL SYNDROME

An effective therapeutic relationship with the patient is the cornerstone of treatment and should be established before starting detoxification.17 The physician must first learn to accept that the patient’s condition is real and must show genuine empathy as well as provide information about the pathophysiologic basis of the condition, the rationale for withholding narcotics, and the detrimental role narcotics play in the vicious circle of pain.

Detoxification involves gradually withdrawing the narcotic and substituting a nonnarcotic such as an antidepressant for pain control, as well as prescribing a drug such as a benzodiazepine or clonidine to prevent withdrawal symptoms and a laxative to prevent constipation.17,24 The physician must reassure the patient that he or she will not be abandoned in pain and that all medications will be continuously adjusted as needed to keep him or her comfortable throughout the detoxification process.17,24 The physician must continuously gauge the patient’s willingness to continue with treatment and must also be readily available to address the patient’s concerns in a timely manner.17,24 Involving family members and friends may provide additional support to the patient. Referral to a functional gastrointestinal motility program, a pain specialist, and a psychologist may also be considered.17,24 Follow-up care is essential, even after the withdrawal program has ended.17,24

BACK TO THE PATIENT

After successfully establishing a therapeutic relationship and discussing the treatment plan with our patient, we started him on the same dosage of narcotic that he had been receiving, calculated in intravenous morphine equivalents to achieve maximal comfort, and then decreased the dosage by 10% to 33% daily until he was completely off narcotics. An antidepressant and a benzodiazepine were given simultaneously with narcotic tapering. Oral clonidine (0.1–0.4 mg/day) was given after the narcotic dosage was reduced to about half, and polyethylene glycol was given as needed for constipation. The total duration of detoxification was 7 days.

The patient was referred to a psychologist for cognitive-behavioral and relaxation therapy, as well as for encouragement and support. At 6 months, he had had no recurrence of symptoms.

TAKE-HOME MESSAGE

In the United States, the number of patients taking a narcotic for nonmalignant pain is increasing, 25 and physicians should be more aware of complications such as narcotic bowel syndrome.

Narcotic bowel syndrome should be suspected in any patient with prolonged narcotic use presenting with multiple recurrent episodes of abdominal pain after other causes are ruled out.

Establishing a good therapeutic relationship with the patient is the cornerstone of successful treatment. Patients who understand their condition and are willing to be treated tend to have better outcomes.

Supportive treatment, symptom relief, and emotional support during detoxification increase compliance.

A 32-year-old man presents to the emergency department with excruciating abdominal pain associated with multiple episodes of vomiting for the past 2 days. He reports no fevers, headaches, diarrhea, constipation, hematochezia, melena, musculoskeletal symptoms, or weight loss. His abdominal pain is generalized and crampy. It does not radiate and has no precipitating factors. The pain is relieved only with intravenous narcotics.

See related editorial

He does not smoke, drink alcohol, or use illicit drugs. He has no known drug or food allergies. He says that his current condition causes him emotional stress that affects his performance at work.

About a year ago, after a complicated surgical procedure, he needed chronic high-dose narcotics. A few months later, he developed multiple bouts of abdominal pain and vomiting that required hospital visits. He now takes oral oxycodone 10–15 mg every 4–6 hours.

On admission, his vital signs are stable, but he is in excruciating pain. He is alert and oriented to person, place, and time. His sclera are anicteric, and the pupils are equal, round, and reactive to light. Lung and heart examinations are normal. The abdomen is soft and nondistended but tender in all four quadrants without guarding; the liver and spleen are not palpable, and no abdominal masses are detected. He has no skin rash, joint swelling or tenderness, or peripheral edema. The neurologic examination is normal. Computed tomography (CT) of the abdomen with contrast shows no signs of bowel obstruction, pancreatic calcifications or edema, cholecystitis, or hepatobiliary disease. Results of initial laboratory testing are shown in Table 1.

1. Based on the information available, which is the least likely cause of his symptoms?

  • Acute pancreatitis
  • Cyclic vomiting syndrome
  • Acute intermittent porphyria
  • Gastroparesis

Acute pancreatitis

Acute pancreatitis is the least likely cause of his symptoms. It is commonly caused by gallstones, alcohol, hypertriglyceridemia, and certain drugs.1 The associated abdominal pain is usually epigastric, radiates to the back, and is accompanied by nausea or vomiting, or both. The onset of pain is sudden and rapidly increases in severity within 30 minutes. CT shows enlargement of the pancreas with diffuse edema, heterogeneity of pancreatic parenchyma, peripancreatic stranding, and peripancreatic fluid collections.1 The diagnosis is based on two of the following three criteria: abdominal pain characteristic of acute pancreatitis; a serum amylase or lipase concentration three or more times the upper limit of normal; and characteristic findings of acute pancreatitis on CT.1

Cyclic vomiting syndrome

Cyclic vomiting syndrome is thought to be caused by episodic dysautonomia, mitochondrial DNA mutations, and hypothalamic emetic response oversensitivity,2–4 but the exact pathogenesis is unknown. The syndrome has been strongly linked to migraine and to the chronic excessive use of cannabinoids.5–9 The Rome III diagnostic criteria10 are the following: the vomiting episodes are stereotypical, ie, they are acute and last for less than 1 week; the patient has had three or more episodes in the previous year; and the patient has no nausea or vomiting between episodes. The patient must meet all three criteria. A history of migraine or a family history of migraine further supports the diagnosis.

Acute intermittent porphyria

Acute intermittent porphyria is characterized by neurovisceral symptoms such as convulsions, paresis, autonomic dysfunction, constipation, and diarrhea that result from the overproduction of porphyrin precursors and deficiency of porphobilinogen deaminase.11

Most patients have poorly localized, severe, steady abdominal pain that develops over hours to days and that may persist for days to weeks.11 Since the pain is neuropathic, abdominal tenderness is usually minimal during an acute attack. Other clues include signs of ileus, such as constipation, nausea, abdominal distention, or decreased bowel sounds; bladder dysfunction, eg, urinary retention, incontinence, or dysuria; reddish-brown urine; and sensory neuropathy of the chest, back, and extremities.11 Blistering skin lesions are usually not seen. The presence of porphobilinogen in the urine confirms the diagnosis.11

Gastroparesis

Gastroparesis is a result of discoordination between the sympathetic and parasympathetic nervous systems, neurons, and smooth muscles within the stomach, causing a decrease in gastric motility. Common causes are diabetes,12 scleroderma,13 and neurologic disorders.14 It can also be iatrogenic,15 resulting from visceral nerve injury and drug treatment with narcotics, calcium channel blockers, muscarinic cholinergic antagonists, or certain antidepressants. Symptoms are related to gastric stasis, ie, abdominal pain from gastric distention, bloating, vomiting, and early satiety.15 Abdominal pain may worsen after eating, and vomitus usually consists of recently ingested food. These patients may have abdominal distension or tenderness and succussion splash. After excluding possible mechanical obstruction, a gastric-emptying study may be necessary to make the diagnosis.15

CASE CONTINUED

A serum and urine drug screen in our patient is positive only for opioids. Urine measures of delta-aminolevulinic acid and porphobilinogen are normal. CT angiography of the abdomen shows no signs of mesenteric vascular occlusion. Esophagogastroduodenoscopy shows antral gastritis, but the esophagus and duodenum appear normal, and colonoscopy is normal as well. Histologic study of biopsy specimens obtained during endoscopy is unrevealing. A gastric-emptying study shows delayed emptying. The patient’s abdominal pain and vomiting persist with the initial dose of intravenous narcotic but resolve with escalating doses. When asked, the patient denies an excessive need for hot baths.

 

 

2. Which is the most likely diagnosis at this point?

  • Narcotic bowel syndrome
  • Opioid withdrawal
  • Crohn disease
  • Chronic pancreatitis
  • Chronic mesenteric ischemia
  • Cannabinoid hyperemesis

Narcotic bowel syndrome

Narcotic bowel syndrome is the most likely diagnosis. Grunkemeier et al16 described it as chronic or frequently recurring abdominal pain that is treated with narcotics, either chronically or acutely with high doses, and that includes all the following features16:

  • The pain worsens or resolves incompletely with continued or increasing doses of narcotics
  • The pain markedly worsens when the narcotic dose is decreased, and decreases when the drug is reinstituted (the “soarand-crash” effect)
  • The frequency, duration, and intensity of the pain episodes gradually increase
  • The nature of the pain and its intensity are not explained by a current or previous gastrointestinal diagnosis.16

This syndrome is common in patients who receive high doses of narcotics for postoperative pain or for other, nonmalignant causes of pain. Patients eventually become dependent on the drugs but are not aware that chronic use activates and facilitates areas in the brain that enhance the perception of pain.16 A study of a rat model of narcotic bowel syndrome17 showed that morphine-induced hyperalgesia depends on central sensitization involving the activation of spinal microglia. This eventually results in concomitant peripheral sensitization involving the colonic mucosal neuroimmune system, and also in central or peripheral activation of opioid kappa-receptors by dynorphin release.17

Patients tend to present with chronic or intermittent colicky abdominal pain that requires escalating doses of narcotics. Eventually, they develop tachyphylaxis and shortened pain-free periods and will require even higher doses of narcotics. This ultimately enhances the perception of pain and worsens opioid bowel symptoms, causing a vicious circle of pain and more narcotic use.16

Laboratory tests are usually normal, and imaging may show only ileus. Gastric emptying may be delayed in patients who have either narcotic bowel syndrome or gastroparesis, but since abdominal pain from narcotic bowel syndrome is a result of central and visceral hypersensitivity, these patients perceive more severe abdominal pain than patients with gastroparesis alone.

Opioid withdrawal

Symptoms of opioid withdrawal may appear as soon as 6 to 24 hours after cessation of the opioid in patients known to be dependent on opioids. These patients present with crampy abdominal pain with nausea.18 Other symptoms include agitation, rhinorrhea, lacrimation, excessive yawning, arthralgias, papillary dilation, and piloerection.18

Our patient did not have the typical signs of opioid withdrawal.

Crohn disease

Crohn disease is a multisystem disorder with specific clinical and pathologic features. It is characterized by focal, asymmetric, transmural, and occasionally granulomatous inflammation primarily affecting the gastrointestinal tract.19 Characteristic symptoms include abdominal pain, chronic diarrhea with or without rectal bleeding, and weight loss. Extraintestinal signs may include anemia and inflammatory changes in the eyes, skin, and joints. The diagnosis is based on endoscopic, radiographic, and pathologic findings.19

Our patient did not have diarrhea or signs of Crohn disease on CT, endoscopy, or histology.

Chronic pancreatitis

Chronic pancreatitis involves progressive inflammatory changes resulting in permanent structural damage to the pancreas and subsequent exocrine and endocrine dysfunction.20 Patients have epigastric abdominal pain that often radiates to the back20; it is associated with eating and is partly relieved with leaning forward. Symptoms of pancreatic insufficiency such as fat malabsorption (resulting in steatorrhea and fat-soluble vitamin deficiency) and diabetes are common. Calcifications within the pancreas on CT suggest chronic pancreatitis.20 Serum lipase and amylase levels may be normal or slightly elevated.20

Our patient’s abdominal pain was not typical of pancreatitis. He had no signs or symptoms of pancreatic insufficiency and no calcifications within the pancreas.

Chronic mesenteric ischemia

Chronic mesenteric ischemia (“intestinal angina”) is caused by a reduction in intestinal blood flow as a result of occlusion, vasospasm, or hypoperfusion of the mesenteric vasculature.21 It is commonly seen in patients who smoke or who have atherosclerotic vascular disease. These patients have chronic dull or crampy abdominal pain that usually occurs within 1 hour after eating.21 To avoid pain, patients avoid eating, resulting in weight loss.21 CT angiography with multi-detector CT is as effective as angiography (the gold standard) in depicting splanchnic arterial anatomy.22

Our patient is young and has no known risk factors for atherosclerosis such as smoking. His abdominal pain is more intermittent than chronic and is not associated with eating.

Cannabinoid hyperemesis

Cannabinoid hyperemesis should be considered in patients with long-term cannabis use presenting with cyclic vomiting, abdominal pain, compulsive use of hot showers, and improvement of symptoms with cannabis cessation.23 Although cannabinoids have been recognized for their antiemetic effects, long-term use may eventually cause autonomic instability and disturbances in the hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal axis, resulting in cyclic vomiting and thermoregulatory impairment.23

Although our patient presented with multiple episodes of vomiting and abdominal pain, he denied using marijuana, he tested negative for tetrahydrocannabinol, and he did not associate any relief of his symptoms with hot baths.

CASE CONTINUED

Our patient receives intravenous hydration, antiemetics, and a narcotic in tapering intravenous doses, and his symptoms gradually improve. He is discharged from the hospital. However, a few weeks later he is readmitted with the same symptoms of abdominal pain and nausea.

 

 

3. What is the cornerstone of treatment for narcotic bowel syndrome?

  • Establishing a therapeutic relationship
  • Detoxification
  • Supportive management with intravenous fluids, antiemetics, and stool-softeners
  • Medical management with a short-acting narcotic, clonidine, lorazepam, and desipramine

MANAGEMENT OF NARCOTIC BOWEL SYNDROME

An effective therapeutic relationship with the patient is the cornerstone of treatment and should be established before starting detoxification.17 The physician must first learn to accept that the patient’s condition is real and must show genuine empathy as well as provide information about the pathophysiologic basis of the condition, the rationale for withholding narcotics, and the detrimental role narcotics play in the vicious circle of pain.

Detoxification involves gradually withdrawing the narcotic and substituting a nonnarcotic such as an antidepressant for pain control, as well as prescribing a drug such as a benzodiazepine or clonidine to prevent withdrawal symptoms and a laxative to prevent constipation.17,24 The physician must reassure the patient that he or she will not be abandoned in pain and that all medications will be continuously adjusted as needed to keep him or her comfortable throughout the detoxification process.17,24 The physician must continuously gauge the patient’s willingness to continue with treatment and must also be readily available to address the patient’s concerns in a timely manner.17,24 Involving family members and friends may provide additional support to the patient. Referral to a functional gastrointestinal motility program, a pain specialist, and a psychologist may also be considered.17,24 Follow-up care is essential, even after the withdrawal program has ended.17,24

BACK TO THE PATIENT

After successfully establishing a therapeutic relationship and discussing the treatment plan with our patient, we started him on the same dosage of narcotic that he had been receiving, calculated in intravenous morphine equivalents to achieve maximal comfort, and then decreased the dosage by 10% to 33% daily until he was completely off narcotics. An antidepressant and a benzodiazepine were given simultaneously with narcotic tapering. Oral clonidine (0.1–0.4 mg/day) was given after the narcotic dosage was reduced to about half, and polyethylene glycol was given as needed for constipation. The total duration of detoxification was 7 days.

The patient was referred to a psychologist for cognitive-behavioral and relaxation therapy, as well as for encouragement and support. At 6 months, he had had no recurrence of symptoms.

TAKE-HOME MESSAGE

In the United States, the number of patients taking a narcotic for nonmalignant pain is increasing, 25 and physicians should be more aware of complications such as narcotic bowel syndrome.

Narcotic bowel syndrome should be suspected in any patient with prolonged narcotic use presenting with multiple recurrent episodes of abdominal pain after other causes are ruled out.

Establishing a good therapeutic relationship with the patient is the cornerstone of successful treatment. Patients who understand their condition and are willing to be treated tend to have better outcomes.

Supportive treatment, symptom relief, and emotional support during detoxification increase compliance.

References
  1. Banks PA, Freeman ML; Practice Parameters Committee of the American College of Gastroenterology. Practice guidelines in acute pancreatitis. Am J Gastroenterol 2006; 101:23792400.
  2. Boles RG, Adams K, Ito M, Li BU. Maternal inheritance in cyclic vomiting syndrome with neuromuscular disease. Am J Med Genet A 2003; 120A:474482.
  3. Wang Q, Ito M, Adams K, et al. Mitochondrial DNA control region sequence variation in migraine headache and cyclic vomiting syndrome. Am J Med Genet A 2004; 131:5058.
  4. Taché Y. Cyclic vomiting syndrome: the corticotropinreleasing-factor hypothesis. Dig Dis Sci 1999; 44(suppl 8):79S86S.
  5. Withers GD, Silburn SR, Forbes DA. Precipitants and aetiology of cyclic vomiting syndrome. Acta Paediatr 1998; 87:272277.
  6. Whitney HB. Cyclic vomiting. A brief review of this affection as illustrated by a typical case. Arch Pediatr 1898; 15:839845.
  7. Stickler GB. Relationship between cyclic vomiting syndrome and migraine. Clin Pediatr (Phila) 2005; 44:505508.
  8. Li BU, Murray RD, Heitlinger LA, Robbins JL, Hayes JR. Is cyclic vomiting syndrome related to migraine? J Pediatr 1999; 134:567572.
  9. Allen JH, de Moore GM, Heddle R, Twartz JC. Cannabinoid hyperemesis: cyclical hyperemesis in association with chronic cannabis abuse. Gut 2004; 53:15661570.
  10. Rome Foundation. Rome III disorders and diagnostic criteria. http://www.romecriteria.org/criteria/. Accessed February 27, 2013.
  11. Anderson KE, Bloomer JR, Bonkovsky HL, et al. Recommendations for the diagnosis and treatment of the acute porphyrias. Ann Intern Med 2005; 142:439450.
  12. Camilleri M. Clinical practice. Diabetic gastroparesis. N Engl J Med 2007; 356:820829.
  13. Maddern GJ, Horowitz M, Jamieson GG, Chatterton BE, Collins PJ, Roberts-Thomson P. Abnormalities of esophageal and gastric emptying in progressive systemic sclerosis. Gastroenterology 1984; 87:922926.
  14. Jost WH. Gastrointestinal dysfunction in Parkinson’s disease. J Neurol Sci 2010; 289:6973.
  15. Parkman HP, Hasler WL, Fisher RS; American Gastroenterological Association. American Gastroenterological Association technical review on the diagnosis and treatment of gastroparesis. Gastroenterology 2004; 127:15921622.
  16. Grunkemeier DM, Cassara JE, Dalton CB, Drossman DA. The narcotic bowel syndrome: clinical features, pathophysiology, and management. Clin Gastroenterol Hepatol 2007; 5:11261139.
  17. Agostini S, Eutamene H, Cartier C, et al. Evidence of central and peripheral sensitization in a rat model of narcotic bowel-like syndrome. Gastroenterology 2010; 139:553563,563.e1e5.
  18. Nicholls L, Bragaw L, Ruetsch C. Opioid dependence treatment and guidelines. J Manag Care Pharm 2010; 16(1 suppl B):S14S21.
  19. Lichtenstein GR, Hanauer SB, Sandborn WJ; Practice Parameters Committee of American College of Gastroenterology. Management of Crohn’s disease in adults. Am J Gastroenterol 2009; 104:465483.
  20. Steer ML, Waxman I, Freedman S. Chronic pancreatitis. N Engl J Med 1995; 332:14821490.
  21. American Gastroenterological Association Medical Position Statement: guidelines on intestinal ischemia. Gastroenterology 2000; 118:951953.
  22. Savastano S, Teso S, Corrà S, Fantozzi O, Miotto D. Multislice CT angiography of the celiac and superior mesenteric arteries: comparison with arteriographic findings. Radiol Med 2002; 103:456463.
  23. Simonetto DA, Oxentenko AS, Herman ML, Szostek JH. Cannabinoid hyperemesis: a case series of 98 patients. Mayo Clin Proc 2012; 87:114119.
  24. Drossman DA, Morris CB, Edwards H, et al. Diagnosis, characterization, and 3-month outcome after detoxification of 39 patients with narcotic bowel syndrome. Am J Gastroenterol 2012; 107:14261440.
  25. Trescot AM, Boswell MV, Atluri SL, et al. Opioid guidelines in the management of chronic non-cancer pain. Pain Physician 2006; 9:139.
References
  1. Banks PA, Freeman ML; Practice Parameters Committee of the American College of Gastroenterology. Practice guidelines in acute pancreatitis. Am J Gastroenterol 2006; 101:23792400.
  2. Boles RG, Adams K, Ito M, Li BU. Maternal inheritance in cyclic vomiting syndrome with neuromuscular disease. Am J Med Genet A 2003; 120A:474482.
  3. Wang Q, Ito M, Adams K, et al. Mitochondrial DNA control region sequence variation in migraine headache and cyclic vomiting syndrome. Am J Med Genet A 2004; 131:5058.
  4. Taché Y. Cyclic vomiting syndrome: the corticotropinreleasing-factor hypothesis. Dig Dis Sci 1999; 44(suppl 8):79S86S.
  5. Withers GD, Silburn SR, Forbes DA. Precipitants and aetiology of cyclic vomiting syndrome. Acta Paediatr 1998; 87:272277.
  6. Whitney HB. Cyclic vomiting. A brief review of this affection as illustrated by a typical case. Arch Pediatr 1898; 15:839845.
  7. Stickler GB. Relationship between cyclic vomiting syndrome and migraine. Clin Pediatr (Phila) 2005; 44:505508.
  8. Li BU, Murray RD, Heitlinger LA, Robbins JL, Hayes JR. Is cyclic vomiting syndrome related to migraine? J Pediatr 1999; 134:567572.
  9. Allen JH, de Moore GM, Heddle R, Twartz JC. Cannabinoid hyperemesis: cyclical hyperemesis in association with chronic cannabis abuse. Gut 2004; 53:15661570.
  10. Rome Foundation. Rome III disorders and diagnostic criteria. http://www.romecriteria.org/criteria/. Accessed February 27, 2013.
  11. Anderson KE, Bloomer JR, Bonkovsky HL, et al. Recommendations for the diagnosis and treatment of the acute porphyrias. Ann Intern Med 2005; 142:439450.
  12. Camilleri M. Clinical practice. Diabetic gastroparesis. N Engl J Med 2007; 356:820829.
  13. Maddern GJ, Horowitz M, Jamieson GG, Chatterton BE, Collins PJ, Roberts-Thomson P. Abnormalities of esophageal and gastric emptying in progressive systemic sclerosis. Gastroenterology 1984; 87:922926.
  14. Jost WH. Gastrointestinal dysfunction in Parkinson’s disease. J Neurol Sci 2010; 289:6973.
  15. Parkman HP, Hasler WL, Fisher RS; American Gastroenterological Association. American Gastroenterological Association technical review on the diagnosis and treatment of gastroparesis. Gastroenterology 2004; 127:15921622.
  16. Grunkemeier DM, Cassara JE, Dalton CB, Drossman DA. The narcotic bowel syndrome: clinical features, pathophysiology, and management. Clin Gastroenterol Hepatol 2007; 5:11261139.
  17. Agostini S, Eutamene H, Cartier C, et al. Evidence of central and peripheral sensitization in a rat model of narcotic bowel-like syndrome. Gastroenterology 2010; 139:553563,563.e1e5.
  18. Nicholls L, Bragaw L, Ruetsch C. Opioid dependence treatment and guidelines. J Manag Care Pharm 2010; 16(1 suppl B):S14S21.
  19. Lichtenstein GR, Hanauer SB, Sandborn WJ; Practice Parameters Committee of American College of Gastroenterology. Management of Crohn’s disease in adults. Am J Gastroenterol 2009; 104:465483.
  20. Steer ML, Waxman I, Freedman S. Chronic pancreatitis. N Engl J Med 1995; 332:14821490.
  21. American Gastroenterological Association Medical Position Statement: guidelines on intestinal ischemia. Gastroenterology 2000; 118:951953.
  22. Savastano S, Teso S, Corrà S, Fantozzi O, Miotto D. Multislice CT angiography of the celiac and superior mesenteric arteries: comparison with arteriographic findings. Radiol Med 2002; 103:456463.
  23. Simonetto DA, Oxentenko AS, Herman ML, Szostek JH. Cannabinoid hyperemesis: a case series of 98 patients. Mayo Clin Proc 2012; 87:114119.
  24. Drossman DA, Morris CB, Edwards H, et al. Diagnosis, characterization, and 3-month outcome after detoxification of 39 patients with narcotic bowel syndrome. Am J Gastroenterol 2012; 107:14261440.
  25. Trescot AM, Boswell MV, Atluri SL, et al. Opioid guidelines in the management of chronic non-cancer pain. Pain Physician 2006; 9:139.
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 80(7)
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 80(7)
Page Number
436-440
Page Number
436-440
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Recurrent abdominal pain and vomiting
Display Headline
Recurrent abdominal pain and vomiting
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Alternative CME
Article PDF Media

Postoperative pain: Meeting new expectations

Article Type
Changed
Mon, 09/25/2017 - 11:32
Display Headline
Postoperative pain: Meeting new expectations

One of the most common questions patients ask when they hear that they need surgery is, “How much pain will I have, and how will you manage it?”

Pain is a common human experience that provokes both fear and anxiety, which in some cases can last a lifetime. The medical community has been slow to meet the challenge of managing it. The US National Institutes of Health states that more than 80% of patients suffer postoperative pain, with fewer than 50% receiving adequate relief.1 Patients have spoken out loudly through the Hospital Consumer Assessment of Healthcare Providers and Systems scores, demonstrating that the issue of inadequate postoperative pain management is real.

See related article

Clearly, as the push to tie reimbursement to patient satisfaction grows, clinicians have both a moral and a financial imperative to address postoperative pain.

The management of acute postoperative pain is evolving, and recognition of acute pain has progressed from considering it an afterthought or nuisance to realizing that improperly or inadequately treated postoperative pain can have a number of adverse effects, including debilitating chronic pain syndromes.2 Inadequately treated pain is also contributing to the calamitous rise in addiction to illegal substances and prescription medications.3 The time has come to take responsibility and meet the expectations of our patients.

OPIOIDS HAVE MAJOR DRAWBACKS

Opioid derivatives are potent analgesics and have been the traditional first-line therapy for pain. “Judicious use of opium” for painful maladies has been a mainstay of Western medicine since the 16th century and was described in writings from Mesopotamia and China more than 2,000 years ago.

The ease of administration of these drugs coupled with their efficacy in managing a broad spectrum of pain syndromes has led to their frequent and widespread use, often, unfortunately, without consideration of the potential for negative short-term and long-term consequences. Headache, drowsiness, and pruritus are common adverse effects. Less common is a slowing of bowel motility, leading to constipation, bloating, or nausea. Additionally, in 5% to 10% of patients, narcotics may actually sensitize the nerves and make bowel-related pain worse. This narcotic bowel syndrome, as discussed by Agito and Rizk in this issue of the Journal, may make the patient uncomfortable and may lead to delays in recovery and hospital discharge.4

Opioid-related respiratory depression is especially devastating in the postoperative period, potentially causing respiratory arrest and death. The frequency of drug-induced respiratory depression and clinically significant adverse outcomes prompted the Anesthesia Patient Safety Foundation (APSF) to declare in 2011, “No patient shall be harmed by opioid-induced respiratory depression.”5 The APSF has recommended using new monitoring technology to enhance detection.

While many clinicians have been moving towards aggressive pain-management practice, hospital infrastructure has not kept pace. It is often ill-equipped to adequately monitor breathing patterns and to alert personnel to the need for rapid intervention. In the 21st century, we need to respond to this challenge with a combination of tools and technology, including improved clinical assessment and monitoring equipment that has proven to save lives in the perioperative setting.

A MULTIMODAL APPROACH IS BEST

Pain management professionals have also been moving from a predominantly opioid-based regimen to a more balanced, multimodal approach. The goal is to effectively treat acute postoperative pain while reducing the use of opioids and increasing the use of nonopioid drugs and alternative therapies for both pain management and convalescence.

Studies have shown the benefits of nonopioid drugs such as nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs, paracetamol (intravenous acetaminophen), antidepressants, antiepileptics, and regional or local anesthetics combined with nontraditional treatments such as Reiki, massage therapy, and deep breathing.6

Each patient’s experience of pain is unique and responds to medications and alternative therapies in a distinctly different manner. We should not assume that one intervention is suitable for every patient. It is more beneficial to individualize treatment based on protocols that target different pain pathways. This may lead to better pain management and patient satisfaction while reducing the incidence of drug overdose and unwanted side effects.

WHAT WE NEED TO DO

Although many health care professionals have the authority to prescribe potent anesthetics and analgesics, we believe that there is a lack of adequate education, supervision, and experience, and this exposes patients to risks of prescription drug overdose.7,8 All medical professionals who provide postoperative care need specific education and training to offer the best care to this vulnerable patient population. This includes specific and more extensive training in the appropriate use of controlled medications before receiving their controlled substance registration from the Drug Enforcement Agency. We must also extend education to patients and family members regarding the dangers of drug abuse and the safe use of prescription drugs.8

Finally, we need to engage and communicate more effectively with our patients, especially when they are in acute pain. How long should a patient expect to remain in pain while waiting for an assessment and intervention? The medical community must commit to rapid and consistent coverage throughout the day for all patients experiencing a new or changing pattern of pain not responding to current therapy. Problems do not end at 5 pm or at a shift change. We need to build a process of timely intervention, perhaps by using a model similar to that of the rapid response and resuscitation team, which has been effective in many institutions. When a patient is in pain, minutes spent waiting for relief seem like an eternity. The empathy we show patients by validating, not minimizing, their pain and by following a defined yet tailored therapeutic intervention may not only improve their physical discomfort, but improve their overall patient experience.

Margo McCaffery, RN, a pioneer in pain management nursing, defined pain as “whatever the experiencing person says it is, existing whenever the experiencing person says it does.”9 We have come a long way from the days when attending staff in the post-anesthesia care unit would routinely declare, “Pain never killed anyone.” As caregivers, we need to become engaged, empathetic, and effective as we meet the challenges of managing acute postoperative pain and improving our patients’ experience and outcomes.

References
  1. Relieving Pain in America. Institute of Medicine 2011. National Academies Press (US). 2011 ISBN-13: 978-0-309-21484-1.
  2. Lamacraft G. The link between acute postoperative pain and chronic pain syndromes. South Afr J Anaesth Analg 2012; 18:4550.
  3. Binyamin R, Trescot AM, Datta S, et al. Opioid complications and side effects. Pain Physician 2008; 11:S105S120.
  4. Grunkemeier DMS, Cassara JE, Dalton CB, Drossman DA. The narcotic bowel syndrome: clinical features, pathophysiology, and management. Clin Gastroenterol Hepatol 2007; 5:11261139.
  5. Anesthesia Patient Safety Foundation. Proceedings of “Essential Monitoring Strategies to Detect Clinically Significant Drug-Induced Respiratory Depression in the Postoperative Period” Conference, 2011. http://www.apsf.org/newsletters/pdf/fall_2011.pdf. Accessed May 13, 2013.
  6. So PS, Jiang JY, Qin Y. Touch therapies for pain relief in adults. Cochrane Database of Systematic Reviews 2008, Issue 4. Art. No.: CD006535. DOI: 10.1002/14651858.CD006535.pub2.
  7. Polydorou S, Gunderson EW, Levin FR. Training physicians to treat substance use disorders. Curr Psychiatry Rep 2008; 10:399404.
  8. CDC Grand Rounds. Prescription Drug Overdoses – a U.S Epidemic MMWR January 13, 2012/61(01);10–13.
  9. McCaffery M, Pasero C. Pain: Clinical Manual. 2nd ed. St. Louis: Mosby, 1999.
Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Steven R. Insler, DO
Department of Cardiothoracic Anesthesiology and Department of Outcomes Research, Anesthesiology Institute, and Department of Critical Care Medicine, Heart and Vascular Institute, Cleveland Clinic

Michael S. O'Connor, DO, MPH
Department of Cardiothoracic Anesthesiology, Anesthesiology Institute, and Department of Critical Care Medicine, Heart and Vascular Institute, Cleveland Clinic

Address: Steven R. Insler, DO, Cardiothoracic Anesthesiology, J4-331, Cleveland Clinic, 9500 Euclid Avenue, Cleveland, OH 44195; e-mail: [email protected]

Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 80(7)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
441-442
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Steven R. Insler, DO
Department of Cardiothoracic Anesthesiology and Department of Outcomes Research, Anesthesiology Institute, and Department of Critical Care Medicine, Heart and Vascular Institute, Cleveland Clinic

Michael S. O'Connor, DO, MPH
Department of Cardiothoracic Anesthesiology, Anesthesiology Institute, and Department of Critical Care Medicine, Heart and Vascular Institute, Cleveland Clinic

Address: Steven R. Insler, DO, Cardiothoracic Anesthesiology, J4-331, Cleveland Clinic, 9500 Euclid Avenue, Cleveland, OH 44195; e-mail: [email protected]

Author and Disclosure Information

Steven R. Insler, DO
Department of Cardiothoracic Anesthesiology and Department of Outcomes Research, Anesthesiology Institute, and Department of Critical Care Medicine, Heart and Vascular Institute, Cleveland Clinic

Michael S. O'Connor, DO, MPH
Department of Cardiothoracic Anesthesiology, Anesthesiology Institute, and Department of Critical Care Medicine, Heart and Vascular Institute, Cleveland Clinic

Address: Steven R. Insler, DO, Cardiothoracic Anesthesiology, J4-331, Cleveland Clinic, 9500 Euclid Avenue, Cleveland, OH 44195; e-mail: [email protected]

Article PDF
Article PDF

One of the most common questions patients ask when they hear that they need surgery is, “How much pain will I have, and how will you manage it?”

Pain is a common human experience that provokes both fear and anxiety, which in some cases can last a lifetime. The medical community has been slow to meet the challenge of managing it. The US National Institutes of Health states that more than 80% of patients suffer postoperative pain, with fewer than 50% receiving adequate relief.1 Patients have spoken out loudly through the Hospital Consumer Assessment of Healthcare Providers and Systems scores, demonstrating that the issue of inadequate postoperative pain management is real.

See related article

Clearly, as the push to tie reimbursement to patient satisfaction grows, clinicians have both a moral and a financial imperative to address postoperative pain.

The management of acute postoperative pain is evolving, and recognition of acute pain has progressed from considering it an afterthought or nuisance to realizing that improperly or inadequately treated postoperative pain can have a number of adverse effects, including debilitating chronic pain syndromes.2 Inadequately treated pain is also contributing to the calamitous rise in addiction to illegal substances and prescription medications.3 The time has come to take responsibility and meet the expectations of our patients.

OPIOIDS HAVE MAJOR DRAWBACKS

Opioid derivatives are potent analgesics and have been the traditional first-line therapy for pain. “Judicious use of opium” for painful maladies has been a mainstay of Western medicine since the 16th century and was described in writings from Mesopotamia and China more than 2,000 years ago.

The ease of administration of these drugs coupled with their efficacy in managing a broad spectrum of pain syndromes has led to their frequent and widespread use, often, unfortunately, without consideration of the potential for negative short-term and long-term consequences. Headache, drowsiness, and pruritus are common adverse effects. Less common is a slowing of bowel motility, leading to constipation, bloating, or nausea. Additionally, in 5% to 10% of patients, narcotics may actually sensitize the nerves and make bowel-related pain worse. This narcotic bowel syndrome, as discussed by Agito and Rizk in this issue of the Journal, may make the patient uncomfortable and may lead to delays in recovery and hospital discharge.4

Opioid-related respiratory depression is especially devastating in the postoperative period, potentially causing respiratory arrest and death. The frequency of drug-induced respiratory depression and clinically significant adverse outcomes prompted the Anesthesia Patient Safety Foundation (APSF) to declare in 2011, “No patient shall be harmed by opioid-induced respiratory depression.”5 The APSF has recommended using new monitoring technology to enhance detection.

While many clinicians have been moving towards aggressive pain-management practice, hospital infrastructure has not kept pace. It is often ill-equipped to adequately monitor breathing patterns and to alert personnel to the need for rapid intervention. In the 21st century, we need to respond to this challenge with a combination of tools and technology, including improved clinical assessment and monitoring equipment that has proven to save lives in the perioperative setting.

A MULTIMODAL APPROACH IS BEST

Pain management professionals have also been moving from a predominantly opioid-based regimen to a more balanced, multimodal approach. The goal is to effectively treat acute postoperative pain while reducing the use of opioids and increasing the use of nonopioid drugs and alternative therapies for both pain management and convalescence.

Studies have shown the benefits of nonopioid drugs such as nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs, paracetamol (intravenous acetaminophen), antidepressants, antiepileptics, and regional or local anesthetics combined with nontraditional treatments such as Reiki, massage therapy, and deep breathing.6

Each patient’s experience of pain is unique and responds to medications and alternative therapies in a distinctly different manner. We should not assume that one intervention is suitable for every patient. It is more beneficial to individualize treatment based on protocols that target different pain pathways. This may lead to better pain management and patient satisfaction while reducing the incidence of drug overdose and unwanted side effects.

WHAT WE NEED TO DO

Although many health care professionals have the authority to prescribe potent anesthetics and analgesics, we believe that there is a lack of adequate education, supervision, and experience, and this exposes patients to risks of prescription drug overdose.7,8 All medical professionals who provide postoperative care need specific education and training to offer the best care to this vulnerable patient population. This includes specific and more extensive training in the appropriate use of controlled medications before receiving their controlled substance registration from the Drug Enforcement Agency. We must also extend education to patients and family members regarding the dangers of drug abuse and the safe use of prescription drugs.8

Finally, we need to engage and communicate more effectively with our patients, especially when they are in acute pain. How long should a patient expect to remain in pain while waiting for an assessment and intervention? The medical community must commit to rapid and consistent coverage throughout the day for all patients experiencing a new or changing pattern of pain not responding to current therapy. Problems do not end at 5 pm or at a shift change. We need to build a process of timely intervention, perhaps by using a model similar to that of the rapid response and resuscitation team, which has been effective in many institutions. When a patient is in pain, minutes spent waiting for relief seem like an eternity. The empathy we show patients by validating, not minimizing, their pain and by following a defined yet tailored therapeutic intervention may not only improve their physical discomfort, but improve their overall patient experience.

Margo McCaffery, RN, a pioneer in pain management nursing, defined pain as “whatever the experiencing person says it is, existing whenever the experiencing person says it does.”9 We have come a long way from the days when attending staff in the post-anesthesia care unit would routinely declare, “Pain never killed anyone.” As caregivers, we need to become engaged, empathetic, and effective as we meet the challenges of managing acute postoperative pain and improving our patients’ experience and outcomes.

One of the most common questions patients ask when they hear that they need surgery is, “How much pain will I have, and how will you manage it?”

Pain is a common human experience that provokes both fear and anxiety, which in some cases can last a lifetime. The medical community has been slow to meet the challenge of managing it. The US National Institutes of Health states that more than 80% of patients suffer postoperative pain, with fewer than 50% receiving adequate relief.1 Patients have spoken out loudly through the Hospital Consumer Assessment of Healthcare Providers and Systems scores, demonstrating that the issue of inadequate postoperative pain management is real.

See related article

Clearly, as the push to tie reimbursement to patient satisfaction grows, clinicians have both a moral and a financial imperative to address postoperative pain.

The management of acute postoperative pain is evolving, and recognition of acute pain has progressed from considering it an afterthought or nuisance to realizing that improperly or inadequately treated postoperative pain can have a number of adverse effects, including debilitating chronic pain syndromes.2 Inadequately treated pain is also contributing to the calamitous rise in addiction to illegal substances and prescription medications.3 The time has come to take responsibility and meet the expectations of our patients.

OPIOIDS HAVE MAJOR DRAWBACKS

Opioid derivatives are potent analgesics and have been the traditional first-line therapy for pain. “Judicious use of opium” for painful maladies has been a mainstay of Western medicine since the 16th century and was described in writings from Mesopotamia and China more than 2,000 years ago.

The ease of administration of these drugs coupled with their efficacy in managing a broad spectrum of pain syndromes has led to their frequent and widespread use, often, unfortunately, without consideration of the potential for negative short-term and long-term consequences. Headache, drowsiness, and pruritus are common adverse effects. Less common is a slowing of bowel motility, leading to constipation, bloating, or nausea. Additionally, in 5% to 10% of patients, narcotics may actually sensitize the nerves and make bowel-related pain worse. This narcotic bowel syndrome, as discussed by Agito and Rizk in this issue of the Journal, may make the patient uncomfortable and may lead to delays in recovery and hospital discharge.4

Opioid-related respiratory depression is especially devastating in the postoperative period, potentially causing respiratory arrest and death. The frequency of drug-induced respiratory depression and clinically significant adverse outcomes prompted the Anesthesia Patient Safety Foundation (APSF) to declare in 2011, “No patient shall be harmed by opioid-induced respiratory depression.”5 The APSF has recommended using new monitoring technology to enhance detection.

While many clinicians have been moving towards aggressive pain-management practice, hospital infrastructure has not kept pace. It is often ill-equipped to adequately monitor breathing patterns and to alert personnel to the need for rapid intervention. In the 21st century, we need to respond to this challenge with a combination of tools and technology, including improved clinical assessment and monitoring equipment that has proven to save lives in the perioperative setting.

A MULTIMODAL APPROACH IS BEST

Pain management professionals have also been moving from a predominantly opioid-based regimen to a more balanced, multimodal approach. The goal is to effectively treat acute postoperative pain while reducing the use of opioids and increasing the use of nonopioid drugs and alternative therapies for both pain management and convalescence.

Studies have shown the benefits of nonopioid drugs such as nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs, paracetamol (intravenous acetaminophen), antidepressants, antiepileptics, and regional or local anesthetics combined with nontraditional treatments such as Reiki, massage therapy, and deep breathing.6

Each patient’s experience of pain is unique and responds to medications and alternative therapies in a distinctly different manner. We should not assume that one intervention is suitable for every patient. It is more beneficial to individualize treatment based on protocols that target different pain pathways. This may lead to better pain management and patient satisfaction while reducing the incidence of drug overdose and unwanted side effects.

WHAT WE NEED TO DO

Although many health care professionals have the authority to prescribe potent anesthetics and analgesics, we believe that there is a lack of adequate education, supervision, and experience, and this exposes patients to risks of prescription drug overdose.7,8 All medical professionals who provide postoperative care need specific education and training to offer the best care to this vulnerable patient population. This includes specific and more extensive training in the appropriate use of controlled medications before receiving their controlled substance registration from the Drug Enforcement Agency. We must also extend education to patients and family members regarding the dangers of drug abuse and the safe use of prescription drugs.8

Finally, we need to engage and communicate more effectively with our patients, especially when they are in acute pain. How long should a patient expect to remain in pain while waiting for an assessment and intervention? The medical community must commit to rapid and consistent coverage throughout the day for all patients experiencing a new or changing pattern of pain not responding to current therapy. Problems do not end at 5 pm or at a shift change. We need to build a process of timely intervention, perhaps by using a model similar to that of the rapid response and resuscitation team, which has been effective in many institutions. When a patient is in pain, minutes spent waiting for relief seem like an eternity. The empathy we show patients by validating, not minimizing, their pain and by following a defined yet tailored therapeutic intervention may not only improve their physical discomfort, but improve their overall patient experience.

Margo McCaffery, RN, a pioneer in pain management nursing, defined pain as “whatever the experiencing person says it is, existing whenever the experiencing person says it does.”9 We have come a long way from the days when attending staff in the post-anesthesia care unit would routinely declare, “Pain never killed anyone.” As caregivers, we need to become engaged, empathetic, and effective as we meet the challenges of managing acute postoperative pain and improving our patients’ experience and outcomes.

References
  1. Relieving Pain in America. Institute of Medicine 2011. National Academies Press (US). 2011 ISBN-13: 978-0-309-21484-1.
  2. Lamacraft G. The link between acute postoperative pain and chronic pain syndromes. South Afr J Anaesth Analg 2012; 18:4550.
  3. Binyamin R, Trescot AM, Datta S, et al. Opioid complications and side effects. Pain Physician 2008; 11:S105S120.
  4. Grunkemeier DMS, Cassara JE, Dalton CB, Drossman DA. The narcotic bowel syndrome: clinical features, pathophysiology, and management. Clin Gastroenterol Hepatol 2007; 5:11261139.
  5. Anesthesia Patient Safety Foundation. Proceedings of “Essential Monitoring Strategies to Detect Clinically Significant Drug-Induced Respiratory Depression in the Postoperative Period” Conference, 2011. http://www.apsf.org/newsletters/pdf/fall_2011.pdf. Accessed May 13, 2013.
  6. So PS, Jiang JY, Qin Y. Touch therapies for pain relief in adults. Cochrane Database of Systematic Reviews 2008, Issue 4. Art. No.: CD006535. DOI: 10.1002/14651858.CD006535.pub2.
  7. Polydorou S, Gunderson EW, Levin FR. Training physicians to treat substance use disorders. Curr Psychiatry Rep 2008; 10:399404.
  8. CDC Grand Rounds. Prescription Drug Overdoses – a U.S Epidemic MMWR January 13, 2012/61(01);10–13.
  9. McCaffery M, Pasero C. Pain: Clinical Manual. 2nd ed. St. Louis: Mosby, 1999.
References
  1. Relieving Pain in America. Institute of Medicine 2011. National Academies Press (US). 2011 ISBN-13: 978-0-309-21484-1.
  2. Lamacraft G. The link between acute postoperative pain and chronic pain syndromes. South Afr J Anaesth Analg 2012; 18:4550.
  3. Binyamin R, Trescot AM, Datta S, et al. Opioid complications and side effects. Pain Physician 2008; 11:S105S120.
  4. Grunkemeier DMS, Cassara JE, Dalton CB, Drossman DA. The narcotic bowel syndrome: clinical features, pathophysiology, and management. Clin Gastroenterol Hepatol 2007; 5:11261139.
  5. Anesthesia Patient Safety Foundation. Proceedings of “Essential Monitoring Strategies to Detect Clinically Significant Drug-Induced Respiratory Depression in the Postoperative Period” Conference, 2011. http://www.apsf.org/newsletters/pdf/fall_2011.pdf. Accessed May 13, 2013.
  6. So PS, Jiang JY, Qin Y. Touch therapies for pain relief in adults. Cochrane Database of Systematic Reviews 2008, Issue 4. Art. No.: CD006535. DOI: 10.1002/14651858.CD006535.pub2.
  7. Polydorou S, Gunderson EW, Levin FR. Training physicians to treat substance use disorders. Curr Psychiatry Rep 2008; 10:399404.
  8. CDC Grand Rounds. Prescription Drug Overdoses – a U.S Epidemic MMWR January 13, 2012/61(01);10–13.
  9. McCaffery M, Pasero C. Pain: Clinical Manual. 2nd ed. St. Louis: Mosby, 1999.
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 80(7)
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 80(7)
Page Number
441-442
Page Number
441-442
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Postoperative pain: Meeting new expectations
Display Headline
Postoperative pain: Meeting new expectations
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Alternative CME
Article PDF Media

Correction: Aspirin

Article Type
Changed
Mon, 01/28/2019 - 16:20
Display Headline
Correction: Aspirin

A typographical error appeared in Figure 1 of: Park K, Bavry AA. Aspirin: its risks, benefits, and optimal use in preventing cardiovascular events (Cleve Clin J Med 2013; 80:318–326). The lower left side of the figure, discussing the use of aspirin for primary prevention in men, should read as follows:

Assess risk of myocardial infarction (http://hp2010.nhlbihin.net/atpiii/calculator.asp); give aspirin if:

  • Age 45–59 and 10-year risk ≥ 4%
  • Age 60–69 and 10-year risk ≥ 9%
  • Age 70–79 and 10-year risk ≥ 12%
Article PDF
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 80(7)
Publications
Page Number
435
Sections
Article PDF
Article PDF

A typographical error appeared in Figure 1 of: Park K, Bavry AA. Aspirin: its risks, benefits, and optimal use in preventing cardiovascular events (Cleve Clin J Med 2013; 80:318–326). The lower left side of the figure, discussing the use of aspirin for primary prevention in men, should read as follows:

Assess risk of myocardial infarction (http://hp2010.nhlbihin.net/atpiii/calculator.asp); give aspirin if:

  • Age 45–59 and 10-year risk ≥ 4%
  • Age 60–69 and 10-year risk ≥ 9%
  • Age 70–79 and 10-year risk ≥ 12%

A typographical error appeared in Figure 1 of: Park K, Bavry AA. Aspirin: its risks, benefits, and optimal use in preventing cardiovascular events (Cleve Clin J Med 2013; 80:318–326). The lower left side of the figure, discussing the use of aspirin for primary prevention in men, should read as follows:

Assess risk of myocardial infarction (http://hp2010.nhlbihin.net/atpiii/calculator.asp); give aspirin if:

  • Age 45–59 and 10-year risk ≥ 4%
  • Age 60–69 and 10-year risk ≥ 9%
  • Age 70–79 and 10-year risk ≥ 12%
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 80(7)
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 80(7)
Page Number
435
Page Number
435
Publications
Publications
Article Type
Display Headline
Correction: Aspirin
Display Headline
Correction: Aspirin
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Alternative CME
Use ProPublica
Article PDF Media

How to interpret surveys in medical research: A practical approach

Article Type
Changed
Thu, 03/28/2019 - 16:02
Display Headline
How to interpret surveys in medical research: A practical approach

Surveys are common in medical research. Although survey research may be subject to inherent self-report bias, surveys have a great impact on policies and practices in medicine, often forming the basis for recommendations or new guidelines.1,2 To interpret and use survey research results, clinicians should be familiar with key elements involved in the creation and validation of surveys.

The purpose of this article is to provide readers with a basic framework for evaluating surveys to allow them to be more informed as consumers of survey research.

IMPORTANT TOOLS IN MEDICAL RESEARCH

Surveys are important tools for answering questions on topics that are difficult to assess using other methods.3 They allow us to gather data systematically from subjects by asking questions, in order to make inferences about a larger population.3,4 Clinicians use surveys to explore the opinions, beliefs, and perceptions of a group, or to investigate physician practice patterns and adherence to clinical guidelines. They may also use surveys to better understand why patients are not engaging in recommended behavioral or lifestyle changes.

Survey methods include interviews (in person, by phone) and questionnaires (paper-and-pencil, e-mailed, online).4

A well-constructed, validated survey can provide powerful data that may influence clinical practice, guide future research development, or drive the development and provision of needed programs and services. Surveys have the potential to transform the ways in which we think about and practice medicine.

READER BEWARE

While survey research in health care appears to have grown exponentially, the quality of reported survey research has not necessarily increased over time.

For consumers of survey research, the adage “reader beware” is apt. Although a considerable number of studies have examined the effects of survey methodology on the validity, reliability, and generalizability of the results,4 medical journals differ in their requirements for reporting survey methods.

In an analysis of 117 articles, Bennett et al3 found that more than 80% did not fully describe the survey development process or pretesting methods. They also found limited guidance and lack of consensus about the best way to report survey research. Of 95 surveys requiring scoring, 66% did not report scoring practices.

Duffett et al5 noted that of 127 critical care medicine surveys, only 36% had been pretested or pilot-tested, and half of all surveys reviewed did not include participant demographics or included only minimal information.

Because journal reporting practices differ, physicians may be unaware of the steps involved in survey construction and validation. Knowledge of these steps is helpful not only in constructing surveys but also in assessing published articles that used survey research.

LIMITATIONS OF SURVEY RESEARCH

Indirect measures of attitudes and behaviors

Surveys that rely on participants’ self-reports of behaviors, attitudes, beliefs, or actions are indirect measures and are susceptible to self-report and social-desirability biases. Participants may overestimate their own expertise or knowledge in self-report surveys. They may wish to reduce embarrassment6 or answer in ways that would make them “look better,”7 resulting in social-desirability bias. These issues need to be mentioned in the limitations section in papers reporting survey research.

Questions and response choices

The data derived from surveys are only as good as the questions that are asked.8 Stone9 noted that questions should be intelligible, unambiguous, and unbiased. If respondents do not comprehend questions as researchers intended, if questionnaire response choices are inadequate, or if questions trigger unintended emotional responses,10–14 researchers may unwittingly introduce error, which will affect the validity of results. Even seemingly objective questions, such as those related to clinical algorithm use, practice patterns, or equipment available to hospital staff, may be interpreted differently by different respondents.

In their eagerness to launch a survey, clinician researchers may not realize that it must be carefully constructed. A focus on question development and validation is critical, as the questions determine the quality of the data derived from the survey.8 Even the position of the question or answer in the survey can affect how participants respond,15 as they may be guided to a response choice by preceding questions.16

WHAT DO YOU NEED TO KNOW ABOUT ASSESSING SURVEY RESEARCH?

What follows are questions and a basic framework that can be used to evaluate published survey research. Recommendations are based on the work of survey scientists,4,7,10,14,15,17,18 survey researchers in medicine and the social sciences, and national standards for test and questionnaire construction and validation (Table 1).4,19,20

Who created the survey? How did they do it?

How the survey was created should be sufficiently described to allow readers to judge the adequacy of instrument development.3–5 It is generally recommended that feedback from multiple sources be solicited during survey creation. Both questionnaire-design experts and subject-matter experts are considered critical in the process.4

What question was the survey designed to answer?

Is the objective of the study articulated in the paper? 3,20 To judge survey research, readers need to know if the survey appears to adequately address the research question or questions and the objectives of the study in terms of methods used.4

 

 

Was evidence on validity gathered?

Instrument pretesting and field testing are considered best practices by the American Association for Public Opinion Research, a professional organization for US survey scientists.4

Pretesting can include cognitive interviewing, the use of questionnaire appraisal tools, and hybrid methods, all of which are aimed at addressing validity issues.21 Pretesting with a group of participants similar to the target population allows for assessment of item ambiguity, instrument ease of use, adequacy of response categories (response choices), and time to completion.4,12

Cognitive interviewing is designed to explore respondents’ comprehension of questions, response processes, and decision processes governing how they answer questions.4,7,10,11 In cognitive interviewing, respondents are generally interviewed one on one. Techniques vary, but typically include “think alouds” (in which a respondent is asked to verbalize thoughts while responding to questions) and “verbal probing” (in which the respondent answers a question, then is asked follow-up questions as the interviewer probes for information related to the response choice or question itself).7 These techniques can provide evidence that researchers are actually measuring what they set out to measure and not an unrelated construct.4,19

Field testing of a survey under realistic conditions can help to uncover problems in administration, such as issues in standardization of key procedures, and to ensure that the survey was administered as the researchers intended.21,22 Field testing is vital before phone or in-person interviews to ensure standardization of any critical procedures. Pilot testing in a sample similar to the intended population allows for further refinement, with deletion of problem items, before the survey is launched.15

Because even “objective” questions can be somewhat subjective, all research surveys should go through some type of pretesting.4,21 Based on the results of pretesting and field testing, surveys should then be revised before launch.4,21 If an article on a self-report survey makes no mention of survey validation steps, readers may well question the validity of the results.

Are the survey questions and response choices understandable?

Is the meaning of each question unambiguous? Is the reading level appropriate for the sample population (a critical consideration in patient surveys)? Do any of the items actually ask two different questions?13 An example would be: “Was the representative courteous and prompt?” as it is possible to be courteous, but not prompt, and vice versa. If so, respondents may be confused or frustrated in attempting to answer it. If a rating scale is used throughout the questionnaire, are the anchors appropriate? For example, a question may be written in such a way that respondents want to answer “yes/no” or “agree/disagree,” but the scale used may include response options such as “poor,” “marginal,” “good,” and “excellent.” Items with Likert-response formats are commonly used in self-report surveys and allow participants to respond to a statement by choosing from a range of responses (eg, strongly disagree to strongly agree), often spaced horizontally under a line.

It is recommended that surveys also include options for answers beyond the response choices provided,20 such as comment boxes or fill-in-the-blank items. Surveys with a closed-response format may constrain the quality of data collected because investigators may not foresee all possible answers. Surveys need to be available for review either within the article itself, in an appendix, or as supplementary material that is available elsewhere.

Does the sample appear to be appropriate?

Articles that report the results of surveys should describe the target population, the sample design, and, in a demographic table, respondents and nonrespondents. To judge appropriateness, several questions can be asked regarding sampling:

Target population. Is the population of interest (ie, the target population) described, including regional demographics, if applicable? The relationship between the sample and the target population is important, as a nonrepresentative sample may result in misleading conclusions about the population of interest.

Sampling frame. Who had an opportunity to participate in the survey? At its simplest, the sampling frame establishes who (or what, in the case of institutions) should be included within the sample. This is typically a list of elements (Groves et al4) that acts to “frame” or define the sample to be selected. Where the target population may be all academic internal medicine physicians in the United States, the sampling frame may be all male and female US physicians who are members of particular internal medicine professional organizations, identified by their directory email addresses.

Sample design. How was the sample actually selected?4 For example, did investigators use a convenience sample of colleagues at other institutions or use a stratified random sample, ensuring adequate representation of respondents with certain characteristics?

Description of respondents. How is the sample of respondents described? Are demographic features reported, including statistics on regional or national representativeness?5 Does the sample of survey respondents appear to be representative of the researcher’s population of interest (ie, the target population)?3,23 If not, is this adequately described in the limitations section? Although outcomes will not be available on nonrespondents, demographic and baseline data often are available and should be reported. Are there systematic differences between respondents and nonrespondents?

Was the response rate adequate?

Was the response rate adequate, given the number of participants initially recruited? If the response rate was not adequate, did the researchers discuss this limitation?

Maximum response rate, defined as the total number of surveys returned divided by the total number of surveys sent,18 may be difficult to calculate with electronic or Web-based survey platforms. When the maximum response rate cannot be calculated, this issue needs to be addressed in the article’s limitations section.

The number of surveys has increased across fields over the past few decades, but survey response rates in general have decreased.17,21,24,25 In fields outside of clinical medicine, response rates in the 40% range are common.17 In the 1990s, the mean response rate for surveys published in medical journals (mailed surveys) was approximately 60%.26 A 2001 review of physician questionnaire studies found a similar average response rate (61%), with a 52% response rate for large-sample surveys.27 In 2002, Field et al28 examined the impact of incentives in physician survey studies and found response rates ranging from 8.5% to 80%.

Importantly, electronically delivered surveys (e-mail, Web-based) often have lower response rates than mailed surveys.24,29 Nominal financial incentives have been associated with enhanced response rates.28

A relatively low response rate does not necessarily mean you cannot trust the data. Survey scientists note that the representativeness of the sample may be more critical than response rate alone.17 Studies with small sample sizes may be more representative—and findings more valid—than those with large samples, if large samples are nonrepresentative when considering the target population.17

Do the conclusions go beyond the data?

Are the inferences overreaching, in view of the survey design? In studies with low response rates and nonrepresentative samples, researchers must be careful in interpreting the results. If the results cannot be generalized beyond the research sample, is this clear from the limitations, discussion, and conclusion sections?

In this review, we have summarized the findings of three published surveys1,2,30 and commented on how they appear to meet—or don’t quite meet—recommendations for survey development, validation, and use. The papers chosen were deemed strong examples in particular categories, such as description of survey authorship,1 instrument validation,30 sampling methodology,2 and response rate.1

It should be noted that even when surveys are conducted with the utmost rigor, survey reporting may leave out critical details. Survey methodology may not be adequately described for a variety of reasons, including researchers’ training in survey design and methodology; a lack of universally accepted journal-reporting guidelines3; and even journals’ space limitations. At times, journals may excise descriptions of survey development and validation, deeming these sections superfluous. Limitations sections can be critical to interpreting the results of survey research and evaluating the scope of conclusions.

References
  1. Jha AK, DesRoches CM, Campbell EG, et al. Use of electronic health records in US hospitals. N Engl J Med 2009; 360:16281638.
  2. Angus DC, Shorr AF, White A, Dremsizov TT, Schmitz RJ, Kelley MA; Committee on Manpower for Pulmonary and Critical Care Societies (COMPACCS). Critical care delivery in the United States: distribution of services and compliance with Leapfrog recommendations. Crit Care Med 2006; 34:10161024.
  3. Bennett C, Khangura S, Brehaut JC, et al. Reporting guidelines for survey research: an analysis of published guidance and reporting practices. PLoS Med 2010; 8:e1001069.
  4. Groves RM, Fowler FJ, Couper MP, Lepkowski JM, Singer E, Tourangeau R. Survey Methodology. 2nd ed. Hoboken, NJ: John Wiley and Sons, Inc; 2009.
  5. Duffett M, Burns KE, Adhikari NK, et al. Quality of reporting of surveys in critical care journals: a methodologic review. Crit Care Med 2012; 40:441449.
  6. Mattell MS, Jacoby J. Is there an optimal number of alternatives for Likert-scale items? Effects of testing time and scale properties. J Appl Psychol 1972; 56:506509.
  7. Willis GB. Cognitive Interviewing. A “How To” Guide. Research Triangle Institute. Presented at the meeting of the American Statistical Association; 1999. http://fog.its.uiowa.edu/~c07b209/interview.pdf. Accessed June 3, 2013.
  8. Schwarz N. Self-reports. How the questions shape the answers. Amer Psychol 1999; 54:93105.
  9. Stone DH. Design a questionnaire. BMJ 1993; 307:12641266.
  10. Willis GB, Royston P, Bercini D. The use of verbal report methods in the development and testing of survey questionnaires. Appl Cogn Psychol 1991; 5:251267.
  11. Desimone LM, LeFloch KC. Are we asking the right questions? Using cognitive interviews to improve surveys in education research. Educ Eval Policy Anal 2004; 26:122.
  12. Presser S, Couper MP, Lessler JT, et al. Methods for testing and evaluating survey questions. Public Opin Q 2004; 68:109130.
  13. Rogers G. Accreditation Board for Engineering and Technology (ABET), Inc. Sample Protocol for Pilot Testing Survey Items. www.abet.org/WorkArea/DownloadAsset.aspx?id=1299. Accessed January 22, 2013.
  14. Schwarz N, Oyserman D. Asking questions about behavior: cognition, communication, and questionnaire construction. Am J Eval 2001; 22:127160.
  15. Bradburn N, Sudman S, Wansink B. Asking Questions. The Definitive Guide to Questionnaire Design—For Market Research, Political Polls, and Social and Health Questionnaires. San Francisco, CA: Jossey-Bass; 2004.
  16. Stone AA, Broderick JE, Schwartz JE, Schwarz N. Context effects in survey ratings of health, symptoms, and satisfaction. Med Care 2008; 46:662667.
  17. Cook C, Heath F, Thompson RL. A meta-analysis of response rates in Web or internet-based surveys. Educ Psychol Meas 2000; 60:821836.
  18. Kaplowitz MD, Hadlock TD, Levine R. A comparison of Web and mail survey response rates. Public Opin Q 2004; 68:94101.
  19. American Educational Research Association. Standards for Educational and Psychological Testing/American Educational Research Association, American Psychological Association, National Council on Measurement in Education. Washington, DC: American Educational Research Association; 1999.
  20. Burns KE, Duffett M, Kho ME, et al; ACCADEMY Group. A guide for the design and conduct of self-administered surveys of clinicians. CMAJ 2008; 179:245252.
  21. American Association for Public Opinion Research (AAPOR). http://www.aapor.org/Home.htm. Accessed June 3, 2013.
  22. National Center for Education Statistics. Planning and Design of Surveys. http://nces.ed.gov/statprog/2002/std2_1.asp. Accessed January 22, 2013.
  23. Bordens KS, Abbott BB. Research Design and Methods. A Process Approach. 6th ed. New York, NY: McGraw-Hill; 2004.
  24. Sheehan K. Email survey response rates: a review. JCMC 2001. http://jcmc.indiana.edu/vol6/issue2/sheehan.html. Accessed January 22, 2013.
  25. Baruch Y, Holtom BC. Survey response rate levels and trends in organizational research. Hum Relat 2008; 61:11391160.
  26. Asch DA, Jedrziewski MK, Christakis NA. Response rates to mail surveys published in medical journals. J Clin Epidemiol 1997; 50:11291136.
  27. Cummings SM, Savitz LA, Konrad TR. Reported response rates to mailed physician questionnaires. Health Services Res 2001; 35:13471355.
  28. Field TS, Cadoret CA, Brown ML, et al. Surveying physicians. Do components of the “Total Design Approach” to optimizing survey response rates apply to physicians? Med Care 2002; 40:596606.
  29. Converse PD, Wolfe EW, Huang X, Oswald FL. Response rates for mixed-mode surveys using mail and e-mail/Web. Am J Eval 2008; 29:99107.
  30. Hirshberg E, Lacroix J, Sward K, Willson D, Morris AH. Blood glucose control in critically ill adults and children: a survey on stated practice. Chest 2008; 133:13281335.
Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Colleen Y. Colbert, PhD
Associate Professor, Director of the Office of Medical Education, Evaluation & Research Development, Department of Internal Medicine, Scott & White/Texas A&M HSC College of Medicine, Temple, TX

Enrique Diaz-Guzman, MD
Assistant Professor, Department of Medicine and Medical Director, Lung Transplantation, Division of Pulmonary, Sleep & Critical Care Medicine, University of Kentucky, Lexington

John D. Myers, MD
Associate Professor, Vice Chair for Educational Affairs and Director, Division of General Internal Medicine, Department of Internal Medicine, Scott & White/Texas A&M HSC College of Medicine, Temple, TX

Alejandro C. Arroliga, MD
Professor and Chair of Medicine, Dr. A. Ford Wolf & Brooksie Nell Boyd Wolf Centennial Chair of Medicine, Scott & White/Texas A&M HSC College of Medicine, Temple, TX

Address: Colleen Y. Colbert, PhD, Scott & White Hospital, 2401 S. 31st Street, Mail Stop MS-09-C600A, Temple, TX 76508; e-mail: [email protected]

Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 80(7)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
423-425, 430-432, 434-435
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Colleen Y. Colbert, PhD
Associate Professor, Director of the Office of Medical Education, Evaluation & Research Development, Department of Internal Medicine, Scott & White/Texas A&M HSC College of Medicine, Temple, TX

Enrique Diaz-Guzman, MD
Assistant Professor, Department of Medicine and Medical Director, Lung Transplantation, Division of Pulmonary, Sleep & Critical Care Medicine, University of Kentucky, Lexington

John D. Myers, MD
Associate Professor, Vice Chair for Educational Affairs and Director, Division of General Internal Medicine, Department of Internal Medicine, Scott & White/Texas A&M HSC College of Medicine, Temple, TX

Alejandro C. Arroliga, MD
Professor and Chair of Medicine, Dr. A. Ford Wolf & Brooksie Nell Boyd Wolf Centennial Chair of Medicine, Scott & White/Texas A&M HSC College of Medicine, Temple, TX

Address: Colleen Y. Colbert, PhD, Scott & White Hospital, 2401 S. 31st Street, Mail Stop MS-09-C600A, Temple, TX 76508; e-mail: [email protected]

Author and Disclosure Information

Colleen Y. Colbert, PhD
Associate Professor, Director of the Office of Medical Education, Evaluation & Research Development, Department of Internal Medicine, Scott & White/Texas A&M HSC College of Medicine, Temple, TX

Enrique Diaz-Guzman, MD
Assistant Professor, Department of Medicine and Medical Director, Lung Transplantation, Division of Pulmonary, Sleep & Critical Care Medicine, University of Kentucky, Lexington

John D. Myers, MD
Associate Professor, Vice Chair for Educational Affairs and Director, Division of General Internal Medicine, Department of Internal Medicine, Scott & White/Texas A&M HSC College of Medicine, Temple, TX

Alejandro C. Arroliga, MD
Professor and Chair of Medicine, Dr. A. Ford Wolf & Brooksie Nell Boyd Wolf Centennial Chair of Medicine, Scott & White/Texas A&M HSC College of Medicine, Temple, TX

Address: Colleen Y. Colbert, PhD, Scott & White Hospital, 2401 S. 31st Street, Mail Stop MS-09-C600A, Temple, TX 76508; e-mail: [email protected]

Article PDF
Article PDF

Surveys are common in medical research. Although survey research may be subject to inherent self-report bias, surveys have a great impact on policies and practices in medicine, often forming the basis for recommendations or new guidelines.1,2 To interpret and use survey research results, clinicians should be familiar with key elements involved in the creation and validation of surveys.

The purpose of this article is to provide readers with a basic framework for evaluating surveys to allow them to be more informed as consumers of survey research.

IMPORTANT TOOLS IN MEDICAL RESEARCH

Surveys are important tools for answering questions on topics that are difficult to assess using other methods.3 They allow us to gather data systematically from subjects by asking questions, in order to make inferences about a larger population.3,4 Clinicians use surveys to explore the opinions, beliefs, and perceptions of a group, or to investigate physician practice patterns and adherence to clinical guidelines. They may also use surveys to better understand why patients are not engaging in recommended behavioral or lifestyle changes.

Survey methods include interviews (in person, by phone) and questionnaires (paper-and-pencil, e-mailed, online).4

A well-constructed, validated survey can provide powerful data that may influence clinical practice, guide future research development, or drive the development and provision of needed programs and services. Surveys have the potential to transform the ways in which we think about and practice medicine.

READER BEWARE

While survey research in health care appears to have grown exponentially, the quality of reported survey research has not necessarily increased over time.

For consumers of survey research, the adage “reader beware” is apt. Although a considerable number of studies have examined the effects of survey methodology on the validity, reliability, and generalizability of the results,4 medical journals differ in their requirements for reporting survey methods.

In an analysis of 117 articles, Bennett et al3 found that more than 80% did not fully describe the survey development process or pretesting methods. They also found limited guidance and lack of consensus about the best way to report survey research. Of 95 surveys requiring scoring, 66% did not report scoring practices.

Duffett et al5 noted that of 127 critical care medicine surveys, only 36% had been pretested or pilot-tested, and half of all surveys reviewed did not include participant demographics or included only minimal information.

Because journal reporting practices differ, physicians may be unaware of the steps involved in survey construction and validation. Knowledge of these steps is helpful not only in constructing surveys but also in assessing published articles that used survey research.

LIMITATIONS OF SURVEY RESEARCH

Indirect measures of attitudes and behaviors

Surveys that rely on participants’ self-reports of behaviors, attitudes, beliefs, or actions are indirect measures and are susceptible to self-report and social-desirability biases. Participants may overestimate their own expertise or knowledge in self-report surveys. They may wish to reduce embarrassment6 or answer in ways that would make them “look better,”7 resulting in social-desirability bias. These issues need to be mentioned in the limitations section in papers reporting survey research.

Questions and response choices

The data derived from surveys are only as good as the questions that are asked.8 Stone9 noted that questions should be intelligible, unambiguous, and unbiased. If respondents do not comprehend questions as researchers intended, if questionnaire response choices are inadequate, or if questions trigger unintended emotional responses,10–14 researchers may unwittingly introduce error, which will affect the validity of results. Even seemingly objective questions, such as those related to clinical algorithm use, practice patterns, or equipment available to hospital staff, may be interpreted differently by different respondents.

In their eagerness to launch a survey, clinician researchers may not realize that it must be carefully constructed. A focus on question development and validation is critical, as the questions determine the quality of the data derived from the survey.8 Even the position of the question or answer in the survey can affect how participants respond,15 as they may be guided to a response choice by preceding questions.16

WHAT DO YOU NEED TO KNOW ABOUT ASSESSING SURVEY RESEARCH?

What follows are questions and a basic framework that can be used to evaluate published survey research. Recommendations are based on the work of survey scientists,4,7,10,14,15,17,18 survey researchers in medicine and the social sciences, and national standards for test and questionnaire construction and validation (Table 1).4,19,20

Who created the survey? How did they do it?

How the survey was created should be sufficiently described to allow readers to judge the adequacy of instrument development.3–5 It is generally recommended that feedback from multiple sources be solicited during survey creation. Both questionnaire-design experts and subject-matter experts are considered critical in the process.4

What question was the survey designed to answer?

Is the objective of the study articulated in the paper? 3,20 To judge survey research, readers need to know if the survey appears to adequately address the research question or questions and the objectives of the study in terms of methods used.4

 

 

Was evidence on validity gathered?

Instrument pretesting and field testing are considered best practices by the American Association for Public Opinion Research, a professional organization for US survey scientists.4

Pretesting can include cognitive interviewing, the use of questionnaire appraisal tools, and hybrid methods, all of which are aimed at addressing validity issues.21 Pretesting with a group of participants similar to the target population allows for assessment of item ambiguity, instrument ease of use, adequacy of response categories (response choices), and time to completion.4,12

Cognitive interviewing is designed to explore respondents’ comprehension of questions, response processes, and decision processes governing how they answer questions.4,7,10,11 In cognitive interviewing, respondents are generally interviewed one on one. Techniques vary, but typically include “think alouds” (in which a respondent is asked to verbalize thoughts while responding to questions) and “verbal probing” (in which the respondent answers a question, then is asked follow-up questions as the interviewer probes for information related to the response choice or question itself).7 These techniques can provide evidence that researchers are actually measuring what they set out to measure and not an unrelated construct.4,19

Field testing of a survey under realistic conditions can help to uncover problems in administration, such as issues in standardization of key procedures, and to ensure that the survey was administered as the researchers intended.21,22 Field testing is vital before phone or in-person interviews to ensure standardization of any critical procedures. Pilot testing in a sample similar to the intended population allows for further refinement, with deletion of problem items, before the survey is launched.15

Because even “objective” questions can be somewhat subjective, all research surveys should go through some type of pretesting.4,21 Based on the results of pretesting and field testing, surveys should then be revised before launch.4,21 If an article on a self-report survey makes no mention of survey validation steps, readers may well question the validity of the results.

Are the survey questions and response choices understandable?

Is the meaning of each question unambiguous? Is the reading level appropriate for the sample population (a critical consideration in patient surveys)? Do any of the items actually ask two different questions?13 An example would be: “Was the representative courteous and prompt?” as it is possible to be courteous, but not prompt, and vice versa. If so, respondents may be confused or frustrated in attempting to answer it. If a rating scale is used throughout the questionnaire, are the anchors appropriate? For example, a question may be written in such a way that respondents want to answer “yes/no” or “agree/disagree,” but the scale used may include response options such as “poor,” “marginal,” “good,” and “excellent.” Items with Likert-response formats are commonly used in self-report surveys and allow participants to respond to a statement by choosing from a range of responses (eg, strongly disagree to strongly agree), often spaced horizontally under a line.

It is recommended that surveys also include options for answers beyond the response choices provided,20 such as comment boxes or fill-in-the-blank items. Surveys with a closed-response format may constrain the quality of data collected because investigators may not foresee all possible answers. Surveys need to be available for review either within the article itself, in an appendix, or as supplementary material that is available elsewhere.

Does the sample appear to be appropriate?

Articles that report the results of surveys should describe the target population, the sample design, and, in a demographic table, respondents and nonrespondents. To judge appropriateness, several questions can be asked regarding sampling:

Target population. Is the population of interest (ie, the target population) described, including regional demographics, if applicable? The relationship between the sample and the target population is important, as a nonrepresentative sample may result in misleading conclusions about the population of interest.

Sampling frame. Who had an opportunity to participate in the survey? At its simplest, the sampling frame establishes who (or what, in the case of institutions) should be included within the sample. This is typically a list of elements (Groves et al4) that acts to “frame” or define the sample to be selected. Where the target population may be all academic internal medicine physicians in the United States, the sampling frame may be all male and female US physicians who are members of particular internal medicine professional organizations, identified by their directory email addresses.

Sample design. How was the sample actually selected?4 For example, did investigators use a convenience sample of colleagues at other institutions or use a stratified random sample, ensuring adequate representation of respondents with certain characteristics?

Description of respondents. How is the sample of respondents described? Are demographic features reported, including statistics on regional or national representativeness?5 Does the sample of survey respondents appear to be representative of the researcher’s population of interest (ie, the target population)?3,23 If not, is this adequately described in the limitations section? Although outcomes will not be available on nonrespondents, demographic and baseline data often are available and should be reported. Are there systematic differences between respondents and nonrespondents?

Was the response rate adequate?

Was the response rate adequate, given the number of participants initially recruited? If the response rate was not adequate, did the researchers discuss this limitation?

Maximum response rate, defined as the total number of surveys returned divided by the total number of surveys sent,18 may be difficult to calculate with electronic or Web-based survey platforms. When the maximum response rate cannot be calculated, this issue needs to be addressed in the article’s limitations section.

The number of surveys has increased across fields over the past few decades, but survey response rates in general have decreased.17,21,24,25 In fields outside of clinical medicine, response rates in the 40% range are common.17 In the 1990s, the mean response rate for surveys published in medical journals (mailed surveys) was approximately 60%.26 A 2001 review of physician questionnaire studies found a similar average response rate (61%), with a 52% response rate for large-sample surveys.27 In 2002, Field et al28 examined the impact of incentives in physician survey studies and found response rates ranging from 8.5% to 80%.

Importantly, electronically delivered surveys (e-mail, Web-based) often have lower response rates than mailed surveys.24,29 Nominal financial incentives have been associated with enhanced response rates.28

A relatively low response rate does not necessarily mean you cannot trust the data. Survey scientists note that the representativeness of the sample may be more critical than response rate alone.17 Studies with small sample sizes may be more representative—and findings more valid—than those with large samples, if large samples are nonrepresentative when considering the target population.17

Do the conclusions go beyond the data?

Are the inferences overreaching, in view of the survey design? In studies with low response rates and nonrepresentative samples, researchers must be careful in interpreting the results. If the results cannot be generalized beyond the research sample, is this clear from the limitations, discussion, and conclusion sections?

In this review, we have summarized the findings of three published surveys1,2,30 and commented on how they appear to meet—or don’t quite meet—recommendations for survey development, validation, and use. The papers chosen were deemed strong examples in particular categories, such as description of survey authorship,1 instrument validation,30 sampling methodology,2 and response rate.1

It should be noted that even when surveys are conducted with the utmost rigor, survey reporting may leave out critical details. Survey methodology may not be adequately described for a variety of reasons, including researchers’ training in survey design and methodology; a lack of universally accepted journal-reporting guidelines3; and even journals’ space limitations. At times, journals may excise descriptions of survey development and validation, deeming these sections superfluous. Limitations sections can be critical to interpreting the results of survey research and evaluating the scope of conclusions.

Surveys are common in medical research. Although survey research may be subject to inherent self-report bias, surveys have a great impact on policies and practices in medicine, often forming the basis for recommendations or new guidelines.1,2 To interpret and use survey research results, clinicians should be familiar with key elements involved in the creation and validation of surveys.

The purpose of this article is to provide readers with a basic framework for evaluating surveys to allow them to be more informed as consumers of survey research.

IMPORTANT TOOLS IN MEDICAL RESEARCH

Surveys are important tools for answering questions on topics that are difficult to assess using other methods.3 They allow us to gather data systematically from subjects by asking questions, in order to make inferences about a larger population.3,4 Clinicians use surveys to explore the opinions, beliefs, and perceptions of a group, or to investigate physician practice patterns and adherence to clinical guidelines. They may also use surveys to better understand why patients are not engaging in recommended behavioral or lifestyle changes.

Survey methods include interviews (in person, by phone) and questionnaires (paper-and-pencil, e-mailed, online).4

A well-constructed, validated survey can provide powerful data that may influence clinical practice, guide future research development, or drive the development and provision of needed programs and services. Surveys have the potential to transform the ways in which we think about and practice medicine.

READER BEWARE

While survey research in health care appears to have grown exponentially, the quality of reported survey research has not necessarily increased over time.

For consumers of survey research, the adage “reader beware” is apt. Although a considerable number of studies have examined the effects of survey methodology on the validity, reliability, and generalizability of the results,4 medical journals differ in their requirements for reporting survey methods.

In an analysis of 117 articles, Bennett et al3 found that more than 80% did not fully describe the survey development process or pretesting methods. They also found limited guidance and lack of consensus about the best way to report survey research. Of 95 surveys requiring scoring, 66% did not report scoring practices.

Duffett et al5 noted that of 127 critical care medicine surveys, only 36% had been pretested or pilot-tested, and half of all surveys reviewed did not include participant demographics or included only minimal information.

Because journal reporting practices differ, physicians may be unaware of the steps involved in survey construction and validation. Knowledge of these steps is helpful not only in constructing surveys but also in assessing published articles that used survey research.

LIMITATIONS OF SURVEY RESEARCH

Indirect measures of attitudes and behaviors

Surveys that rely on participants’ self-reports of behaviors, attitudes, beliefs, or actions are indirect measures and are susceptible to self-report and social-desirability biases. Participants may overestimate their own expertise or knowledge in self-report surveys. They may wish to reduce embarrassment6 or answer in ways that would make them “look better,”7 resulting in social-desirability bias. These issues need to be mentioned in the limitations section in papers reporting survey research.

Questions and response choices

The data derived from surveys are only as good as the questions that are asked.8 Stone9 noted that questions should be intelligible, unambiguous, and unbiased. If respondents do not comprehend questions as researchers intended, if questionnaire response choices are inadequate, or if questions trigger unintended emotional responses,10–14 researchers may unwittingly introduce error, which will affect the validity of results. Even seemingly objective questions, such as those related to clinical algorithm use, practice patterns, or equipment available to hospital staff, may be interpreted differently by different respondents.

In their eagerness to launch a survey, clinician researchers may not realize that it must be carefully constructed. A focus on question development and validation is critical, as the questions determine the quality of the data derived from the survey.8 Even the position of the question or answer in the survey can affect how participants respond,15 as they may be guided to a response choice by preceding questions.16

WHAT DO YOU NEED TO KNOW ABOUT ASSESSING SURVEY RESEARCH?

What follows are questions and a basic framework that can be used to evaluate published survey research. Recommendations are based on the work of survey scientists,4,7,10,14,15,17,18 survey researchers in medicine and the social sciences, and national standards for test and questionnaire construction and validation (Table 1).4,19,20

Who created the survey? How did they do it?

How the survey was created should be sufficiently described to allow readers to judge the adequacy of instrument development.3–5 It is generally recommended that feedback from multiple sources be solicited during survey creation. Both questionnaire-design experts and subject-matter experts are considered critical in the process.4

What question was the survey designed to answer?

Is the objective of the study articulated in the paper? 3,20 To judge survey research, readers need to know if the survey appears to adequately address the research question or questions and the objectives of the study in terms of methods used.4

 

 

Was evidence on validity gathered?

Instrument pretesting and field testing are considered best practices by the American Association for Public Opinion Research, a professional organization for US survey scientists.4

Pretesting can include cognitive interviewing, the use of questionnaire appraisal tools, and hybrid methods, all of which are aimed at addressing validity issues.21 Pretesting with a group of participants similar to the target population allows for assessment of item ambiguity, instrument ease of use, adequacy of response categories (response choices), and time to completion.4,12

Cognitive interviewing is designed to explore respondents’ comprehension of questions, response processes, and decision processes governing how they answer questions.4,7,10,11 In cognitive interviewing, respondents are generally interviewed one on one. Techniques vary, but typically include “think alouds” (in which a respondent is asked to verbalize thoughts while responding to questions) and “verbal probing” (in which the respondent answers a question, then is asked follow-up questions as the interviewer probes for information related to the response choice or question itself).7 These techniques can provide evidence that researchers are actually measuring what they set out to measure and not an unrelated construct.4,19

Field testing of a survey under realistic conditions can help to uncover problems in administration, such as issues in standardization of key procedures, and to ensure that the survey was administered as the researchers intended.21,22 Field testing is vital before phone or in-person interviews to ensure standardization of any critical procedures. Pilot testing in a sample similar to the intended population allows for further refinement, with deletion of problem items, before the survey is launched.15

Because even “objective” questions can be somewhat subjective, all research surveys should go through some type of pretesting.4,21 Based on the results of pretesting and field testing, surveys should then be revised before launch.4,21 If an article on a self-report survey makes no mention of survey validation steps, readers may well question the validity of the results.

Are the survey questions and response choices understandable?

Is the meaning of each question unambiguous? Is the reading level appropriate for the sample population (a critical consideration in patient surveys)? Do any of the items actually ask two different questions?13 An example would be: “Was the representative courteous and prompt?” as it is possible to be courteous, but not prompt, and vice versa. If so, respondents may be confused or frustrated in attempting to answer it. If a rating scale is used throughout the questionnaire, are the anchors appropriate? For example, a question may be written in such a way that respondents want to answer “yes/no” or “agree/disagree,” but the scale used may include response options such as “poor,” “marginal,” “good,” and “excellent.” Items with Likert-response formats are commonly used in self-report surveys and allow participants to respond to a statement by choosing from a range of responses (eg, strongly disagree to strongly agree), often spaced horizontally under a line.

It is recommended that surveys also include options for answers beyond the response choices provided,20 such as comment boxes or fill-in-the-blank items. Surveys with a closed-response format may constrain the quality of data collected because investigators may not foresee all possible answers. Surveys need to be available for review either within the article itself, in an appendix, or as supplementary material that is available elsewhere.

Does the sample appear to be appropriate?

Articles that report the results of surveys should describe the target population, the sample design, and, in a demographic table, respondents and nonrespondents. To judge appropriateness, several questions can be asked regarding sampling:

Target population. Is the population of interest (ie, the target population) described, including regional demographics, if applicable? The relationship between the sample and the target population is important, as a nonrepresentative sample may result in misleading conclusions about the population of interest.

Sampling frame. Who had an opportunity to participate in the survey? At its simplest, the sampling frame establishes who (or what, in the case of institutions) should be included within the sample. This is typically a list of elements (Groves et al4) that acts to “frame” or define the sample to be selected. Where the target population may be all academic internal medicine physicians in the United States, the sampling frame may be all male and female US physicians who are members of particular internal medicine professional organizations, identified by their directory email addresses.

Sample design. How was the sample actually selected?4 For example, did investigators use a convenience sample of colleagues at other institutions or use a stratified random sample, ensuring adequate representation of respondents with certain characteristics?

Description of respondents. How is the sample of respondents described? Are demographic features reported, including statistics on regional or national representativeness?5 Does the sample of survey respondents appear to be representative of the researcher’s population of interest (ie, the target population)?3,23 If not, is this adequately described in the limitations section? Although outcomes will not be available on nonrespondents, demographic and baseline data often are available and should be reported. Are there systematic differences between respondents and nonrespondents?

Was the response rate adequate?

Was the response rate adequate, given the number of participants initially recruited? If the response rate was not adequate, did the researchers discuss this limitation?

Maximum response rate, defined as the total number of surveys returned divided by the total number of surveys sent,18 may be difficult to calculate with electronic or Web-based survey platforms. When the maximum response rate cannot be calculated, this issue needs to be addressed in the article’s limitations section.

The number of surveys has increased across fields over the past few decades, but survey response rates in general have decreased.17,21,24,25 In fields outside of clinical medicine, response rates in the 40% range are common.17 In the 1990s, the mean response rate for surveys published in medical journals (mailed surveys) was approximately 60%.26 A 2001 review of physician questionnaire studies found a similar average response rate (61%), with a 52% response rate for large-sample surveys.27 In 2002, Field et al28 examined the impact of incentives in physician survey studies and found response rates ranging from 8.5% to 80%.

Importantly, electronically delivered surveys (e-mail, Web-based) often have lower response rates than mailed surveys.24,29 Nominal financial incentives have been associated with enhanced response rates.28

A relatively low response rate does not necessarily mean you cannot trust the data. Survey scientists note that the representativeness of the sample may be more critical than response rate alone.17 Studies with small sample sizes may be more representative—and findings more valid—than those with large samples, if large samples are nonrepresentative when considering the target population.17

Do the conclusions go beyond the data?

Are the inferences overreaching, in view of the survey design? In studies with low response rates and nonrepresentative samples, researchers must be careful in interpreting the results. If the results cannot be generalized beyond the research sample, is this clear from the limitations, discussion, and conclusion sections?

In this review, we have summarized the findings of three published surveys1,2,30 and commented on how they appear to meet—or don’t quite meet—recommendations for survey development, validation, and use. The papers chosen were deemed strong examples in particular categories, such as description of survey authorship,1 instrument validation,30 sampling methodology,2 and response rate.1

It should be noted that even when surveys are conducted with the utmost rigor, survey reporting may leave out critical details. Survey methodology may not be adequately described for a variety of reasons, including researchers’ training in survey design and methodology; a lack of universally accepted journal-reporting guidelines3; and even journals’ space limitations. At times, journals may excise descriptions of survey development and validation, deeming these sections superfluous. Limitations sections can be critical to interpreting the results of survey research and evaluating the scope of conclusions.

References
  1. Jha AK, DesRoches CM, Campbell EG, et al. Use of electronic health records in US hospitals. N Engl J Med 2009; 360:16281638.
  2. Angus DC, Shorr AF, White A, Dremsizov TT, Schmitz RJ, Kelley MA; Committee on Manpower for Pulmonary and Critical Care Societies (COMPACCS). Critical care delivery in the United States: distribution of services and compliance with Leapfrog recommendations. Crit Care Med 2006; 34:10161024.
  3. Bennett C, Khangura S, Brehaut JC, et al. Reporting guidelines for survey research: an analysis of published guidance and reporting practices. PLoS Med 2010; 8:e1001069.
  4. Groves RM, Fowler FJ, Couper MP, Lepkowski JM, Singer E, Tourangeau R. Survey Methodology. 2nd ed. Hoboken, NJ: John Wiley and Sons, Inc; 2009.
  5. Duffett M, Burns KE, Adhikari NK, et al. Quality of reporting of surveys in critical care journals: a methodologic review. Crit Care Med 2012; 40:441449.
  6. Mattell MS, Jacoby J. Is there an optimal number of alternatives for Likert-scale items? Effects of testing time and scale properties. J Appl Psychol 1972; 56:506509.
  7. Willis GB. Cognitive Interviewing. A “How To” Guide. Research Triangle Institute. Presented at the meeting of the American Statistical Association; 1999. http://fog.its.uiowa.edu/~c07b209/interview.pdf. Accessed June 3, 2013.
  8. Schwarz N. Self-reports. How the questions shape the answers. Amer Psychol 1999; 54:93105.
  9. Stone DH. Design a questionnaire. BMJ 1993; 307:12641266.
  10. Willis GB, Royston P, Bercini D. The use of verbal report methods in the development and testing of survey questionnaires. Appl Cogn Psychol 1991; 5:251267.
  11. Desimone LM, LeFloch KC. Are we asking the right questions? Using cognitive interviews to improve surveys in education research. Educ Eval Policy Anal 2004; 26:122.
  12. Presser S, Couper MP, Lessler JT, et al. Methods for testing and evaluating survey questions. Public Opin Q 2004; 68:109130.
  13. Rogers G. Accreditation Board for Engineering and Technology (ABET), Inc. Sample Protocol for Pilot Testing Survey Items. www.abet.org/WorkArea/DownloadAsset.aspx?id=1299. Accessed January 22, 2013.
  14. Schwarz N, Oyserman D. Asking questions about behavior: cognition, communication, and questionnaire construction. Am J Eval 2001; 22:127160.
  15. Bradburn N, Sudman S, Wansink B. Asking Questions. The Definitive Guide to Questionnaire Design—For Market Research, Political Polls, and Social and Health Questionnaires. San Francisco, CA: Jossey-Bass; 2004.
  16. Stone AA, Broderick JE, Schwartz JE, Schwarz N. Context effects in survey ratings of health, symptoms, and satisfaction. Med Care 2008; 46:662667.
  17. Cook C, Heath F, Thompson RL. A meta-analysis of response rates in Web or internet-based surveys. Educ Psychol Meas 2000; 60:821836.
  18. Kaplowitz MD, Hadlock TD, Levine R. A comparison of Web and mail survey response rates. Public Opin Q 2004; 68:94101.
  19. American Educational Research Association. Standards for Educational and Psychological Testing/American Educational Research Association, American Psychological Association, National Council on Measurement in Education. Washington, DC: American Educational Research Association; 1999.
  20. Burns KE, Duffett M, Kho ME, et al; ACCADEMY Group. A guide for the design and conduct of self-administered surveys of clinicians. CMAJ 2008; 179:245252.
  21. American Association for Public Opinion Research (AAPOR). http://www.aapor.org/Home.htm. Accessed June 3, 2013.
  22. National Center for Education Statistics. Planning and Design of Surveys. http://nces.ed.gov/statprog/2002/std2_1.asp. Accessed January 22, 2013.
  23. Bordens KS, Abbott BB. Research Design and Methods. A Process Approach. 6th ed. New York, NY: McGraw-Hill; 2004.
  24. Sheehan K. Email survey response rates: a review. JCMC 2001. http://jcmc.indiana.edu/vol6/issue2/sheehan.html. Accessed January 22, 2013.
  25. Baruch Y, Holtom BC. Survey response rate levels and trends in organizational research. Hum Relat 2008; 61:11391160.
  26. Asch DA, Jedrziewski MK, Christakis NA. Response rates to mail surveys published in medical journals. J Clin Epidemiol 1997; 50:11291136.
  27. Cummings SM, Savitz LA, Konrad TR. Reported response rates to mailed physician questionnaires. Health Services Res 2001; 35:13471355.
  28. Field TS, Cadoret CA, Brown ML, et al. Surveying physicians. Do components of the “Total Design Approach” to optimizing survey response rates apply to physicians? Med Care 2002; 40:596606.
  29. Converse PD, Wolfe EW, Huang X, Oswald FL. Response rates for mixed-mode surveys using mail and e-mail/Web. Am J Eval 2008; 29:99107.
  30. Hirshberg E, Lacroix J, Sward K, Willson D, Morris AH. Blood glucose control in critically ill adults and children: a survey on stated practice. Chest 2008; 133:13281335.
References
  1. Jha AK, DesRoches CM, Campbell EG, et al. Use of electronic health records in US hospitals. N Engl J Med 2009; 360:16281638.
  2. Angus DC, Shorr AF, White A, Dremsizov TT, Schmitz RJ, Kelley MA; Committee on Manpower for Pulmonary and Critical Care Societies (COMPACCS). Critical care delivery in the United States: distribution of services and compliance with Leapfrog recommendations. Crit Care Med 2006; 34:10161024.
  3. Bennett C, Khangura S, Brehaut JC, et al. Reporting guidelines for survey research: an analysis of published guidance and reporting practices. PLoS Med 2010; 8:e1001069.
  4. Groves RM, Fowler FJ, Couper MP, Lepkowski JM, Singer E, Tourangeau R. Survey Methodology. 2nd ed. Hoboken, NJ: John Wiley and Sons, Inc; 2009.
  5. Duffett M, Burns KE, Adhikari NK, et al. Quality of reporting of surveys in critical care journals: a methodologic review. Crit Care Med 2012; 40:441449.
  6. Mattell MS, Jacoby J. Is there an optimal number of alternatives for Likert-scale items? Effects of testing time and scale properties. J Appl Psychol 1972; 56:506509.
  7. Willis GB. Cognitive Interviewing. A “How To” Guide. Research Triangle Institute. Presented at the meeting of the American Statistical Association; 1999. http://fog.its.uiowa.edu/~c07b209/interview.pdf. Accessed June 3, 2013.
  8. Schwarz N. Self-reports. How the questions shape the answers. Amer Psychol 1999; 54:93105.
  9. Stone DH. Design a questionnaire. BMJ 1993; 307:12641266.
  10. Willis GB, Royston P, Bercini D. The use of verbal report methods in the development and testing of survey questionnaires. Appl Cogn Psychol 1991; 5:251267.
  11. Desimone LM, LeFloch KC. Are we asking the right questions? Using cognitive interviews to improve surveys in education research. Educ Eval Policy Anal 2004; 26:122.
  12. Presser S, Couper MP, Lessler JT, et al. Methods for testing and evaluating survey questions. Public Opin Q 2004; 68:109130.
  13. Rogers G. Accreditation Board for Engineering and Technology (ABET), Inc. Sample Protocol for Pilot Testing Survey Items. www.abet.org/WorkArea/DownloadAsset.aspx?id=1299. Accessed January 22, 2013.
  14. Schwarz N, Oyserman D. Asking questions about behavior: cognition, communication, and questionnaire construction. Am J Eval 2001; 22:127160.
  15. Bradburn N, Sudman S, Wansink B. Asking Questions. The Definitive Guide to Questionnaire Design—For Market Research, Political Polls, and Social and Health Questionnaires. San Francisco, CA: Jossey-Bass; 2004.
  16. Stone AA, Broderick JE, Schwartz JE, Schwarz N. Context effects in survey ratings of health, symptoms, and satisfaction. Med Care 2008; 46:662667.
  17. Cook C, Heath F, Thompson RL. A meta-analysis of response rates in Web or internet-based surveys. Educ Psychol Meas 2000; 60:821836.
  18. Kaplowitz MD, Hadlock TD, Levine R. A comparison of Web and mail survey response rates. Public Opin Q 2004; 68:94101.
  19. American Educational Research Association. Standards for Educational and Psychological Testing/American Educational Research Association, American Psychological Association, National Council on Measurement in Education. Washington, DC: American Educational Research Association; 1999.
  20. Burns KE, Duffett M, Kho ME, et al; ACCADEMY Group. A guide for the design and conduct of self-administered surveys of clinicians. CMAJ 2008; 179:245252.
  21. American Association for Public Opinion Research (AAPOR). http://www.aapor.org/Home.htm. Accessed June 3, 2013.
  22. National Center for Education Statistics. Planning and Design of Surveys. http://nces.ed.gov/statprog/2002/std2_1.asp. Accessed January 22, 2013.
  23. Bordens KS, Abbott BB. Research Design and Methods. A Process Approach. 6th ed. New York, NY: McGraw-Hill; 2004.
  24. Sheehan K. Email survey response rates: a review. JCMC 2001. http://jcmc.indiana.edu/vol6/issue2/sheehan.html. Accessed January 22, 2013.
  25. Baruch Y, Holtom BC. Survey response rate levels and trends in organizational research. Hum Relat 2008; 61:11391160.
  26. Asch DA, Jedrziewski MK, Christakis NA. Response rates to mail surveys published in medical journals. J Clin Epidemiol 1997; 50:11291136.
  27. Cummings SM, Savitz LA, Konrad TR. Reported response rates to mailed physician questionnaires. Health Services Res 2001; 35:13471355.
  28. Field TS, Cadoret CA, Brown ML, et al. Surveying physicians. Do components of the “Total Design Approach” to optimizing survey response rates apply to physicians? Med Care 2002; 40:596606.
  29. Converse PD, Wolfe EW, Huang X, Oswald FL. Response rates for mixed-mode surveys using mail and e-mail/Web. Am J Eval 2008; 29:99107.
  30. Hirshberg E, Lacroix J, Sward K, Willson D, Morris AH. Blood glucose control in critically ill adults and children: a survey on stated practice. Chest 2008; 133:13281335.
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 80(7)
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 80(7)
Page Number
423-425, 430-432, 434-435
Page Number
423-425, 430-432, 434-435
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
How to interpret surveys in medical research: A practical approach
Display Headline
How to interpret surveys in medical research: A practical approach
Sections
Inside the Article

KEY POINTS

  • Most survey reports do not adequately describe their methods.
  • Surveys that rely on participants’ self-reports of behaviors, attitudes, beliefs, or actions are indirect measures and are susceptible to self-report and social-desirability biases.
  • Informed readers need to consider a survey’s authorship, objective, validation, items, response choices, sampling representativeness, response rate, generalizability, and scope of the conclusions.
Disallow All Ads
Alternative CME
Article PDF Media

Multiple intracardiac thrombi

Article Type
Changed
Mon, 09/25/2017 - 11:49
Display Headline
Multiple intracardiac thrombi

A 60-year-old woman presented with sudden swelling and pain in her right arm. She reported progressive lower-extremity edema and abdominal girth over the past month, associated with shortness of breath and orthopnea. She had a remote history of two spontaneous abortions.

Figure 1. During the initial evaluation, echocardiography (apical four-chamber view) showed right ventricular and left ventricular thrombi (arrows).

Duplex ultrasonography revealed massive venous thrombosis extending from the antecubital fossa to the right atrium. Transthoracic echocardiography revealed severe left ventricular (LV) dysfunction and multiple echo-dense masses in the LV apex, the right ventricle, and the left atrium, as well as at the base of the tricuspid valve (Figure 1). There was no evidence of a structural heart defect, eg, patent foramen ovale, atrial septal defect, or ventricular septal defect. Cardiovascular magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) confirmed the densities as thrombi (Figure 2). Her ejection fraction was 35%.

Figure 2. Cardiovascular magnetic resonance imaging with contrast enhancement confirmed the presence of thrombi in the right and left ventricles (A) and in the right atrium (B) (arrows).

Blood testing on admission showed a prolonged partial thromboplastin time of 55.0 sec (reference range 22.7–35.6) and a prothrombin time of 13.4 sec (reference range 11.3–14.5). Tissue thromboplastin inhibition at a dilution of 1:50 was elevated at 1.5 sec (reference range 0.7–1.3), as was the tissue thromboplastin inhibition at a dilution of 1:500—ie, 1.6 sec (0.7–1.3). Dilute Russell viper venom testing and anticardiolipin antibody immunoglobulin G and M testing were negative. The lupus antiphospholipid antibody test and the hexagonal lipid neutralization test were positive.

The patient’s clinical presentation of extensive unprovoked venous thrombosis and her laboratory profile together suggested the antiphospholipid antibody syndrome.

SURGICAL TREATMENT NOT AN OPTION

Figure 3. After 4 months of oral anticoagulation therapy, echocardiography (apical four-chamber view) showed near-resolution of the thrombi.

Given her extensive clot burden, surgical thrombectomy was not an option. Instead, warfarin therapy was started and resulted in a progressive diminution of the thrombi. At 4-month follow-up, the thrombi had nearly resolved (Figure 3), and her LV ejection fraction had increased to 45% to 50%. Eighteen months later, she was diagnosed with cholangiocarcinoma. In retrospect, we believe the cancer predisposed the patient to the hypercoagulable state and, subsequently, to thrombosis.

DIAGNOSING AND TREATING LEFT VENTRICULAR THROMBOSIS

Ventricular thrombosis is a serious problem, most commonly associated with extensive myocardial infarction. It is a relatively common complication of myocardial infarction and of ischemic and nonischemic cardiomy-opathies.1 In this population, the incidence of LV thrombosis is reported to be in the range of 10% to 25%, and it increases with increasing LV end-diastolic diameter, lower ejection fraction, and anterior-wall-motion akinesia, and with the presence of apical aneurysms.2 It is an important cause of morbidity and death, whether the thrombus is sessile or mobile.

How diagnostic imaging tests compare

The diagnosis of LV thrombosis requires a certain level of suspicion and has traditionally relied on echocardiography. However, several studies have raised doubt about the sensitivity of echocardiography for the detection of left or right ventricular thrombi.3 In a 2006 report, the sensitivity of transthoracic echocardiography in detecting LV thrombi was 23% and the sensitivity of transesophageal echocardiography was 40%.4 In contrast, delayed-enhancement cardiovascular MRI had a sensitivity near 90%. Similarly, in another study,5 contrast-enhanced echocardiography had a low but higher sensitivity of nearly 60%.5 Therefore, cardiovascular MRI is emerging as the new gold standard test for the detection of this important complication of ventricular dysfunction and myocardial infarction.

Treatment and screening

The optimal management of intraventricular thrombi is poorly defined. It has been suggested from case series that large, mobile, or protruding LV thrombi have more potential for embolization and, therefore, that patients with these findings may benefit from surgical thrombectomy.6 Oral anticoagulation has been reported to dissolve intraventricular thrombi, with success rates from 13% to 59%.7 A prospective study of enoxaparin in 26 patients with LV thrombi reported resolution rates close to 73% at 3-week follow-up.8

There are no guidelines at present on which to base recommendations for screening patients for intracavitary thrombi or for starting empiric anticoagulation in those at risk.

References
  1. Weinsaft JW, Kim HW, Shah DJ, et al. Detection of left ventricular thrombus by delayed-enhancement cardiovascular magnetic resonance prevalence and markers in patients with systolic dysfunction. J Am Coll Cardiol 2008; 52:148157.
  2. Mollet NR, Dymarkowski S, Volders W, et al. Visualization of ventricular thrombi with contrast-enhanced magnetic resonance imaging in patients with ischemic heart disease. Circulation 2002; 106:28732876.
  3. Tsang BK, Platts DG, Javorsky G, Brown MR. Right ventricular thrombus detection and multimodality imaging using contrast echocardiography and cardiac magnetic resonance imaging. Heart Lung Circ 2012; 21:185188.
  4. Srichai MB, Junor C, Rodriguez LL, et al. Clinical, imaging, and pathological characteristics of left ventricular thrombus: a comparison of contrast-enhanced magnetic resonance imaging, transthoracic echocardiography, and transesophageal echocardiography with surgical or pathological validation. Am Heart J 2006; 152:7584.
  5. Weinsaft JW, Kim RJ, Ross M, et al. Contrast-enhanced anatomic imaging as compared to contrast-enhanced tissue characterization for detection of left ventricular thrombus. JACC Cardiovasc Imaging 2009; 2:969979.
  6. Nili M, Deviri E, Jortner R, Strasberg B, Levy MJ. Surgical removal of a mobile, pedunculated left ventricular thrombus: report of 4 cases. Ann Thorac Surg 1988; 46:396400.
  7. Heik SC, Kupper W, Hamm C, et al. Efficacy of high dose intravenous heparin for treatment of left ventricular thrombi with high embolic risk. J Am Coll Cardiol 1994; 24:13051309.
  8. Meurin P, Tabet JY, Renaud N, et al. Treatment of left ventricular thrombi with a low molecular weight heparin. Int J Cardiol 2005; 98:319323.
Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Jana G. Hashash, MD
Department of Medicine, University of Pittsburgh Medical Center, Pittsburgh, PA

Nabil S. Zeineh, MD
Division of General Internal Medicine, Department of Medicine, University of Pittsburgh Medical Center, Pittsburgh, PA

Frederick W. Crock, MD
Heart and Vascular Institute, University of Pittsburgh Medical Center, Pittsburgh, PA

Address: Jana G. Hashash, MD, Department of Internal Medicine, University of Pittsburgh Medical Center, 200 Lothrop Street, UPMC Montefiore N-713, Pittsburgh, PA 15213; e-mail: [email protected]

Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 80(7)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
415-416
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Jana G. Hashash, MD
Department of Medicine, University of Pittsburgh Medical Center, Pittsburgh, PA

Nabil S. Zeineh, MD
Division of General Internal Medicine, Department of Medicine, University of Pittsburgh Medical Center, Pittsburgh, PA

Frederick W. Crock, MD
Heart and Vascular Institute, University of Pittsburgh Medical Center, Pittsburgh, PA

Address: Jana G. Hashash, MD, Department of Internal Medicine, University of Pittsburgh Medical Center, 200 Lothrop Street, UPMC Montefiore N-713, Pittsburgh, PA 15213; e-mail: [email protected]

Author and Disclosure Information

Jana G. Hashash, MD
Department of Medicine, University of Pittsburgh Medical Center, Pittsburgh, PA

Nabil S. Zeineh, MD
Division of General Internal Medicine, Department of Medicine, University of Pittsburgh Medical Center, Pittsburgh, PA

Frederick W. Crock, MD
Heart and Vascular Institute, University of Pittsburgh Medical Center, Pittsburgh, PA

Address: Jana G. Hashash, MD, Department of Internal Medicine, University of Pittsburgh Medical Center, 200 Lothrop Street, UPMC Montefiore N-713, Pittsburgh, PA 15213; e-mail: [email protected]

Article PDF
Article PDF

A 60-year-old woman presented with sudden swelling and pain in her right arm. She reported progressive lower-extremity edema and abdominal girth over the past month, associated with shortness of breath and orthopnea. She had a remote history of two spontaneous abortions.

Figure 1. During the initial evaluation, echocardiography (apical four-chamber view) showed right ventricular and left ventricular thrombi (arrows).

Duplex ultrasonography revealed massive venous thrombosis extending from the antecubital fossa to the right atrium. Transthoracic echocardiography revealed severe left ventricular (LV) dysfunction and multiple echo-dense masses in the LV apex, the right ventricle, and the left atrium, as well as at the base of the tricuspid valve (Figure 1). There was no evidence of a structural heart defect, eg, patent foramen ovale, atrial septal defect, or ventricular septal defect. Cardiovascular magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) confirmed the densities as thrombi (Figure 2). Her ejection fraction was 35%.

Figure 2. Cardiovascular magnetic resonance imaging with contrast enhancement confirmed the presence of thrombi in the right and left ventricles (A) and in the right atrium (B) (arrows).

Blood testing on admission showed a prolonged partial thromboplastin time of 55.0 sec (reference range 22.7–35.6) and a prothrombin time of 13.4 sec (reference range 11.3–14.5). Tissue thromboplastin inhibition at a dilution of 1:50 was elevated at 1.5 sec (reference range 0.7–1.3), as was the tissue thromboplastin inhibition at a dilution of 1:500—ie, 1.6 sec (0.7–1.3). Dilute Russell viper venom testing and anticardiolipin antibody immunoglobulin G and M testing were negative. The lupus antiphospholipid antibody test and the hexagonal lipid neutralization test were positive.

The patient’s clinical presentation of extensive unprovoked venous thrombosis and her laboratory profile together suggested the antiphospholipid antibody syndrome.

SURGICAL TREATMENT NOT AN OPTION

Figure 3. After 4 months of oral anticoagulation therapy, echocardiography (apical four-chamber view) showed near-resolution of the thrombi.

Given her extensive clot burden, surgical thrombectomy was not an option. Instead, warfarin therapy was started and resulted in a progressive diminution of the thrombi. At 4-month follow-up, the thrombi had nearly resolved (Figure 3), and her LV ejection fraction had increased to 45% to 50%. Eighteen months later, she was diagnosed with cholangiocarcinoma. In retrospect, we believe the cancer predisposed the patient to the hypercoagulable state and, subsequently, to thrombosis.

DIAGNOSING AND TREATING LEFT VENTRICULAR THROMBOSIS

Ventricular thrombosis is a serious problem, most commonly associated with extensive myocardial infarction. It is a relatively common complication of myocardial infarction and of ischemic and nonischemic cardiomy-opathies.1 In this population, the incidence of LV thrombosis is reported to be in the range of 10% to 25%, and it increases with increasing LV end-diastolic diameter, lower ejection fraction, and anterior-wall-motion akinesia, and with the presence of apical aneurysms.2 It is an important cause of morbidity and death, whether the thrombus is sessile or mobile.

How diagnostic imaging tests compare

The diagnosis of LV thrombosis requires a certain level of suspicion and has traditionally relied on echocardiography. However, several studies have raised doubt about the sensitivity of echocardiography for the detection of left or right ventricular thrombi.3 In a 2006 report, the sensitivity of transthoracic echocardiography in detecting LV thrombi was 23% and the sensitivity of transesophageal echocardiography was 40%.4 In contrast, delayed-enhancement cardiovascular MRI had a sensitivity near 90%. Similarly, in another study,5 contrast-enhanced echocardiography had a low but higher sensitivity of nearly 60%.5 Therefore, cardiovascular MRI is emerging as the new gold standard test for the detection of this important complication of ventricular dysfunction and myocardial infarction.

Treatment and screening

The optimal management of intraventricular thrombi is poorly defined. It has been suggested from case series that large, mobile, or protruding LV thrombi have more potential for embolization and, therefore, that patients with these findings may benefit from surgical thrombectomy.6 Oral anticoagulation has been reported to dissolve intraventricular thrombi, with success rates from 13% to 59%.7 A prospective study of enoxaparin in 26 patients with LV thrombi reported resolution rates close to 73% at 3-week follow-up.8

There are no guidelines at present on which to base recommendations for screening patients for intracavitary thrombi or for starting empiric anticoagulation in those at risk.

A 60-year-old woman presented with sudden swelling and pain in her right arm. She reported progressive lower-extremity edema and abdominal girth over the past month, associated with shortness of breath and orthopnea. She had a remote history of two spontaneous abortions.

Figure 1. During the initial evaluation, echocardiography (apical four-chamber view) showed right ventricular and left ventricular thrombi (arrows).

Duplex ultrasonography revealed massive venous thrombosis extending from the antecubital fossa to the right atrium. Transthoracic echocardiography revealed severe left ventricular (LV) dysfunction and multiple echo-dense masses in the LV apex, the right ventricle, and the left atrium, as well as at the base of the tricuspid valve (Figure 1). There was no evidence of a structural heart defect, eg, patent foramen ovale, atrial septal defect, or ventricular septal defect. Cardiovascular magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) confirmed the densities as thrombi (Figure 2). Her ejection fraction was 35%.

Figure 2. Cardiovascular magnetic resonance imaging with contrast enhancement confirmed the presence of thrombi in the right and left ventricles (A) and in the right atrium (B) (arrows).

Blood testing on admission showed a prolonged partial thromboplastin time of 55.0 sec (reference range 22.7–35.6) and a prothrombin time of 13.4 sec (reference range 11.3–14.5). Tissue thromboplastin inhibition at a dilution of 1:50 was elevated at 1.5 sec (reference range 0.7–1.3), as was the tissue thromboplastin inhibition at a dilution of 1:500—ie, 1.6 sec (0.7–1.3). Dilute Russell viper venom testing and anticardiolipin antibody immunoglobulin G and M testing were negative. The lupus antiphospholipid antibody test and the hexagonal lipid neutralization test were positive.

The patient’s clinical presentation of extensive unprovoked venous thrombosis and her laboratory profile together suggested the antiphospholipid antibody syndrome.

SURGICAL TREATMENT NOT AN OPTION

Figure 3. After 4 months of oral anticoagulation therapy, echocardiography (apical four-chamber view) showed near-resolution of the thrombi.

Given her extensive clot burden, surgical thrombectomy was not an option. Instead, warfarin therapy was started and resulted in a progressive diminution of the thrombi. At 4-month follow-up, the thrombi had nearly resolved (Figure 3), and her LV ejection fraction had increased to 45% to 50%. Eighteen months later, she was diagnosed with cholangiocarcinoma. In retrospect, we believe the cancer predisposed the patient to the hypercoagulable state and, subsequently, to thrombosis.

DIAGNOSING AND TREATING LEFT VENTRICULAR THROMBOSIS

Ventricular thrombosis is a serious problem, most commonly associated with extensive myocardial infarction. It is a relatively common complication of myocardial infarction and of ischemic and nonischemic cardiomy-opathies.1 In this population, the incidence of LV thrombosis is reported to be in the range of 10% to 25%, and it increases with increasing LV end-diastolic diameter, lower ejection fraction, and anterior-wall-motion akinesia, and with the presence of apical aneurysms.2 It is an important cause of morbidity and death, whether the thrombus is sessile or mobile.

How diagnostic imaging tests compare

The diagnosis of LV thrombosis requires a certain level of suspicion and has traditionally relied on echocardiography. However, several studies have raised doubt about the sensitivity of echocardiography for the detection of left or right ventricular thrombi.3 In a 2006 report, the sensitivity of transthoracic echocardiography in detecting LV thrombi was 23% and the sensitivity of transesophageal echocardiography was 40%.4 In contrast, delayed-enhancement cardiovascular MRI had a sensitivity near 90%. Similarly, in another study,5 contrast-enhanced echocardiography had a low but higher sensitivity of nearly 60%.5 Therefore, cardiovascular MRI is emerging as the new gold standard test for the detection of this important complication of ventricular dysfunction and myocardial infarction.

Treatment and screening

The optimal management of intraventricular thrombi is poorly defined. It has been suggested from case series that large, mobile, or protruding LV thrombi have more potential for embolization and, therefore, that patients with these findings may benefit from surgical thrombectomy.6 Oral anticoagulation has been reported to dissolve intraventricular thrombi, with success rates from 13% to 59%.7 A prospective study of enoxaparin in 26 patients with LV thrombi reported resolution rates close to 73% at 3-week follow-up.8

There are no guidelines at present on which to base recommendations for screening patients for intracavitary thrombi or for starting empiric anticoagulation in those at risk.

References
  1. Weinsaft JW, Kim HW, Shah DJ, et al. Detection of left ventricular thrombus by delayed-enhancement cardiovascular magnetic resonance prevalence and markers in patients with systolic dysfunction. J Am Coll Cardiol 2008; 52:148157.
  2. Mollet NR, Dymarkowski S, Volders W, et al. Visualization of ventricular thrombi with contrast-enhanced magnetic resonance imaging in patients with ischemic heart disease. Circulation 2002; 106:28732876.
  3. Tsang BK, Platts DG, Javorsky G, Brown MR. Right ventricular thrombus detection and multimodality imaging using contrast echocardiography and cardiac magnetic resonance imaging. Heart Lung Circ 2012; 21:185188.
  4. Srichai MB, Junor C, Rodriguez LL, et al. Clinical, imaging, and pathological characteristics of left ventricular thrombus: a comparison of contrast-enhanced magnetic resonance imaging, transthoracic echocardiography, and transesophageal echocardiography with surgical or pathological validation. Am Heart J 2006; 152:7584.
  5. Weinsaft JW, Kim RJ, Ross M, et al. Contrast-enhanced anatomic imaging as compared to contrast-enhanced tissue characterization for detection of left ventricular thrombus. JACC Cardiovasc Imaging 2009; 2:969979.
  6. Nili M, Deviri E, Jortner R, Strasberg B, Levy MJ. Surgical removal of a mobile, pedunculated left ventricular thrombus: report of 4 cases. Ann Thorac Surg 1988; 46:396400.
  7. Heik SC, Kupper W, Hamm C, et al. Efficacy of high dose intravenous heparin for treatment of left ventricular thrombi with high embolic risk. J Am Coll Cardiol 1994; 24:13051309.
  8. Meurin P, Tabet JY, Renaud N, et al. Treatment of left ventricular thrombi with a low molecular weight heparin. Int J Cardiol 2005; 98:319323.
References
  1. Weinsaft JW, Kim HW, Shah DJ, et al. Detection of left ventricular thrombus by delayed-enhancement cardiovascular magnetic resonance prevalence and markers in patients with systolic dysfunction. J Am Coll Cardiol 2008; 52:148157.
  2. Mollet NR, Dymarkowski S, Volders W, et al. Visualization of ventricular thrombi with contrast-enhanced magnetic resonance imaging in patients with ischemic heart disease. Circulation 2002; 106:28732876.
  3. Tsang BK, Platts DG, Javorsky G, Brown MR. Right ventricular thrombus detection and multimodality imaging using contrast echocardiography and cardiac magnetic resonance imaging. Heart Lung Circ 2012; 21:185188.
  4. Srichai MB, Junor C, Rodriguez LL, et al. Clinical, imaging, and pathological characteristics of left ventricular thrombus: a comparison of contrast-enhanced magnetic resonance imaging, transthoracic echocardiography, and transesophageal echocardiography with surgical or pathological validation. Am Heart J 2006; 152:7584.
  5. Weinsaft JW, Kim RJ, Ross M, et al. Contrast-enhanced anatomic imaging as compared to contrast-enhanced tissue characterization for detection of left ventricular thrombus. JACC Cardiovasc Imaging 2009; 2:969979.
  6. Nili M, Deviri E, Jortner R, Strasberg B, Levy MJ. Surgical removal of a mobile, pedunculated left ventricular thrombus: report of 4 cases. Ann Thorac Surg 1988; 46:396400.
  7. Heik SC, Kupper W, Hamm C, et al. Efficacy of high dose intravenous heparin for treatment of left ventricular thrombi with high embolic risk. J Am Coll Cardiol 1994; 24:13051309.
  8. Meurin P, Tabet JY, Renaud N, et al. Treatment of left ventricular thrombi with a low molecular weight heparin. Int J Cardiol 2005; 98:319323.
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 80(7)
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 80(7)
Page Number
415-416
Page Number
415-416
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Multiple intracardiac thrombi
Display Headline
Multiple intracardiac thrombi
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Alternative CME
Article PDF Media

Electronic health records: We need to find needles, not stack more hay

Article Type
Changed
Thu, 03/28/2019 - 16:02
Display Headline
Electronic health records: We need to find needles, not stack more hay

In this edition of the Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine, Dr. Jamie Stoller raises the issue of “electronic silos,” an unintended consequence of using an electronic health record (EHR) system. Dr. Stoller observes that ever since we began using EHRs, clinicians have been talking to each other less.

See related article

As a hospitalist, I would agree. I only need to go to the nursing station on any given morning to confirm this. Working in the hospital, a clinician has two hubs of activity, the patient and the chart. With the advent of the EHR, the chart is now virtual and I no longer need to be physically present in the nursing station.

Our environment has changed, and the EHR provides us a new world in which we must interact as providers. Understanding these challenges will begin to shift our approach to this new world. In addition to this, and to Dr. Stoller’s observations, I would add that we also need to expect more from our EHR. We need an EHR that works for us, one that extends our abilities and improves the care we give. I believe the best is yet to come.

WE GOT WHAT WE ASKED FOR

Clinical communication is the cornerstone of patient safety. In a seminal report, the Institutes of Medicine estimated that 98,000 people die in any given year from medical errors, and most of the errors are from poor communication.1 Findings such as this gave momentum to the movement to convert from a paper-based health delivery system to an electronic one.2

However, a requirement in designing these systems was to mimic paper-based tasks. We asked for the EHR to look like paper, and we got it, and that has truly affected the way we practice, interact, and use electronic health information. Although Dr. Stoller and others want to improve communication and workflow through the EHR, there has been little research into the cognitive requirements or workflow paths needed to make this a reality. A National Research Council report states that current EHRs are not designed on the basis of human-computer interaction, human factors, or ergonomic design principles, and these design failures contribute to their inefficient use and to the potential propagation of error.3

‘HUMAN FACTORS ENGINEERING’ COULD IMPROVE EHR DESIGN

In industries other than health care, the effect of technology on the workplace has been studied in a discipline called human factors engineering. Studies show significant lags between the adoption of workplace automation and the redesign of the workplace to accommodate the new technology and workforce needs.4

In health care, even computerized physician order entry, one of the central drivers of EHR adoption to promote patient safety, is fallible as a result of poor human factors engineering. Poor design can introduce new errors into the care delivery system if the technology and the environment in which it is deployed are not well understood.5

We must mitigate this risk of poor design and error by applying the principles of human factors engineering to health care. Three areas need to be taken into account to prevent failure: the user, the device, and the environment in which the device is used. For example, a glucometer with a small display would be difficult to use for patients with impaired vision from diabetic retinopathy—the user needs to be taken into account. We have all had experience with devices that are too complicated to use, with an unfriendly user interface or too much irrelevant material in the display. And in the noisy environment of an operating room full of beeping machines, yet another beep may not be a good way to alert the user. The outcomes of these domains together yield either a safe and effective experience or an ineffective experience that promotes error and puts patient safety at risk.

We can start to achieve good design in health care by first applying the techniques of human factors engineering that have been well honed outside of medicine. Information about the patient should be displayed on a “dashboard” in a way that is intuitive and easy to understand, making for more efficient use of the clinician’s brain cells. Visionaries such as Edward Tuft are investigating how to compile discrete data into a cohesive visual experience.6 Application of analytics and predicative modeling can pull together information in a way that tells the provider not only about what has happened, but also about what might happen.

Second, the EHR should include tools for effectively sharing information. I agree with Dr. Stoller about the idea of embedding virtual care teams in the record. I can see when my friends are online with social networking tools—why not extend this feature to the record? Beyond enabling simple physician-to-physician exchanges, the EHR affords new powerful care opportunities that paper never could: the wisdom of the cohort. Virtual care of a population is a promising way to manage patients who share attributes. Beyond improved clinical outcomes, digital collaborative care has the additional benefit of allowing input from nonclinical teams. Combining clinical, operational, and financial data can help make sure we achieve the best quality of care, at the best cost, with the best outcome. That is the value proposition of health care reform.

 

 

FINDING THE NEEDLE, NOT STORING MORE HAY

Beyond poor design, another problem with current EHR systems is that they overload us with information, so that our time is spent sifting through data rather than synthesizing it. We are seeing an unprecedented proliferation of both clinical data in the EHR and supporting research data. This combination has not helped the physician find the “needle.” Rather, it has managed to just store more hay.

All health care providers need to know how to read a chart quickly and efficiently to ascertain the story. In medical school, we teach new doctors about what makes for a good consult: synthesize the data and ask for an opinion. While a first-year medical school student would say, “I need a GI consult: the hemoglobin is 6, platelets are low, and there is blood in the stool,” a resident would say, “I need a GI consult for upper endoscopy, as I suspect this patient has alcoholic cirrhosis and likely portal hypertension: I am worried about variceal bleeding.” We should expect the same from our EHR.

Our relationship with health technology needs to shift. We need not view the EHR merely as a record, as something to physically hold data, but rather as a system that digests data to produce knowledge. The EHR needs to be viewed as a mentor and a colleague, a place that not only records data, but that also ascertains data incongruities, displays information that is relevant, and gives providers rapid, at-a-glance knowledge of the patient’s condition. The silo Dr. Stoller describes is not just the physical separation of providers, it is also the separation of providers and knowledge. We are still hunters and gatherers of information. Let the EHR work for the clinician. Tell me that I have not addressed my patient’s hyperkalemia. Tell me that my gastroenterology consultant is online and has just completed a consult note. Tell me that my patient is having uncontrolled pain now, rather than my having to discover this 9 hours later. We should expect our EHR to deliver the right information to the right person at the right time in the right format. The electronic health colleague might be a more apt term.

MAKING THE EHR WORK FOR US

So, has the EHR destroyed clinician collaboration? Certainly not. It has just changed the environment and the way we interact with the medical system. In fact, I argue that it could actually make it better, if we shift our expectations of our EHR systems. The future state of collaboration may not be in the traditional form of speaking to a colleague next to you, but rather in having a system that supports real-time access and sharing of digested knowledge about the patient. This knowledge can then be shared with other providers, finance systems, national health exchanges, predictive models, and even the patient, breaking the silos.

Someday the EHR might give back time to the provider, and we might say, “I just finished my patient panel early—let’s go get a cup of coffee and catch up.”

References
  1. Kohn LT, Corrigan JM, Donaldson MS, editors. Committee on Quality of Health Care in America. Institute of Medicine. To Err is Human: Building a Safer Health System. Washington, DC: National Academy Press; 1999.
  2. Institute of Medicine (US). Health IT and Patient Safety: Building Safer Systems for Better Care. Committee on Patient Safety and Health Information Technology, Board on Health Care Services. Washington, DC: The National Academies Press; 2012.
  3. Stead W, Lin HS, editors. Committee on Engaging the Computer Science Research Community in Health Care Informatics, Computer Science and Telecommunications Board, Division on Engineering and Physical Sciences, National Research Council of the National Academies. Computational Technology for Effective Health Care: Immediate Steps and Strategic Directions. Washington, DC: The National Academies Press; 2009.
  4. Smith MJ, Carayon P. New technology, automation, and work organization: stress problems and improved technology implementation strategies. Int J Hum Factors Manuf 1995; 5:99116.
  5. Koppel R, Metlay JP, Cohen A, et al. Role of computerized physician order entry systems in facilitating medication errors. JAMA 2005; 293:11971203.
  6. Powsner SM, Tufte ER. Graphical summary of patient status. Lancet 1994; 344:386389.
Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

William H. Morris, MD
Associate Chief Medical Information Office, Medical Operations; Hospital Medicine, Medicine Institute, Cleveland Clinic; Clinical Assistant Professor, Cleveland Clinic Lerner College of Medicine of Case Western Reserve University, Cleveland, OH

Address: William Morris, MD, Medical Operations, Hospital Medicine, JJN6-432, Cleveland Clinic, 9500 Euclid Avenue, Cleveland, OH 44195; e-mail: [email protected]

Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 80(7)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
410-411, 414
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

William H. Morris, MD
Associate Chief Medical Information Office, Medical Operations; Hospital Medicine, Medicine Institute, Cleveland Clinic; Clinical Assistant Professor, Cleveland Clinic Lerner College of Medicine of Case Western Reserve University, Cleveland, OH

Address: William Morris, MD, Medical Operations, Hospital Medicine, JJN6-432, Cleveland Clinic, 9500 Euclid Avenue, Cleveland, OH 44195; e-mail: [email protected]

Author and Disclosure Information

William H. Morris, MD
Associate Chief Medical Information Office, Medical Operations; Hospital Medicine, Medicine Institute, Cleveland Clinic; Clinical Assistant Professor, Cleveland Clinic Lerner College of Medicine of Case Western Reserve University, Cleveland, OH

Address: William Morris, MD, Medical Operations, Hospital Medicine, JJN6-432, Cleveland Clinic, 9500 Euclid Avenue, Cleveland, OH 44195; e-mail: [email protected]

Article PDF
Article PDF

In this edition of the Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine, Dr. Jamie Stoller raises the issue of “electronic silos,” an unintended consequence of using an electronic health record (EHR) system. Dr. Stoller observes that ever since we began using EHRs, clinicians have been talking to each other less.

See related article

As a hospitalist, I would agree. I only need to go to the nursing station on any given morning to confirm this. Working in the hospital, a clinician has two hubs of activity, the patient and the chart. With the advent of the EHR, the chart is now virtual and I no longer need to be physically present in the nursing station.

Our environment has changed, and the EHR provides us a new world in which we must interact as providers. Understanding these challenges will begin to shift our approach to this new world. In addition to this, and to Dr. Stoller’s observations, I would add that we also need to expect more from our EHR. We need an EHR that works for us, one that extends our abilities and improves the care we give. I believe the best is yet to come.

WE GOT WHAT WE ASKED FOR

Clinical communication is the cornerstone of patient safety. In a seminal report, the Institutes of Medicine estimated that 98,000 people die in any given year from medical errors, and most of the errors are from poor communication.1 Findings such as this gave momentum to the movement to convert from a paper-based health delivery system to an electronic one.2

However, a requirement in designing these systems was to mimic paper-based tasks. We asked for the EHR to look like paper, and we got it, and that has truly affected the way we practice, interact, and use electronic health information. Although Dr. Stoller and others want to improve communication and workflow through the EHR, there has been little research into the cognitive requirements or workflow paths needed to make this a reality. A National Research Council report states that current EHRs are not designed on the basis of human-computer interaction, human factors, or ergonomic design principles, and these design failures contribute to their inefficient use and to the potential propagation of error.3

‘HUMAN FACTORS ENGINEERING’ COULD IMPROVE EHR DESIGN

In industries other than health care, the effect of technology on the workplace has been studied in a discipline called human factors engineering. Studies show significant lags between the adoption of workplace automation and the redesign of the workplace to accommodate the new technology and workforce needs.4

In health care, even computerized physician order entry, one of the central drivers of EHR adoption to promote patient safety, is fallible as a result of poor human factors engineering. Poor design can introduce new errors into the care delivery system if the technology and the environment in which it is deployed are not well understood.5

We must mitigate this risk of poor design and error by applying the principles of human factors engineering to health care. Three areas need to be taken into account to prevent failure: the user, the device, and the environment in which the device is used. For example, a glucometer with a small display would be difficult to use for patients with impaired vision from diabetic retinopathy—the user needs to be taken into account. We have all had experience with devices that are too complicated to use, with an unfriendly user interface or too much irrelevant material in the display. And in the noisy environment of an operating room full of beeping machines, yet another beep may not be a good way to alert the user. The outcomes of these domains together yield either a safe and effective experience or an ineffective experience that promotes error and puts patient safety at risk.

We can start to achieve good design in health care by first applying the techniques of human factors engineering that have been well honed outside of medicine. Information about the patient should be displayed on a “dashboard” in a way that is intuitive and easy to understand, making for more efficient use of the clinician’s brain cells. Visionaries such as Edward Tuft are investigating how to compile discrete data into a cohesive visual experience.6 Application of analytics and predicative modeling can pull together information in a way that tells the provider not only about what has happened, but also about what might happen.

Second, the EHR should include tools for effectively sharing information. I agree with Dr. Stoller about the idea of embedding virtual care teams in the record. I can see when my friends are online with social networking tools—why not extend this feature to the record? Beyond enabling simple physician-to-physician exchanges, the EHR affords new powerful care opportunities that paper never could: the wisdom of the cohort. Virtual care of a population is a promising way to manage patients who share attributes. Beyond improved clinical outcomes, digital collaborative care has the additional benefit of allowing input from nonclinical teams. Combining clinical, operational, and financial data can help make sure we achieve the best quality of care, at the best cost, with the best outcome. That is the value proposition of health care reform.

 

 

FINDING THE NEEDLE, NOT STORING MORE HAY

Beyond poor design, another problem with current EHR systems is that they overload us with information, so that our time is spent sifting through data rather than synthesizing it. We are seeing an unprecedented proliferation of both clinical data in the EHR and supporting research data. This combination has not helped the physician find the “needle.” Rather, it has managed to just store more hay.

All health care providers need to know how to read a chart quickly and efficiently to ascertain the story. In medical school, we teach new doctors about what makes for a good consult: synthesize the data and ask for an opinion. While a first-year medical school student would say, “I need a GI consult: the hemoglobin is 6, platelets are low, and there is blood in the stool,” a resident would say, “I need a GI consult for upper endoscopy, as I suspect this patient has alcoholic cirrhosis and likely portal hypertension: I am worried about variceal bleeding.” We should expect the same from our EHR.

Our relationship with health technology needs to shift. We need not view the EHR merely as a record, as something to physically hold data, but rather as a system that digests data to produce knowledge. The EHR needs to be viewed as a mentor and a colleague, a place that not only records data, but that also ascertains data incongruities, displays information that is relevant, and gives providers rapid, at-a-glance knowledge of the patient’s condition. The silo Dr. Stoller describes is not just the physical separation of providers, it is also the separation of providers and knowledge. We are still hunters and gatherers of information. Let the EHR work for the clinician. Tell me that I have not addressed my patient’s hyperkalemia. Tell me that my gastroenterology consultant is online and has just completed a consult note. Tell me that my patient is having uncontrolled pain now, rather than my having to discover this 9 hours later. We should expect our EHR to deliver the right information to the right person at the right time in the right format. The electronic health colleague might be a more apt term.

MAKING THE EHR WORK FOR US

So, has the EHR destroyed clinician collaboration? Certainly not. It has just changed the environment and the way we interact with the medical system. In fact, I argue that it could actually make it better, if we shift our expectations of our EHR systems. The future state of collaboration may not be in the traditional form of speaking to a colleague next to you, but rather in having a system that supports real-time access and sharing of digested knowledge about the patient. This knowledge can then be shared with other providers, finance systems, national health exchanges, predictive models, and even the patient, breaking the silos.

Someday the EHR might give back time to the provider, and we might say, “I just finished my patient panel early—let’s go get a cup of coffee and catch up.”

In this edition of the Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine, Dr. Jamie Stoller raises the issue of “electronic silos,” an unintended consequence of using an electronic health record (EHR) system. Dr. Stoller observes that ever since we began using EHRs, clinicians have been talking to each other less.

See related article

As a hospitalist, I would agree. I only need to go to the nursing station on any given morning to confirm this. Working in the hospital, a clinician has two hubs of activity, the patient and the chart. With the advent of the EHR, the chart is now virtual and I no longer need to be physically present in the nursing station.

Our environment has changed, and the EHR provides us a new world in which we must interact as providers. Understanding these challenges will begin to shift our approach to this new world. In addition to this, and to Dr. Stoller’s observations, I would add that we also need to expect more from our EHR. We need an EHR that works for us, one that extends our abilities and improves the care we give. I believe the best is yet to come.

WE GOT WHAT WE ASKED FOR

Clinical communication is the cornerstone of patient safety. In a seminal report, the Institutes of Medicine estimated that 98,000 people die in any given year from medical errors, and most of the errors are from poor communication.1 Findings such as this gave momentum to the movement to convert from a paper-based health delivery system to an electronic one.2

However, a requirement in designing these systems was to mimic paper-based tasks. We asked for the EHR to look like paper, and we got it, and that has truly affected the way we practice, interact, and use electronic health information. Although Dr. Stoller and others want to improve communication and workflow through the EHR, there has been little research into the cognitive requirements or workflow paths needed to make this a reality. A National Research Council report states that current EHRs are not designed on the basis of human-computer interaction, human factors, or ergonomic design principles, and these design failures contribute to their inefficient use and to the potential propagation of error.3

‘HUMAN FACTORS ENGINEERING’ COULD IMPROVE EHR DESIGN

In industries other than health care, the effect of technology on the workplace has been studied in a discipline called human factors engineering. Studies show significant lags between the adoption of workplace automation and the redesign of the workplace to accommodate the new technology and workforce needs.4

In health care, even computerized physician order entry, one of the central drivers of EHR adoption to promote patient safety, is fallible as a result of poor human factors engineering. Poor design can introduce new errors into the care delivery system if the technology and the environment in which it is deployed are not well understood.5

We must mitigate this risk of poor design and error by applying the principles of human factors engineering to health care. Three areas need to be taken into account to prevent failure: the user, the device, and the environment in which the device is used. For example, a glucometer with a small display would be difficult to use for patients with impaired vision from diabetic retinopathy—the user needs to be taken into account. We have all had experience with devices that are too complicated to use, with an unfriendly user interface or too much irrelevant material in the display. And in the noisy environment of an operating room full of beeping machines, yet another beep may not be a good way to alert the user. The outcomes of these domains together yield either a safe and effective experience or an ineffective experience that promotes error and puts patient safety at risk.

We can start to achieve good design in health care by first applying the techniques of human factors engineering that have been well honed outside of medicine. Information about the patient should be displayed on a “dashboard” in a way that is intuitive and easy to understand, making for more efficient use of the clinician’s brain cells. Visionaries such as Edward Tuft are investigating how to compile discrete data into a cohesive visual experience.6 Application of analytics and predicative modeling can pull together information in a way that tells the provider not only about what has happened, but also about what might happen.

Second, the EHR should include tools for effectively sharing information. I agree with Dr. Stoller about the idea of embedding virtual care teams in the record. I can see when my friends are online with social networking tools—why not extend this feature to the record? Beyond enabling simple physician-to-physician exchanges, the EHR affords new powerful care opportunities that paper never could: the wisdom of the cohort. Virtual care of a population is a promising way to manage patients who share attributes. Beyond improved clinical outcomes, digital collaborative care has the additional benefit of allowing input from nonclinical teams. Combining clinical, operational, and financial data can help make sure we achieve the best quality of care, at the best cost, with the best outcome. That is the value proposition of health care reform.

 

 

FINDING THE NEEDLE, NOT STORING MORE HAY

Beyond poor design, another problem with current EHR systems is that they overload us with information, so that our time is spent sifting through data rather than synthesizing it. We are seeing an unprecedented proliferation of both clinical data in the EHR and supporting research data. This combination has not helped the physician find the “needle.” Rather, it has managed to just store more hay.

All health care providers need to know how to read a chart quickly and efficiently to ascertain the story. In medical school, we teach new doctors about what makes for a good consult: synthesize the data and ask for an opinion. While a first-year medical school student would say, “I need a GI consult: the hemoglobin is 6, platelets are low, and there is blood in the stool,” a resident would say, “I need a GI consult for upper endoscopy, as I suspect this patient has alcoholic cirrhosis and likely portal hypertension: I am worried about variceal bleeding.” We should expect the same from our EHR.

Our relationship with health technology needs to shift. We need not view the EHR merely as a record, as something to physically hold data, but rather as a system that digests data to produce knowledge. The EHR needs to be viewed as a mentor and a colleague, a place that not only records data, but that also ascertains data incongruities, displays information that is relevant, and gives providers rapid, at-a-glance knowledge of the patient’s condition. The silo Dr. Stoller describes is not just the physical separation of providers, it is also the separation of providers and knowledge. We are still hunters and gatherers of information. Let the EHR work for the clinician. Tell me that I have not addressed my patient’s hyperkalemia. Tell me that my gastroenterology consultant is online and has just completed a consult note. Tell me that my patient is having uncontrolled pain now, rather than my having to discover this 9 hours later. We should expect our EHR to deliver the right information to the right person at the right time in the right format. The electronic health colleague might be a more apt term.

MAKING THE EHR WORK FOR US

So, has the EHR destroyed clinician collaboration? Certainly not. It has just changed the environment and the way we interact with the medical system. In fact, I argue that it could actually make it better, if we shift our expectations of our EHR systems. The future state of collaboration may not be in the traditional form of speaking to a colleague next to you, but rather in having a system that supports real-time access and sharing of digested knowledge about the patient. This knowledge can then be shared with other providers, finance systems, national health exchanges, predictive models, and even the patient, breaking the silos.

Someday the EHR might give back time to the provider, and we might say, “I just finished my patient panel early—let’s go get a cup of coffee and catch up.”

References
  1. Kohn LT, Corrigan JM, Donaldson MS, editors. Committee on Quality of Health Care in America. Institute of Medicine. To Err is Human: Building a Safer Health System. Washington, DC: National Academy Press; 1999.
  2. Institute of Medicine (US). Health IT and Patient Safety: Building Safer Systems for Better Care. Committee on Patient Safety and Health Information Technology, Board on Health Care Services. Washington, DC: The National Academies Press; 2012.
  3. Stead W, Lin HS, editors. Committee on Engaging the Computer Science Research Community in Health Care Informatics, Computer Science and Telecommunications Board, Division on Engineering and Physical Sciences, National Research Council of the National Academies. Computational Technology for Effective Health Care: Immediate Steps and Strategic Directions. Washington, DC: The National Academies Press; 2009.
  4. Smith MJ, Carayon P. New technology, automation, and work organization: stress problems and improved technology implementation strategies. Int J Hum Factors Manuf 1995; 5:99116.
  5. Koppel R, Metlay JP, Cohen A, et al. Role of computerized physician order entry systems in facilitating medication errors. JAMA 2005; 293:11971203.
  6. Powsner SM, Tufte ER. Graphical summary of patient status. Lancet 1994; 344:386389.
References
  1. Kohn LT, Corrigan JM, Donaldson MS, editors. Committee on Quality of Health Care in America. Institute of Medicine. To Err is Human: Building a Safer Health System. Washington, DC: National Academy Press; 1999.
  2. Institute of Medicine (US). Health IT and Patient Safety: Building Safer Systems for Better Care. Committee on Patient Safety and Health Information Technology, Board on Health Care Services. Washington, DC: The National Academies Press; 2012.
  3. Stead W, Lin HS, editors. Committee on Engaging the Computer Science Research Community in Health Care Informatics, Computer Science and Telecommunications Board, Division on Engineering and Physical Sciences, National Research Council of the National Academies. Computational Technology for Effective Health Care: Immediate Steps and Strategic Directions. Washington, DC: The National Academies Press; 2009.
  4. Smith MJ, Carayon P. New technology, automation, and work organization: stress problems and improved technology implementation strategies. Int J Hum Factors Manuf 1995; 5:99116.
  5. Koppel R, Metlay JP, Cohen A, et al. Role of computerized physician order entry systems in facilitating medication errors. JAMA 2005; 293:11971203.
  6. Powsner SM, Tufte ER. Graphical summary of patient status. Lancet 1994; 344:386389.
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 80(7)
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 80(7)
Page Number
410-411, 414
Page Number
410-411, 414
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Electronic health records: We need to find needles, not stack more hay
Display Headline
Electronic health records: We need to find needles, not stack more hay
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Alternative CME
Article PDF Media

Electronic siloing: An unintended consequence of the electronic health record

Article Type
Changed
Thu, 03/28/2019 - 16:02
Display Headline
Electronic siloing: An unintended consequence of the electronic health record

For all the purported benefits of the electronic health record (EHR), an unintended adverse effect is “electronic siloing.”

I define electronic siloing as the isolating effect of the EHR on clinical workflow that drives caregivers to work in silos, ie, alone at their workstations, thereby discouraging spontaneous interaction. To the extent that increasing evidence supports the importance of interaction among clinical colleagues and of teamwork to optimize clinical outcomes, electronic siloing threatens optimal practice and quality.

See related editorial

Mindfulness that the EHR can foster siloing will help mitigate the risk, as can novel solutions such as using “viewbox watering holes”1 and embedding secure social messaging functions within the EHR, thereby allowing clinicians to reach out to colleagues with clinical challenges in the moment.

THE EHR BRINGS CHANGES, GOOD AND BAD

The EHR represents a major change in health care, with reported benefits that include standardized ordering, reduced medical errors, embedded protocols for guideline-based care, data access to analyze clinical practice patterns and outcomes, and enhanced communication among colleagues who are geographically separated (eg, virtual consults2). On the basis of these benefits and the federal Medicare and Medicaid financial incentives associated with “meaningful use,” the EHR is being increasingly adopted.3–5

Yet for all these benefits and the promise that technology can enhance interaction among health care providers, unintended risks of the EHR paradoxically threaten optimal clinical care.6 Recognized risks include the threat to care should the EHR fail,6 the time and inefficiency costs of typing and multiple log-ons, and the perpetuation of errors in the medical record caused by the cutting and pasting of clinical notes.

Indeed, a substantial body of literature on sociotechnical interactions—how technology affects human patterns of practice—informs analyses of the impact of changing from a paper medical chart to an EHR.6,8–12 For example, in a review of the impact of computerized physician order entry on inpatient clinical workflow, Niazkhani et al11 noted that computerized ordering can change communication channels and collaboration mechanisms. More specifically, they point out that these systems can “replace interpersonal contacts that may result in fewer opportunities for team-wide negotiations.”11

Similarly, Ash et al8 cited the unintended consequences of patient care information systems, especially increased overreliance on the system to communicate, which can undermine direct communication between healthcare providers.

Finally, Dykstra10 described the “reciprocal impact” of computerized physician order entry systems on communication between physicians and nurses. One observer stated, “[You] start doing physician order entry and direct entry of notes and you move that away from the ward into a room and now you eliminate the sense of team, and the kind of human communication that really was essential… You create physician separation.”10 Taken together, these observations suggest that the EHR and computerized order entry in particular can disrupt interaction between physicians and other health care providers, such as nurses and pharmacists.

BENEFITS OF TEAMWORK

A growing body of evidence indicates that teamwork and collaboration among health care providers—which involve frequent, critical face-to-face interaction—has clinical benefit. Demonstrated benefits of teamwork in health care11 include lower surgical and intensive care unit mortality rates, fewer errors in emergency room management, better neonatal resuscitation, and enhanced diagnostic accuracy in interpreting images and biopsies.12,13

As a specific example of the benefits of face-to-face conversation for interpreting chest images, O’Donovan et al14 showed that the diagnostic accuracy of a pulmonologist and thoracic radiologist in assessing rounded atelectasis was better when they reviewed chest CT scans together than when they interpreted the images solo.

Similarly, Flaherty et al15 showed that the level of agreement among pulmonologists, chest radiologists, and lung pathologists progressively increased as interaction and conversation increased when assessing the etiology of patients’ interstitial lung diseases.

As yet another demonstrable benefit of teamwork that should command interest in the current reimbursement-attentive era, analyses by Press Ganey16 and by Gallup have shown that the single best correlate of high patient satisfaction scores regarding hospitalization (including Hospital Consumer Assessment of Healthcare Providers and Systems ratings) is patients’ perception that their caregivers functioned as a team serving their needs.

The current perspective extends this observation about the unintended adverse effects of the EHR by suggesting that the EHR can inadvertently lessen spontaneous interaction between physicians as they care for outpatients. I have proposed the term electronic siloing to reflect the isolating impact of the EHR on clinical workflow that drives caregivers to work alone at their workstations, thereby discouraging spontaneous interaction between colleagues (eg, between primary care physicians and subspecialists, and between subspecialists in different disciplines). Because spontaneous face-to-face encounters and conversations among clinicians can encourage clinical insights that benefit patient care, electronic siloing can undermine optimal care. My thesis here is that the EHR predisposes to electronic siloing and that the solution is to first recognize and then to design care to prevent this effect.

 

 

DECLINE OF THE ‘CURBSIDE’ CONSULT

How does the subtle but sinister effect of electronic siloing really manifest itself at the bedside? I’ll offer an example from my personal clinical experience and then review similar examples from other clinical settings.

Figure 1.

First, consider the following real change in clinical workflow that was caused by implementing the EHR in a pulmonary outpatient clinic and its impact on clinical hallway discussions among pulmonologists caring for their outpatients (Figure 1).

The pre-EHR scene was a straight corridor of examination rooms with a long desk outside the rooms and a bank of x-ray viewboxes where clinicians would review films, gather their thoughts, and write notes before re-entering the patient’s room to discuss recommendations. This scene was undoubtedly common in outpatient clinics of all types around the world.

In the bygone era of paper charting and printed x-ray films, the pulmonologists seeing their patients in examination rooms along this corridor and seated next to one another while they wrote their notes would frequently turn to a colleague seated next to them and request a “curbside” consult, ie, an opinion on the films and the case. Typically, a brief, spontaneous conversation would follow, either confirming the requester’s impressions or raising some new, unconsidered approaches. The effect of these brief, spontaneous conversations was either a new diagnostic or treatment consideration or enhanced clinician confidence in the current plan of care. Each outcome has great merit.

Now consider the same scenario in the EHR era. Printed films and viewboxes are gone (which has the benefits of lower production cost and better film retrieval), and images are now reviewed digitally on computer workstations. Workstations are characteristically spread out along the corridor at distances or may be mounted on mobile platforms. Often, physicians now retreat to their nearby offices to write notes, allowing easier access to workstations or to use voice transcription software to record notes. The net effect of this physical separation and of the subtle but powerful change in workflow is that spontaneous curbside consults over a chest film are less likely to occur and, to the extent that such interactions enhance diagnostic accuracy, beneficial face-to-face clinical discussions are less likely. This is the risk of electronic siloing realized.

Defenders of the EHR will point out that the EHR does not preclude such face-to-face encounters. While technically this is correct, it is also equally true that such encounters are less likely because they no longer flow naturally from the workflow of writing a note side-by-side with colleagues with the films displayed nearby. Pressured for time, clinicians learn efficiency of motion and are simply less likely to leave their workstations to seek another colleague who, in turn, may be tethered to a workstation and absorbed in keyboarding and monitor-watching. The net effect is that such spontaneous face-to-face encounters are clearly less common in the EHR era.

Electronic siloing undoubtedly occurs in many other outpatient and inpatient settings in other specialties. For example, consults between orthopedic surgeons seeing outpatients must be similarly affected, as might be discussions between pathologists reviewing tissue slides on a multiheaded microscope vs individually at their own microscopes or work stations. Indeed, observations that computerized order entry isolates physicians from nurses and that the EHR undermines communication between inpatient health care providers6,8–11 represent other manifestations of electronic siloing.

Another variant of siloing occurs when there are not enough computers to go around. When clinicians seek but cannot find available workstations on the hospital ward, they move from the ward to their offices or other locations, separating them from the nurses and other physicians caring for those patients and, thereby, creating isolation and another form of siloing. A related theme is the importance of architecture in driving desirable interactions in the workplace in general and in hospitals in particular,17,18 where interchanges between health care providers are critical to enhancing quality of care.

OUT OF THE SILO, INTO THE FIELD

So, given the many clear benefits of the EHR and its current wave of adoption in health care, how can we maximize the benefits of the EHR while minimizing the adverse effects of electronic siloing?

The key point is that we must realize, appreciate, and prioritize the value of face-toface interaction among providers as we try to offer optimal care to patients with ever more complex clinical problems.

In doing so, clinical workspaces and the number and placement of workstations must be designed with an explicit intent and priority to encourage interchange between providers and to avoid electronic siloing. As an example related to reviewing images, imaging suites and clinics should be designed with the concept of a viewbox watering hole1 in which clinicians arrayed in a common space could review images on their individual computers but could easily prompt colleagues and send an image to a large, centrally visible monitor for the group’s review and comment. Furthermore, the EHR workflows themselves should drive caregivers to the patient rather than requiring their attention to the keyboard and the monitor. One could also imagine embedding secure social messaging within the EHR to encourage interactions among clinicians about pressing clinical challenges they are facing in the moment.

Overall, only through mindfulness of electronic siloing and of its subtle but adverse effects will we break out of the silos and emerge onto the fields of optimal health care.

References
  1. Saunder BF. CT Suite: The Work of Diagnosis in the Age of Noninvasive Cutting. Durham, NC: Duke University Press; 2008.
  2. Palen TE, Price D, Shetterly S, Wallace KB. Comparing virtual consults to traditional consults using an electronic health record: an observational case-control study. BMC Med Inform Decis Mak 2012; 12:65.
  3. Black AD, Car J, Pagliari C, et al. The impact of eHealth on the quality and safety of health care: a systematic overview. PLoS Med 2011; 8:e1000387.
  4. Goldzweig CL, Towfigh A, Maglione M, Shekelle PG. Costs and benefits of health information technology: new trends from the literature. Health Aff (Millwood) 2009; 28:w282w293.
  5. Police RL, Foster T, Wong KS. Adoption and use of health information technology in physician practice organisations: systematic review. Inform Prim Care 2010; 18:245258.
  6. Holroyd-Leduc JM, Lorenzetti D, Straus SE, Sykes L, Quan H. The impact of the electronic medical record on structure, process, and outcomes within primary care: a systematic review of the evidence. J Am Med Inform Assoc 2011; 18:732737.
  7. Bohmer RM, McFarlan FW, Adler-Milstein JR. Information technology and clinical operations at Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center. Harvard Business School 2007; Case 607-150.
  8. Ash JS, Berg M, Coiera E. Some unintended consequences of information technology in health care: the nature of patient care information system-related errors. J Am Med Inform Assoc 2004; 11:104112.
  9. Berg M, Toussaint P. The mantra of modeling and the forgotten powers of paper: a sociotechnical view on the development of process-oriented ICT in health care. Int J Med Inform 2003; 69:223234.
  10. Dykstra R. Computerized physician order entry and communication: reciprocal impacts. Proc AMIA Symp 2002:230234.
  11. Niazkhani Z, Pirnejad H, Berg M, Aarts J. The impact of computerized provider order entry systems on inpatient clinical workflow: a literature review. J Am Med Inform Assoc 2009; 16:539549.
  12. Carayon P. Human factors of complex sociotechnical systems. Appl Ergon 2006; 37:525535.
  13. Wheeler D, Stoller JK. Teamwork, teambuilding and leadership in respiratory and health care. Can J Resp Ther 2011; 47. 1:611.
  14. O’Donovan PB, Schenk M, Lim K, Obuchowski N, Stoller JK. Evaluation of the reliability of computed tomographic criteria used in the diagnosis of round atelectasis. J Thorac Imaging 1997; 12:5458.
  15. Flaherty KR, King TE, Raghu G, et al. Idiopathic interstitial pneumonia: what is the effect of a multidisciplinary approach to diagnosis? Am J Respir Crit Care Med 2004; 170:904910.
  16. Press Ganey Associates, Inc. Press Ganey mean score correlations to HCAHPS “Rate Hospital 0-10.” 2010. http://www.pressganey.com/ourSolutions/hospitalSettings/satisfactionPerformanceSuite/HCAHPS_Insights.aspx. Accessed May 30, 2013.
  17. Stoller JK. A physician’s view of hospital design. The impact of verticality on interaction. Architecture 1988; 77:121122.
  18. Becker FD, Steele F, editors. Workplace by Design: Mapping the High-Performance Workplace. San Francisco, CA: Jossey-Bass; 1995.
Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

James K. Stoller, MD, MS
Chair, Education Institute; Staff, Department of Pulmonary, Allergy, and Critical Care Medicine, Cleveland Clinic; Jean Wall Bennett Professor of Medicine, Cleveland Clinic Lerner College of Medicine, Cleveland, OH

Address: James K. Stoller, MD, MS, Education Institute, NA22, Cleveland Clinic, 9500 Euclid Avenue, Cleveland, OH 44195; e-mail: [email protected]

Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 80(7)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
406-408, 409
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

James K. Stoller, MD, MS
Chair, Education Institute; Staff, Department of Pulmonary, Allergy, and Critical Care Medicine, Cleveland Clinic; Jean Wall Bennett Professor of Medicine, Cleveland Clinic Lerner College of Medicine, Cleveland, OH

Address: James K. Stoller, MD, MS, Education Institute, NA22, Cleveland Clinic, 9500 Euclid Avenue, Cleveland, OH 44195; e-mail: [email protected]

Author and Disclosure Information

James K. Stoller, MD, MS
Chair, Education Institute; Staff, Department of Pulmonary, Allergy, and Critical Care Medicine, Cleveland Clinic; Jean Wall Bennett Professor of Medicine, Cleveland Clinic Lerner College of Medicine, Cleveland, OH

Address: James K. Stoller, MD, MS, Education Institute, NA22, Cleveland Clinic, 9500 Euclid Avenue, Cleveland, OH 44195; e-mail: [email protected]

Article PDF
Article PDF

For all the purported benefits of the electronic health record (EHR), an unintended adverse effect is “electronic siloing.”

I define electronic siloing as the isolating effect of the EHR on clinical workflow that drives caregivers to work in silos, ie, alone at their workstations, thereby discouraging spontaneous interaction. To the extent that increasing evidence supports the importance of interaction among clinical colleagues and of teamwork to optimize clinical outcomes, electronic siloing threatens optimal practice and quality.

See related editorial

Mindfulness that the EHR can foster siloing will help mitigate the risk, as can novel solutions such as using “viewbox watering holes”1 and embedding secure social messaging functions within the EHR, thereby allowing clinicians to reach out to colleagues with clinical challenges in the moment.

THE EHR BRINGS CHANGES, GOOD AND BAD

The EHR represents a major change in health care, with reported benefits that include standardized ordering, reduced medical errors, embedded protocols for guideline-based care, data access to analyze clinical practice patterns and outcomes, and enhanced communication among colleagues who are geographically separated (eg, virtual consults2). On the basis of these benefits and the federal Medicare and Medicaid financial incentives associated with “meaningful use,” the EHR is being increasingly adopted.3–5

Yet for all these benefits and the promise that technology can enhance interaction among health care providers, unintended risks of the EHR paradoxically threaten optimal clinical care.6 Recognized risks include the threat to care should the EHR fail,6 the time and inefficiency costs of typing and multiple log-ons, and the perpetuation of errors in the medical record caused by the cutting and pasting of clinical notes.

Indeed, a substantial body of literature on sociotechnical interactions—how technology affects human patterns of practice—informs analyses of the impact of changing from a paper medical chart to an EHR.6,8–12 For example, in a review of the impact of computerized physician order entry on inpatient clinical workflow, Niazkhani et al11 noted that computerized ordering can change communication channels and collaboration mechanisms. More specifically, they point out that these systems can “replace interpersonal contacts that may result in fewer opportunities for team-wide negotiations.”11

Similarly, Ash et al8 cited the unintended consequences of patient care information systems, especially increased overreliance on the system to communicate, which can undermine direct communication between healthcare providers.

Finally, Dykstra10 described the “reciprocal impact” of computerized physician order entry systems on communication between physicians and nurses. One observer stated, “[You] start doing physician order entry and direct entry of notes and you move that away from the ward into a room and now you eliminate the sense of team, and the kind of human communication that really was essential… You create physician separation.”10 Taken together, these observations suggest that the EHR and computerized order entry in particular can disrupt interaction between physicians and other health care providers, such as nurses and pharmacists.

BENEFITS OF TEAMWORK

A growing body of evidence indicates that teamwork and collaboration among health care providers—which involve frequent, critical face-to-face interaction—has clinical benefit. Demonstrated benefits of teamwork in health care11 include lower surgical and intensive care unit mortality rates, fewer errors in emergency room management, better neonatal resuscitation, and enhanced diagnostic accuracy in interpreting images and biopsies.12,13

As a specific example of the benefits of face-to-face conversation for interpreting chest images, O’Donovan et al14 showed that the diagnostic accuracy of a pulmonologist and thoracic radiologist in assessing rounded atelectasis was better when they reviewed chest CT scans together than when they interpreted the images solo.

Similarly, Flaherty et al15 showed that the level of agreement among pulmonologists, chest radiologists, and lung pathologists progressively increased as interaction and conversation increased when assessing the etiology of patients’ interstitial lung diseases.

As yet another demonstrable benefit of teamwork that should command interest in the current reimbursement-attentive era, analyses by Press Ganey16 and by Gallup have shown that the single best correlate of high patient satisfaction scores regarding hospitalization (including Hospital Consumer Assessment of Healthcare Providers and Systems ratings) is patients’ perception that their caregivers functioned as a team serving their needs.

The current perspective extends this observation about the unintended adverse effects of the EHR by suggesting that the EHR can inadvertently lessen spontaneous interaction between physicians as they care for outpatients. I have proposed the term electronic siloing to reflect the isolating impact of the EHR on clinical workflow that drives caregivers to work alone at their workstations, thereby discouraging spontaneous interaction between colleagues (eg, between primary care physicians and subspecialists, and between subspecialists in different disciplines). Because spontaneous face-to-face encounters and conversations among clinicians can encourage clinical insights that benefit patient care, electronic siloing can undermine optimal care. My thesis here is that the EHR predisposes to electronic siloing and that the solution is to first recognize and then to design care to prevent this effect.

 

 

DECLINE OF THE ‘CURBSIDE’ CONSULT

How does the subtle but sinister effect of electronic siloing really manifest itself at the bedside? I’ll offer an example from my personal clinical experience and then review similar examples from other clinical settings.

Figure 1.

First, consider the following real change in clinical workflow that was caused by implementing the EHR in a pulmonary outpatient clinic and its impact on clinical hallway discussions among pulmonologists caring for their outpatients (Figure 1).

The pre-EHR scene was a straight corridor of examination rooms with a long desk outside the rooms and a bank of x-ray viewboxes where clinicians would review films, gather their thoughts, and write notes before re-entering the patient’s room to discuss recommendations. This scene was undoubtedly common in outpatient clinics of all types around the world.

In the bygone era of paper charting and printed x-ray films, the pulmonologists seeing their patients in examination rooms along this corridor and seated next to one another while they wrote their notes would frequently turn to a colleague seated next to them and request a “curbside” consult, ie, an opinion on the films and the case. Typically, a brief, spontaneous conversation would follow, either confirming the requester’s impressions or raising some new, unconsidered approaches. The effect of these brief, spontaneous conversations was either a new diagnostic or treatment consideration or enhanced clinician confidence in the current plan of care. Each outcome has great merit.

Now consider the same scenario in the EHR era. Printed films and viewboxes are gone (which has the benefits of lower production cost and better film retrieval), and images are now reviewed digitally on computer workstations. Workstations are characteristically spread out along the corridor at distances or may be mounted on mobile platforms. Often, physicians now retreat to their nearby offices to write notes, allowing easier access to workstations or to use voice transcription software to record notes. The net effect of this physical separation and of the subtle but powerful change in workflow is that spontaneous curbside consults over a chest film are less likely to occur and, to the extent that such interactions enhance diagnostic accuracy, beneficial face-to-face clinical discussions are less likely. This is the risk of electronic siloing realized.

Defenders of the EHR will point out that the EHR does not preclude such face-to-face encounters. While technically this is correct, it is also equally true that such encounters are less likely because they no longer flow naturally from the workflow of writing a note side-by-side with colleagues with the films displayed nearby. Pressured for time, clinicians learn efficiency of motion and are simply less likely to leave their workstations to seek another colleague who, in turn, may be tethered to a workstation and absorbed in keyboarding and monitor-watching. The net effect is that such spontaneous face-to-face encounters are clearly less common in the EHR era.

Electronic siloing undoubtedly occurs in many other outpatient and inpatient settings in other specialties. For example, consults between orthopedic surgeons seeing outpatients must be similarly affected, as might be discussions between pathologists reviewing tissue slides on a multiheaded microscope vs individually at their own microscopes or work stations. Indeed, observations that computerized order entry isolates physicians from nurses and that the EHR undermines communication between inpatient health care providers6,8–11 represent other manifestations of electronic siloing.

Another variant of siloing occurs when there are not enough computers to go around. When clinicians seek but cannot find available workstations on the hospital ward, they move from the ward to their offices or other locations, separating them from the nurses and other physicians caring for those patients and, thereby, creating isolation and another form of siloing. A related theme is the importance of architecture in driving desirable interactions in the workplace in general and in hospitals in particular,17,18 where interchanges between health care providers are critical to enhancing quality of care.

OUT OF THE SILO, INTO THE FIELD

So, given the many clear benefits of the EHR and its current wave of adoption in health care, how can we maximize the benefits of the EHR while minimizing the adverse effects of electronic siloing?

The key point is that we must realize, appreciate, and prioritize the value of face-toface interaction among providers as we try to offer optimal care to patients with ever more complex clinical problems.

In doing so, clinical workspaces and the number and placement of workstations must be designed with an explicit intent and priority to encourage interchange between providers and to avoid electronic siloing. As an example related to reviewing images, imaging suites and clinics should be designed with the concept of a viewbox watering hole1 in which clinicians arrayed in a common space could review images on their individual computers but could easily prompt colleagues and send an image to a large, centrally visible monitor for the group’s review and comment. Furthermore, the EHR workflows themselves should drive caregivers to the patient rather than requiring their attention to the keyboard and the monitor. One could also imagine embedding secure social messaging within the EHR to encourage interactions among clinicians about pressing clinical challenges they are facing in the moment.

Overall, only through mindfulness of electronic siloing and of its subtle but adverse effects will we break out of the silos and emerge onto the fields of optimal health care.

For all the purported benefits of the electronic health record (EHR), an unintended adverse effect is “electronic siloing.”

I define electronic siloing as the isolating effect of the EHR on clinical workflow that drives caregivers to work in silos, ie, alone at their workstations, thereby discouraging spontaneous interaction. To the extent that increasing evidence supports the importance of interaction among clinical colleagues and of teamwork to optimize clinical outcomes, electronic siloing threatens optimal practice and quality.

See related editorial

Mindfulness that the EHR can foster siloing will help mitigate the risk, as can novel solutions such as using “viewbox watering holes”1 and embedding secure social messaging functions within the EHR, thereby allowing clinicians to reach out to colleagues with clinical challenges in the moment.

THE EHR BRINGS CHANGES, GOOD AND BAD

The EHR represents a major change in health care, with reported benefits that include standardized ordering, reduced medical errors, embedded protocols for guideline-based care, data access to analyze clinical practice patterns and outcomes, and enhanced communication among colleagues who are geographically separated (eg, virtual consults2). On the basis of these benefits and the federal Medicare and Medicaid financial incentives associated with “meaningful use,” the EHR is being increasingly adopted.3–5

Yet for all these benefits and the promise that technology can enhance interaction among health care providers, unintended risks of the EHR paradoxically threaten optimal clinical care.6 Recognized risks include the threat to care should the EHR fail,6 the time and inefficiency costs of typing and multiple log-ons, and the perpetuation of errors in the medical record caused by the cutting and pasting of clinical notes.

Indeed, a substantial body of literature on sociotechnical interactions—how technology affects human patterns of practice—informs analyses of the impact of changing from a paper medical chart to an EHR.6,8–12 For example, in a review of the impact of computerized physician order entry on inpatient clinical workflow, Niazkhani et al11 noted that computerized ordering can change communication channels and collaboration mechanisms. More specifically, they point out that these systems can “replace interpersonal contacts that may result in fewer opportunities for team-wide negotiations.”11

Similarly, Ash et al8 cited the unintended consequences of patient care information systems, especially increased overreliance on the system to communicate, which can undermine direct communication between healthcare providers.

Finally, Dykstra10 described the “reciprocal impact” of computerized physician order entry systems on communication between physicians and nurses. One observer stated, “[You] start doing physician order entry and direct entry of notes and you move that away from the ward into a room and now you eliminate the sense of team, and the kind of human communication that really was essential… You create physician separation.”10 Taken together, these observations suggest that the EHR and computerized order entry in particular can disrupt interaction between physicians and other health care providers, such as nurses and pharmacists.

BENEFITS OF TEAMWORK

A growing body of evidence indicates that teamwork and collaboration among health care providers—which involve frequent, critical face-to-face interaction—has clinical benefit. Demonstrated benefits of teamwork in health care11 include lower surgical and intensive care unit mortality rates, fewer errors in emergency room management, better neonatal resuscitation, and enhanced diagnostic accuracy in interpreting images and biopsies.12,13

As a specific example of the benefits of face-to-face conversation for interpreting chest images, O’Donovan et al14 showed that the diagnostic accuracy of a pulmonologist and thoracic radiologist in assessing rounded atelectasis was better when they reviewed chest CT scans together than when they interpreted the images solo.

Similarly, Flaherty et al15 showed that the level of agreement among pulmonologists, chest radiologists, and lung pathologists progressively increased as interaction and conversation increased when assessing the etiology of patients’ interstitial lung diseases.

As yet another demonstrable benefit of teamwork that should command interest in the current reimbursement-attentive era, analyses by Press Ganey16 and by Gallup have shown that the single best correlate of high patient satisfaction scores regarding hospitalization (including Hospital Consumer Assessment of Healthcare Providers and Systems ratings) is patients’ perception that their caregivers functioned as a team serving their needs.

The current perspective extends this observation about the unintended adverse effects of the EHR by suggesting that the EHR can inadvertently lessen spontaneous interaction between physicians as they care for outpatients. I have proposed the term electronic siloing to reflect the isolating impact of the EHR on clinical workflow that drives caregivers to work alone at their workstations, thereby discouraging spontaneous interaction between colleagues (eg, between primary care physicians and subspecialists, and between subspecialists in different disciplines). Because spontaneous face-to-face encounters and conversations among clinicians can encourage clinical insights that benefit patient care, electronic siloing can undermine optimal care. My thesis here is that the EHR predisposes to electronic siloing and that the solution is to first recognize and then to design care to prevent this effect.

 

 

DECLINE OF THE ‘CURBSIDE’ CONSULT

How does the subtle but sinister effect of electronic siloing really manifest itself at the bedside? I’ll offer an example from my personal clinical experience and then review similar examples from other clinical settings.

Figure 1.

First, consider the following real change in clinical workflow that was caused by implementing the EHR in a pulmonary outpatient clinic and its impact on clinical hallway discussions among pulmonologists caring for their outpatients (Figure 1).

The pre-EHR scene was a straight corridor of examination rooms with a long desk outside the rooms and a bank of x-ray viewboxes where clinicians would review films, gather their thoughts, and write notes before re-entering the patient’s room to discuss recommendations. This scene was undoubtedly common in outpatient clinics of all types around the world.

In the bygone era of paper charting and printed x-ray films, the pulmonologists seeing their patients in examination rooms along this corridor and seated next to one another while they wrote their notes would frequently turn to a colleague seated next to them and request a “curbside” consult, ie, an opinion on the films and the case. Typically, a brief, spontaneous conversation would follow, either confirming the requester’s impressions or raising some new, unconsidered approaches. The effect of these brief, spontaneous conversations was either a new diagnostic or treatment consideration or enhanced clinician confidence in the current plan of care. Each outcome has great merit.

Now consider the same scenario in the EHR era. Printed films and viewboxes are gone (which has the benefits of lower production cost and better film retrieval), and images are now reviewed digitally on computer workstations. Workstations are characteristically spread out along the corridor at distances or may be mounted on mobile platforms. Often, physicians now retreat to their nearby offices to write notes, allowing easier access to workstations or to use voice transcription software to record notes. The net effect of this physical separation and of the subtle but powerful change in workflow is that spontaneous curbside consults over a chest film are less likely to occur and, to the extent that such interactions enhance diagnostic accuracy, beneficial face-to-face clinical discussions are less likely. This is the risk of electronic siloing realized.

Defenders of the EHR will point out that the EHR does not preclude such face-to-face encounters. While technically this is correct, it is also equally true that such encounters are less likely because they no longer flow naturally from the workflow of writing a note side-by-side with colleagues with the films displayed nearby. Pressured for time, clinicians learn efficiency of motion and are simply less likely to leave their workstations to seek another colleague who, in turn, may be tethered to a workstation and absorbed in keyboarding and monitor-watching. The net effect is that such spontaneous face-to-face encounters are clearly less common in the EHR era.

Electronic siloing undoubtedly occurs in many other outpatient and inpatient settings in other specialties. For example, consults between orthopedic surgeons seeing outpatients must be similarly affected, as might be discussions between pathologists reviewing tissue slides on a multiheaded microscope vs individually at their own microscopes or work stations. Indeed, observations that computerized order entry isolates physicians from nurses and that the EHR undermines communication between inpatient health care providers6,8–11 represent other manifestations of electronic siloing.

Another variant of siloing occurs when there are not enough computers to go around. When clinicians seek but cannot find available workstations on the hospital ward, they move from the ward to their offices or other locations, separating them from the nurses and other physicians caring for those patients and, thereby, creating isolation and another form of siloing. A related theme is the importance of architecture in driving desirable interactions in the workplace in general and in hospitals in particular,17,18 where interchanges between health care providers are critical to enhancing quality of care.

OUT OF THE SILO, INTO THE FIELD

So, given the many clear benefits of the EHR and its current wave of adoption in health care, how can we maximize the benefits of the EHR while minimizing the adverse effects of electronic siloing?

The key point is that we must realize, appreciate, and prioritize the value of face-toface interaction among providers as we try to offer optimal care to patients with ever more complex clinical problems.

In doing so, clinical workspaces and the number and placement of workstations must be designed with an explicit intent and priority to encourage interchange between providers and to avoid electronic siloing. As an example related to reviewing images, imaging suites and clinics should be designed with the concept of a viewbox watering hole1 in which clinicians arrayed in a common space could review images on their individual computers but could easily prompt colleagues and send an image to a large, centrally visible monitor for the group’s review and comment. Furthermore, the EHR workflows themselves should drive caregivers to the patient rather than requiring their attention to the keyboard and the monitor. One could also imagine embedding secure social messaging within the EHR to encourage interactions among clinicians about pressing clinical challenges they are facing in the moment.

Overall, only through mindfulness of electronic siloing and of its subtle but adverse effects will we break out of the silos and emerge onto the fields of optimal health care.

References
  1. Saunder BF. CT Suite: The Work of Diagnosis in the Age of Noninvasive Cutting. Durham, NC: Duke University Press; 2008.
  2. Palen TE, Price D, Shetterly S, Wallace KB. Comparing virtual consults to traditional consults using an electronic health record: an observational case-control study. BMC Med Inform Decis Mak 2012; 12:65.
  3. Black AD, Car J, Pagliari C, et al. The impact of eHealth on the quality and safety of health care: a systematic overview. PLoS Med 2011; 8:e1000387.
  4. Goldzweig CL, Towfigh A, Maglione M, Shekelle PG. Costs and benefits of health information technology: new trends from the literature. Health Aff (Millwood) 2009; 28:w282w293.
  5. Police RL, Foster T, Wong KS. Adoption and use of health information technology in physician practice organisations: systematic review. Inform Prim Care 2010; 18:245258.
  6. Holroyd-Leduc JM, Lorenzetti D, Straus SE, Sykes L, Quan H. The impact of the electronic medical record on structure, process, and outcomes within primary care: a systematic review of the evidence. J Am Med Inform Assoc 2011; 18:732737.
  7. Bohmer RM, McFarlan FW, Adler-Milstein JR. Information technology and clinical operations at Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center. Harvard Business School 2007; Case 607-150.
  8. Ash JS, Berg M, Coiera E. Some unintended consequences of information technology in health care: the nature of patient care information system-related errors. J Am Med Inform Assoc 2004; 11:104112.
  9. Berg M, Toussaint P. The mantra of modeling and the forgotten powers of paper: a sociotechnical view on the development of process-oriented ICT in health care. Int J Med Inform 2003; 69:223234.
  10. Dykstra R. Computerized physician order entry and communication: reciprocal impacts. Proc AMIA Symp 2002:230234.
  11. Niazkhani Z, Pirnejad H, Berg M, Aarts J. The impact of computerized provider order entry systems on inpatient clinical workflow: a literature review. J Am Med Inform Assoc 2009; 16:539549.
  12. Carayon P. Human factors of complex sociotechnical systems. Appl Ergon 2006; 37:525535.
  13. Wheeler D, Stoller JK. Teamwork, teambuilding and leadership in respiratory and health care. Can J Resp Ther 2011; 47. 1:611.
  14. O’Donovan PB, Schenk M, Lim K, Obuchowski N, Stoller JK. Evaluation of the reliability of computed tomographic criteria used in the diagnosis of round atelectasis. J Thorac Imaging 1997; 12:5458.
  15. Flaherty KR, King TE, Raghu G, et al. Idiopathic interstitial pneumonia: what is the effect of a multidisciplinary approach to diagnosis? Am J Respir Crit Care Med 2004; 170:904910.
  16. Press Ganey Associates, Inc. Press Ganey mean score correlations to HCAHPS “Rate Hospital 0-10.” 2010. http://www.pressganey.com/ourSolutions/hospitalSettings/satisfactionPerformanceSuite/HCAHPS_Insights.aspx. Accessed May 30, 2013.
  17. Stoller JK. A physician’s view of hospital design. The impact of verticality on interaction. Architecture 1988; 77:121122.
  18. Becker FD, Steele F, editors. Workplace by Design: Mapping the High-Performance Workplace. San Francisco, CA: Jossey-Bass; 1995.
References
  1. Saunder BF. CT Suite: The Work of Diagnosis in the Age of Noninvasive Cutting. Durham, NC: Duke University Press; 2008.
  2. Palen TE, Price D, Shetterly S, Wallace KB. Comparing virtual consults to traditional consults using an electronic health record: an observational case-control study. BMC Med Inform Decis Mak 2012; 12:65.
  3. Black AD, Car J, Pagliari C, et al. The impact of eHealth on the quality and safety of health care: a systematic overview. PLoS Med 2011; 8:e1000387.
  4. Goldzweig CL, Towfigh A, Maglione M, Shekelle PG. Costs and benefits of health information technology: new trends from the literature. Health Aff (Millwood) 2009; 28:w282w293.
  5. Police RL, Foster T, Wong KS. Adoption and use of health information technology in physician practice organisations: systematic review. Inform Prim Care 2010; 18:245258.
  6. Holroyd-Leduc JM, Lorenzetti D, Straus SE, Sykes L, Quan H. The impact of the electronic medical record on structure, process, and outcomes within primary care: a systematic review of the evidence. J Am Med Inform Assoc 2011; 18:732737.
  7. Bohmer RM, McFarlan FW, Adler-Milstein JR. Information technology and clinical operations at Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center. Harvard Business School 2007; Case 607-150.
  8. Ash JS, Berg M, Coiera E. Some unintended consequences of information technology in health care: the nature of patient care information system-related errors. J Am Med Inform Assoc 2004; 11:104112.
  9. Berg M, Toussaint P. The mantra of modeling and the forgotten powers of paper: a sociotechnical view on the development of process-oriented ICT in health care. Int J Med Inform 2003; 69:223234.
  10. Dykstra R. Computerized physician order entry and communication: reciprocal impacts. Proc AMIA Symp 2002:230234.
  11. Niazkhani Z, Pirnejad H, Berg M, Aarts J. The impact of computerized provider order entry systems on inpatient clinical workflow: a literature review. J Am Med Inform Assoc 2009; 16:539549.
  12. Carayon P. Human factors of complex sociotechnical systems. Appl Ergon 2006; 37:525535.
  13. Wheeler D, Stoller JK. Teamwork, teambuilding and leadership in respiratory and health care. Can J Resp Ther 2011; 47. 1:611.
  14. O’Donovan PB, Schenk M, Lim K, Obuchowski N, Stoller JK. Evaluation of the reliability of computed tomographic criteria used in the diagnosis of round atelectasis. J Thorac Imaging 1997; 12:5458.
  15. Flaherty KR, King TE, Raghu G, et al. Idiopathic interstitial pneumonia: what is the effect of a multidisciplinary approach to diagnosis? Am J Respir Crit Care Med 2004; 170:904910.
  16. Press Ganey Associates, Inc. Press Ganey mean score correlations to HCAHPS “Rate Hospital 0-10.” 2010. http://www.pressganey.com/ourSolutions/hospitalSettings/satisfactionPerformanceSuite/HCAHPS_Insights.aspx. Accessed May 30, 2013.
  17. Stoller JK. A physician’s view of hospital design. The impact of verticality on interaction. Architecture 1988; 77:121122.
  18. Becker FD, Steele F, editors. Workplace by Design: Mapping the High-Performance Workplace. San Francisco, CA: Jossey-Bass; 1995.
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 80(7)
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 80(7)
Page Number
406-408, 409
Page Number
406-408, 409
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Electronic siloing: An unintended consequence of the electronic health record
Display Headline
Electronic siloing: An unintended consequence of the electronic health record
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Alternative CME
Article PDF Media

The electronic health record: Getting more bang for the click

Article Type
Changed
Thu, 03/28/2019 - 16:02
Display Headline
The electronic health record: Getting more bang for the click

The promise of the electronic health record (EHR) has not yet been realized. I find it extremely beneficial to have access to shared, accurate information during each patient encounter, but my expectations are still far ahead of reality. We should demand more-flexible software with more clinician-tailored utilities—more bang for the click. However, we users also need to improve.

Benefits and challenges of computers in the examination room

With the EHR, the monitor and keyboard have been interposed between the physician and patient. Physicians now must type or dictate their office notes, enter electronic orders and prescriptions, and remember to use specific phrases to fulfill compliance regulations. Many physicians have to see more patients in less time while incorporating the EHR into each visit. Under these new pressures, some have chosen to retire early or to drastically change the scope of their practice.

I too experience these challenges. I have more electronic tasks to do during each visit and wonder if this is really the best use of my time. I run even further behind than I used to, and I almost uniformly have to apologize to my patients for being late. I am not the world’s best typist. Patients note my clerical challenges, and some of them offer to type in their information for me—a bonding experience I could do without.

Lest the computer become the primary object of my attention, I push back from the keyboard intermittently, with my hands in my lap, or make physical contact with my (human) patient. I try to make eye contact as we converse, and patients leave with a legible—albeit possibly misspelled—summary. During visits, I can share graphs of my patient’s lab tests or vital signs over time, and I hope that more sophisticated EHRs will correlate this information with medication changes and other events. I have less work to do at the end of the day than I used to, since during my clinic time, multitasking as I go, I send prescriptions to pharmacies, review test results, and send letters to my patients and their referring physicians about their test results and my suggestions. I encourage patients to e-mail me directly with their questions or problems as they arise—an opportunity that many have used and none have abused. Technology is not all bad.

How the EHR needs to improve

The EHR is still evolving, and it needs to be better honed to the needs of the user. My EHR still does not give me reminders for routine screening and monitoring. It is not yet tailored to the specific problems shared by many of my patients. It does not yet provide snapshots or specifics about tailored measures of quality of my practice.

As nicely summarized by Dr. William Morris in this issue, we need to get the EHR to work for us, not mainly for those responsible for billing and regulatory compliance. But all groups can be served equally; “alerts” can be activated as screen pop-ups to drive physician behavior towards best practice—with the caveat that alerts must be meaningful, triggered intelligently, and individualized to avoid pop-up fatigue.

In addition, as Dr. James Stoller discusses in this issue, the solitary work involved in using the EHR has also affected the natural collegial interchange that took place around the chart rack in the past. He, Dr. Morris, and I agree that direct physician-physician communication has diminished in our medical centers. But I believe that this is the result of many pressures, not simply the renewed emphasis1 on the physician’s role as scribe and more-cloistered physician keyboarding. We all extol the value of the phone call and face-to-face conversation between consultants and primary care providers, and at times this is necessary to reach decisions of care. But physicians are more strapped for time than ever. In this era of the “flash mob” and instant texting and tweeting, we should be able to promote effective digital dialogue between physicians. We should embrace and facilitate digital communication.

How physicians need to improve

I see many copy-and-paste reiterations of semi-irrelevant (and I suspect, usually not independently confirmed) details of social history and physical examinations from visits gone by. I read completed templates with information that clearly was not collected at the time of the encounter. The potential for misuse and misrepresentation (even without any malevolent intent) with the use of templates and copy-and-paste functions is apparent. These bad practices must stop.

Another problem: some of my colleagues do not read their messages regarding forwarded charts or patient questions within our EHR—“It is just too many e-mails to check.” This reluctance to fully connect in cyberspace is perhaps a case of failing to teach old dogs new tricks, and we do have too much e-mail. But I think it is also partly a result of paranoia over maintaining confidentiality of patient-related communication, at the expense of the efficiency of digital communication. The forwarding of EHR messages to our office e-mail system and phones is blocked by a firewall to ensure privacy—but this makes necessary medical communication more difficult. Is this the right trade-off? If the EHR is to become the hub for tracking patient-centered care, we need to use it to our advantage and to ease access to all aspects of the EHR from multiple venues.

Even when read, our notes leave much to be desired. Beyond the problem with copying and pasting of earlier notes, paragraphs of unfiltered, often irrelevant or untimely lab and imaging reports are repeatedly inserted into multiple notes, while a clearly expressed impression and plan are often nowhere to be found. Some of my colleagues dictate their notes with a delay before uploading, without any concise placeholder summary in the EHR, or they have an assistant or trainee enter a summary, without the nuanced explanation that I need to fully understand the consultant’s reasoning. These behaviors negate the potential power of the EHR.

Bemoaning the new technology and developing work-arounds is not the answer. We need to refine the clinician-computer interface,2 and we need to do much better with our documentation.

The basic principles of physician communication are as important now as they were 50 years ago, when notes were illegibly written with pen and paper and discussed by docs seated around the chart rack in the nursing station. We need to take ownership of the EHR and to insist with other stakeholders that all aspects work better for us and for our patients. This includes the software and, maybe more important, the user.

References
  1. Siegler EL. The evolving medical record. Ann Intern Med 2010; 153:671677.
  2. Cimino JJ. Improving the electronic health record—are clinicians getting what they wished for? JAMA 2013; 309:991992.
Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 80(7)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
397-398
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information
Author and Disclosure Information
Article PDF
Article PDF

The promise of the electronic health record (EHR) has not yet been realized. I find it extremely beneficial to have access to shared, accurate information during each patient encounter, but my expectations are still far ahead of reality. We should demand more-flexible software with more clinician-tailored utilities—more bang for the click. However, we users also need to improve.

Benefits and challenges of computers in the examination room

With the EHR, the monitor and keyboard have been interposed between the physician and patient. Physicians now must type or dictate their office notes, enter electronic orders and prescriptions, and remember to use specific phrases to fulfill compliance regulations. Many physicians have to see more patients in less time while incorporating the EHR into each visit. Under these new pressures, some have chosen to retire early or to drastically change the scope of their practice.

I too experience these challenges. I have more electronic tasks to do during each visit and wonder if this is really the best use of my time. I run even further behind than I used to, and I almost uniformly have to apologize to my patients for being late. I am not the world’s best typist. Patients note my clerical challenges, and some of them offer to type in their information for me—a bonding experience I could do without.

Lest the computer become the primary object of my attention, I push back from the keyboard intermittently, with my hands in my lap, or make physical contact with my (human) patient. I try to make eye contact as we converse, and patients leave with a legible—albeit possibly misspelled—summary. During visits, I can share graphs of my patient’s lab tests or vital signs over time, and I hope that more sophisticated EHRs will correlate this information with medication changes and other events. I have less work to do at the end of the day than I used to, since during my clinic time, multitasking as I go, I send prescriptions to pharmacies, review test results, and send letters to my patients and their referring physicians about their test results and my suggestions. I encourage patients to e-mail me directly with their questions or problems as they arise—an opportunity that many have used and none have abused. Technology is not all bad.

How the EHR needs to improve

The EHR is still evolving, and it needs to be better honed to the needs of the user. My EHR still does not give me reminders for routine screening and monitoring. It is not yet tailored to the specific problems shared by many of my patients. It does not yet provide snapshots or specifics about tailored measures of quality of my practice.

As nicely summarized by Dr. William Morris in this issue, we need to get the EHR to work for us, not mainly for those responsible for billing and regulatory compliance. But all groups can be served equally; “alerts” can be activated as screen pop-ups to drive physician behavior towards best practice—with the caveat that alerts must be meaningful, triggered intelligently, and individualized to avoid pop-up fatigue.

In addition, as Dr. James Stoller discusses in this issue, the solitary work involved in using the EHR has also affected the natural collegial interchange that took place around the chart rack in the past. He, Dr. Morris, and I agree that direct physician-physician communication has diminished in our medical centers. But I believe that this is the result of many pressures, not simply the renewed emphasis1 on the physician’s role as scribe and more-cloistered physician keyboarding. We all extol the value of the phone call and face-to-face conversation between consultants and primary care providers, and at times this is necessary to reach decisions of care. But physicians are more strapped for time than ever. In this era of the “flash mob” and instant texting and tweeting, we should be able to promote effective digital dialogue between physicians. We should embrace and facilitate digital communication.

How physicians need to improve

I see many copy-and-paste reiterations of semi-irrelevant (and I suspect, usually not independently confirmed) details of social history and physical examinations from visits gone by. I read completed templates with information that clearly was not collected at the time of the encounter. The potential for misuse and misrepresentation (even without any malevolent intent) with the use of templates and copy-and-paste functions is apparent. These bad practices must stop.

Another problem: some of my colleagues do not read their messages regarding forwarded charts or patient questions within our EHR—“It is just too many e-mails to check.” This reluctance to fully connect in cyberspace is perhaps a case of failing to teach old dogs new tricks, and we do have too much e-mail. But I think it is also partly a result of paranoia over maintaining confidentiality of patient-related communication, at the expense of the efficiency of digital communication. The forwarding of EHR messages to our office e-mail system and phones is blocked by a firewall to ensure privacy—but this makes necessary medical communication more difficult. Is this the right trade-off? If the EHR is to become the hub for tracking patient-centered care, we need to use it to our advantage and to ease access to all aspects of the EHR from multiple venues.

Even when read, our notes leave much to be desired. Beyond the problem with copying and pasting of earlier notes, paragraphs of unfiltered, often irrelevant or untimely lab and imaging reports are repeatedly inserted into multiple notes, while a clearly expressed impression and plan are often nowhere to be found. Some of my colleagues dictate their notes with a delay before uploading, without any concise placeholder summary in the EHR, or they have an assistant or trainee enter a summary, without the nuanced explanation that I need to fully understand the consultant’s reasoning. These behaviors negate the potential power of the EHR.

Bemoaning the new technology and developing work-arounds is not the answer. We need to refine the clinician-computer interface,2 and we need to do much better with our documentation.

The basic principles of physician communication are as important now as they were 50 years ago, when notes were illegibly written with pen and paper and discussed by docs seated around the chart rack in the nursing station. We need to take ownership of the EHR and to insist with other stakeholders that all aspects work better for us and for our patients. This includes the software and, maybe more important, the user.

The promise of the electronic health record (EHR) has not yet been realized. I find it extremely beneficial to have access to shared, accurate information during each patient encounter, but my expectations are still far ahead of reality. We should demand more-flexible software with more clinician-tailored utilities—more bang for the click. However, we users also need to improve.

Benefits and challenges of computers in the examination room

With the EHR, the monitor and keyboard have been interposed between the physician and patient. Physicians now must type or dictate their office notes, enter electronic orders and prescriptions, and remember to use specific phrases to fulfill compliance regulations. Many physicians have to see more patients in less time while incorporating the EHR into each visit. Under these new pressures, some have chosen to retire early or to drastically change the scope of their practice.

I too experience these challenges. I have more electronic tasks to do during each visit and wonder if this is really the best use of my time. I run even further behind than I used to, and I almost uniformly have to apologize to my patients for being late. I am not the world’s best typist. Patients note my clerical challenges, and some of them offer to type in their information for me—a bonding experience I could do without.

Lest the computer become the primary object of my attention, I push back from the keyboard intermittently, with my hands in my lap, or make physical contact with my (human) patient. I try to make eye contact as we converse, and patients leave with a legible—albeit possibly misspelled—summary. During visits, I can share graphs of my patient’s lab tests or vital signs over time, and I hope that more sophisticated EHRs will correlate this information with medication changes and other events. I have less work to do at the end of the day than I used to, since during my clinic time, multitasking as I go, I send prescriptions to pharmacies, review test results, and send letters to my patients and their referring physicians about their test results and my suggestions. I encourage patients to e-mail me directly with their questions or problems as they arise—an opportunity that many have used and none have abused. Technology is not all bad.

How the EHR needs to improve

The EHR is still evolving, and it needs to be better honed to the needs of the user. My EHR still does not give me reminders for routine screening and monitoring. It is not yet tailored to the specific problems shared by many of my patients. It does not yet provide snapshots or specifics about tailored measures of quality of my practice.

As nicely summarized by Dr. William Morris in this issue, we need to get the EHR to work for us, not mainly for those responsible for billing and regulatory compliance. But all groups can be served equally; “alerts” can be activated as screen pop-ups to drive physician behavior towards best practice—with the caveat that alerts must be meaningful, triggered intelligently, and individualized to avoid pop-up fatigue.

In addition, as Dr. James Stoller discusses in this issue, the solitary work involved in using the EHR has also affected the natural collegial interchange that took place around the chart rack in the past. He, Dr. Morris, and I agree that direct physician-physician communication has diminished in our medical centers. But I believe that this is the result of many pressures, not simply the renewed emphasis1 on the physician’s role as scribe and more-cloistered physician keyboarding. We all extol the value of the phone call and face-to-face conversation between consultants and primary care providers, and at times this is necessary to reach decisions of care. But physicians are more strapped for time than ever. In this era of the “flash mob” and instant texting and tweeting, we should be able to promote effective digital dialogue between physicians. We should embrace and facilitate digital communication.

How physicians need to improve

I see many copy-and-paste reiterations of semi-irrelevant (and I suspect, usually not independently confirmed) details of social history and physical examinations from visits gone by. I read completed templates with information that clearly was not collected at the time of the encounter. The potential for misuse and misrepresentation (even without any malevolent intent) with the use of templates and copy-and-paste functions is apparent. These bad practices must stop.

Another problem: some of my colleagues do not read their messages regarding forwarded charts or patient questions within our EHR—“It is just too many e-mails to check.” This reluctance to fully connect in cyberspace is perhaps a case of failing to teach old dogs new tricks, and we do have too much e-mail. But I think it is also partly a result of paranoia over maintaining confidentiality of patient-related communication, at the expense of the efficiency of digital communication. The forwarding of EHR messages to our office e-mail system and phones is blocked by a firewall to ensure privacy—but this makes necessary medical communication more difficult. Is this the right trade-off? If the EHR is to become the hub for tracking patient-centered care, we need to use it to our advantage and to ease access to all aspects of the EHR from multiple venues.

Even when read, our notes leave much to be desired. Beyond the problem with copying and pasting of earlier notes, paragraphs of unfiltered, often irrelevant or untimely lab and imaging reports are repeatedly inserted into multiple notes, while a clearly expressed impression and plan are often nowhere to be found. Some of my colleagues dictate their notes with a delay before uploading, without any concise placeholder summary in the EHR, or they have an assistant or trainee enter a summary, without the nuanced explanation that I need to fully understand the consultant’s reasoning. These behaviors negate the potential power of the EHR.

Bemoaning the new technology and developing work-arounds is not the answer. We need to refine the clinician-computer interface,2 and we need to do much better with our documentation.

The basic principles of physician communication are as important now as they were 50 years ago, when notes were illegibly written with pen and paper and discussed by docs seated around the chart rack in the nursing station. We need to take ownership of the EHR and to insist with other stakeholders that all aspects work better for us and for our patients. This includes the software and, maybe more important, the user.

References
  1. Siegler EL. The evolving medical record. Ann Intern Med 2010; 153:671677.
  2. Cimino JJ. Improving the electronic health record—are clinicians getting what they wished for? JAMA 2013; 309:991992.
References
  1. Siegler EL. The evolving medical record. Ann Intern Med 2010; 153:671677.
  2. Cimino JJ. Improving the electronic health record—are clinicians getting what they wished for? JAMA 2013; 309:991992.
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 80(7)
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 80(7)
Page Number
397-398
Page Number
397-398
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
The electronic health record: Getting more bang for the click
Display Headline
The electronic health record: Getting more bang for the click
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Alternative CME
Article PDF Media

Paget disease of bone: Diagnosis and drug therapy

Article Type
Changed
Mon, 09/25/2017 - 11:45
Display Headline
Paget disease of bone: Diagnosis and drug therapy

Paget disease of bone is a focal disorder of the aging skeleton that can be asymptomatic or can present with pain, bowing deformities, fractures, or nonspecific rheumatic complaints. Physicians often discover it in asymptomatic patients when serum alkaline phosphatase levels are elevated or as an incidental finding on radiography. Despite evidence of germline mutations and polymorphisms that predispose to Paget disease, the environmental determinants that permit disease expression in older people remain unknown.

A STRIKING GEOGRAPHIC DISTRIBUTION

Researchers have been studying the determinants and distribution of Paget disease ever since Sir James Paget first described it in 1877.1

Paget disease has a predilection for the axial skeleton, particularly the lumbosacral spine and pelvis, as well as the skull, femur, and tibia.2 Knowing this, investigators have used screening plain films of the abdomen (kidney-ureter-bladder views) to estimate its prevalence in different populations, as these images capture the lumbosacral spine, pelvis, and proximal femurs. Other means of assessing prevalence have included autopsy series, questionnaires, and screens for biochemical markers of bone turnover, such as elevated serum alkaline phosphatase from bone.3–6

Using these methods, Paget disease has been estimated to occur in 1% to 3% of people over age 55, and in as many as 8% of people over age 80 in certain countries.7

This disease has a striking geographic distribution, being frequent in Europe, Canada, the United States, Australia, New Zealand, and cities of South America, but rare in Scandinavia and Japan. It seems to be equally rare in other countries of the Far East and in India, Russia, and Africa, although its prevalence in these areas has not been thoroughly investigated.8

That it is an ancient disease has been corroborated by excavations in churchyards in Great Britain.9,10 It may be familial or sporadic, but its expression is delayed until late middle age in most persons, and it does not occur in children. For reasons unclear, the prevalence seems to be decreasing in many countries.11–13

GENETICS IS NOT THE WHOLE STORY

The variable prevalence of Paget disease in different geographic regions and its sometimes-familial expression suggest a genetic predisposition, environmental factor, or both.

Mutations in SQSTM1

In 2002, scientists investigating a cohort of French Canadian families found a mutation in the SQSTM1 gene that was present in almost 50% of people with familial Paget disease and in 16% of those with sporadic Paget disease.14 Hocking and his colleagues in the United Kingdom subsequently found the same mutation in 19% of cases of familial Paget disease and in 9% of sporadic cases.15

Further, investigators noted that the mutation was often present on a conserved haplotype, consistent with a stable genetic change occurring in the affected population.16 This observation of a “founder effect” dovetailed with the epidemiology of Paget disease,17 but only with this SQSTM1 mutation.

Throughout Europe, Australia, and the United States, comparable rates of the SQSTM1 mutation were reported in or around the ubiquitin-associated domain. Several specific mutations exist, the most common one being P392L, ie, a prolineto-leucine substitution at amino acid 392. Scientists have tried to correlate severity of disease with genotype, but the findings have been inconsistent.18–21

Investigations into the mechanism of disease have pointed to the role of p62, the product of SQSTM1, in signaling osteoclast activation via nuclear factor kappa B. Since this initial discovery, polymorphisms in the genes affecting osteoclast maturation, activation, and fusion pathways have been shown to predispose to Paget disease. Examples:

  • TNFRSF11A, which codes for receptor activator of nuclear factor kappa B, or RANK
  • TNFRSF11B, which codes for osteoprotegerin, or OPG
  • CSF1, which codes for macrophage colony-stimulating factor 1, and
  • OPTN, which codes for optineurin, a member of the nuclear factor kappa B-modulating protein family.

Clinicians interested in these details can read an excellent review of the pathogenesis of Paget disease.22

Other possible factors

Although there is good evidence that measles and canine distemper virus can infect osteoclasts and modify their phenotype, there is no good evidence that these infections by themselves cause Paget disease.23–25 It is, however, tempting to think of these RNA paramyxoviruses as precipitating factors; conceivably, an infectious agent might seed the ends of long bones, accounting for the fixed distribution of Paget disease and its late expression.

Epidemiologic studies from around the world have failed to identify conclusively any environmental exposure that predisposes to Paget disease, although a rural setting, trauma, infection, and milk ingestion have all been proposed.26–28 It is also possible that as bone ages and the marrow becomes less cellular and more fatty, these changes may permit the disease to develop.

The greatest risk factor for Paget disease is perhaps aging, followed by ancestry and a known family history of it. That genetics is not the whole story is evident by reports of people with SQSTM1 mutations who show no clinical evidence of Paget disease in their old age, and patients with Paget disease who have no SQSTM1 mutation.20,29

 

 

CLINICAL PRESENTATION

Most patients with Paget disease have no symptoms and come to medical attention because of an elevated serum alkaline phosphatase level or characteristic findings on radiographs ordered for other indications.11 Paget disease is the second most common disorder of aging bone after osteoporosis. Yet unlike osteoporosis, which presents as a systemic fragility of bone, the clinical manifestations of Paget disease depend on which bones are affected and how enlarged or misshapen they have become.

Common complications

As a consequence of this abnormal bone remodeling and overgrowth, many patients present with bone pain. Bone deformity, headache, and hearing loss may also occur (Figure 1), as well as fractures and nerve compression syndromes (eg, spinal stenosis, sciatica, cauda equina syndrome).

Figure 1. Lateral view of the skull of an elderly person who suffers from headache and hearing loss due to Paget disease. Note the thickened skull (thin arrow), and the “cotton wool” spots (thick arrow) that characterize the osteoblastic response.

It is important to remember that “pagetic” bone may not be the source of pain, and that functional impairment caused by degenerative changes at affected sites is common (Figure  2).30,31

In a study from the New England Registry for Paget’s Disease,32 most patients knew fairly well which bones were affected and what complications resulted from this when deformity, fracture, or total joint replacement had occurred.32 Although Paget disease did affect their quality of life as measured by physical functioning on the Short Form-12 assessment, these impairments did not seem to affect their outlook, which was as good as or better than that in other people their age.

Metabolic complications

Figure 2. Long-standing Paget disease of the right hemipelvis, with thickening of the iliopectineal line (blue arrow) characteristic of Paget disease, and distortion and overgrowth of the right pelvis. Note that the disease does not cross joint lines, sparing the sacrum and left hemi-pelvis. This woman has monostotic Paget disease. She presented 20 years ago with an elevated serum alkaline phosphatase (765 U/L). She has not had pain, although degenerative changes are evident in the right hip, and physical examination showed some loss of range of motion. Treated for both breast and renal cancer during this time, she has never had any known metastases to bone (see text).

Metabolic complications of Paget disease are rare today but can occur in an elderly patient who has active, polyostotic (multibone) disease.33 The accelerated rate of bone remodeling and the increased vascularity of pagetic bone have been reported to lead to high-output heart failure. In theory, treatment should ease this by diminishing blood flow to pagetic bone and restoring bone turnover to more normal levels.34

Hypercalcemia can occur when patients with Paget disease are immobilized for any reason, and there is probably a higher incidence of renal stones in patients with Paget disease.35,36

Malignant complications

Osteosarcoma rarely arises in pagetic bone. Yet Paget disease may account for a significant number of cases of this cancer in the elderly.37 In these cases, osteosarcoma is presumed to be driven by a second genetic mutation, has a genetic signature distinct from that in osteosarcomas occurring in youth, and is quite resistant to treatment.38 In Scandinavia and Japan, where Paget disease is rare, the second peak of osteosarcoma that occurs with aging seems muted as well.39,40 These cancers present with pain, soft-tissue swelling, and variable elevations in serum alkaline phosphatase. Investigations to date suggest that pagetic lesions and osteosarcomas arising in pagetic bone are probably both driven to some extent by stromal cells overexpressing RANK ligand and may not represent defects intrinsic to the osteoclast.41

Giant-cell tumors of bone are also rare but can arise in pagetic bone. A cluster of cases was reported in Avellino and other towns of southern Italy.42 Again, the lesions occur in older individuals and in different sites than those seen in the benign giant-cell tumors recorded in patients without Paget disease.

Metastases from lymphomas, prostate cancer, and breast cancer certainly occur in bone, but rarely in pagetic sites.43 A recent case study noted that patients with prostate cancer who also had Paget disease had a later onset of metastasis to bone than patients without coincident Paget disease.44

A THOUGHTFUL ASSESSMENT

Evaluating a patient with Paget disease requires a thoughtful assessment of its musculoskeletal consequences in an aging skeleton. Pain in Paget disease is often multifactorial. In the elderly, end-stage degenerative disease of the spine, hip, and knees, mechanical instability, compression fractures of the spine, and neuropathies may compound the clinical picture. Therefore, a thorough evaluation is required to plan effective therapy.

Alkaline phosphatase and other markers

A screening serum alkaline phosphatase level is usually sufficient to measure bone turnover. Produced by osteoblasts, alkaline phosphatase is a marker of bone formation, but an imperfect one. Often it is elevated in active Paget disease—but not always.45 Many patients have normal serum alkaline phosphatase levels, particularly if they have monostotic (single-bone) disease. It is unclear why, in a disorder marked by accelerated bone remodeling, the biochemical markers are inconsistent measures of bone turnover.

Research into biochemical markers of Paget disease has had two aims: to identify the single best marker for baseline assessment of pagetic bone activity and to find out whether this measurement responds to therapy.46,47 Measures of bone formation such as bone-specific alkaline phosphatase, osteocalcin, and the procollagen type I peptides, and measures of bone resorption including the pyridinolines, hydroxyproline, and cross-linked collagens, have been analyzed as markers of bone remodeling and show no real advantage over the serum alkaline phosphatase level as reflections of bone turnover. As alkaline phosphatase measurement is inexpensive, available, and reliable, it should be used preferentially, with gamma-glutamyl transpeptidate or 5′ nucleotidase confirming the source as either liver or bone. Readers are directed to a recent review in which the utility of these markers is explored in more detail.48

Imaging studies

Figure 3.

Bone scans can give us an idea of the extent, location, and general activity of the disease (Figure 3). Uptake is avid in affected bones, beginning in the subchondral region and spreading throughout the bone. Bone scans can be particularly useful in defining sites of active disease when the serum alkaline phosphatase level is normal.

Plain radiography of the affected bones outlines the anatomy of the problem and gives some insight into the cause of pain (Figure 3).

Figure 4. (A) Compression fracture of the lumbar spine through a pagetic vertebral body (arrow) in a middle-aged man presenting with pain and clinical symptoms of spinal stenosis. (B) With computed tomography, a reconstructed view of the fourth lumbar vertebral body shows disorganized trabeculae, with Paget disease extending into the posterior processes.

Computed tomography or magnetic resonance imaging may prove useful in cases of spinal stenosis, cauda equina syndrome, compression fractures, or suspected malignancy (Figure  4), but these studies are expensive and generally are not needed.

Radiographic features. Paget disease is presumed to be a disease of the osteoclast, and the earliest lesion is described as lytic. In my own experience, it is unusual to see a purely lytic lesion, although sometimes the disease presents in the skull in this way—osteoporosis circumscripta—or in the femur or tibia with an advancing edge of pure osteolysis.

Figure 5. Classic changes of Paget disease, beginning in the proximal tibia, with thickened bone, cortical tunneling (thick arrow) and mixed scleroticlytic lesions. An advancing leading edge of bone resorption is present (thin arrow).

More often, one sees evidence of both resorption by osteoclasts and formation by osteoblasts, reflecting the coupling of these two processes in this disease. Radiographic findings on plain films are usually definitive, showing enlargement of the affected bone, deformity, coarsened trabeculae, and thickened cortices with tunneling (Figure 5).49 In weightbearing bones, pseudofractures may stud the convex surface. These incongruities of bone may persist for years, heralding fracture only when there is focal pain (Figure 6).50

Biopsy is infrequently needed

Figure 6. (A) Plain radiography of the left femur of a woman with Paget disease shows advanced disease, with coarsened trabeculae at the femoral head (short arrow), deformation of the femur, and pseudofractures studding the lateral cortex. The long blue arrow marks the focal area of tenderness described by the patient. Visible is some attendant, reactive sclerosis associated with the pseudofracture. Osteopenia is present in the pelvis. (B) An atraumatic “chalk-stick” fracture occurred at the site of tenderness (arrow). Despite surgical stabilization, pain persisted for more than 6 months after the diaphyseal fracture. (C) Zoledronic acid was prescribed, which resulted in a thickened callus and a return to weight-bearing.

If these diagnostic findings are not present, then biopsy is indicated. In the United Sates and Canada, where Paget disease is fairly common, biopsy is infrequently needed and is usually reserved for situations in which the differential diagnosis includes cancer, as when the cortex cannot be clearly visualized, the lesions are atypical in pattern or location, or there is a single sclerotic vertebral body on imaging.51

The other indication for biopsy is a “new” pagetic lesion. For reasons unknown, the pattern of skeletal involvement in Paget disease tends to be stable throughout the patient’s lifetime. This is another reason why a baseline bone scan is useful.

 

 

TREATMENT WITH BISPHOSPHONATES

Treatment of Paget disease today relies for the most part on the new generation of nitrogen-containing bisphosphonates. As a class, these are antiresorptive agents that inhibit osteoclasts; in this way they slow bone remodeling and enhance the deposition of normal lamellar bone. Their clinical efficacy in Paget disease, coupled with the observation that the earliest lesion in Paget disease is lytic, underscores the principle that Paget disease is a disorder of the osteoclast.

Oral bisphosphonates

Etidronate, approved in 1977, was the first bisphosphonate licensed to treat Paget disease, and it remains available for this indication in the United States. Used in 6-month regimens, it lowers the serum alkaline phosphatase level in some patients, but it has a narrow therapeutic margin. Drug-induced osteomalacia and worsening lytic lesions and fractures in weight-bearing bones are some of the complications.52 When the nitrogen-containing bisphosphonates were developed, they proved to be more potent antiresorptive agents that pose less risk of mineralization defects at prescribed doses.

Alendronate, approved in 1995, is an oral nitrogen-containing bisphosphonate that is effective in treating Paget disease.53 Alendronate is now available in the United States only through special programs (eg, the CVS ProCare Program); the paperwork required to secure this drug is onerous, so the drug is used infrequently. Studies in Paget disease showed that it normalizes the serum alkaline phosphatase level, improves the radiographic appearance, and eases pain in many patients.54 The dosage is 40 mg daily for 6 months.

Risedronate, approved in 1998, is another oral nitrogen-containing bisphosphonate and is comparable to alendronate in efficacy.55 The dosage is 30 mg daily for 2 months.

Tiludronate is another oral bisphosphonate with a different mechanism of action from the nitrogen-containing bisphosphonates.56 It is safe, often effective, but less potent than the newer agents.

The oral bisphosphonates are well tolerated, with few side effects other than gastrointestinal distress. As a class, they are poorly absorbed and so must be taken fasting with a full glass of water on rising, after which the patient should remain upright without food or drink for 30 to 60 minutes. This is a nuisance for elderly patients already on multiple medications and thus makes intravenous agents appealing.

Intravenous bisphosphonates

Pamidronate was approved in 1994. It is quite effective in many patients with Paget disease. There is no consensus around the world on dosing, with regimens ranging from 30 mg to 90 mg or more intravenously in divided doses given over 2 to 4 hours from once a day to once a week. In the United States, 30 mg is given over 4 hours on 3 consecutive days. Resistance to pamidronate has been described; the mechanism is unknown.

Zoledronic acid is a nitrogen-containing bisphosphonate. It is given as a single infusion over 15 minutes, and re-treatment may not be necessary for years. A randomized clinical trial in 2005 demonstrated the efficacy of zoledronic acid 5 mg by infusion compared with oral risedronate in the treatment of Paget disease.57 In observational extension studies lasting as long as 6.5 years, zoledronic acid has been shown to be superior to risedronate in terms of the proportion of patients experiencing a sustained clinical remission.58

While there are many bisphosphonates on the market, an infusion of 5 mg of zoledronic acid seems optimal in most patients who do not have a contraindication or an aversion to intravenous therapy. It tends to normalize the serum alkaline phosphatase level quickly and to leave more patients in sustained biochemical remission than do older bisphosphonates, as noted above. It also tends to be more effective in normalizing the serum alkaline phosphatase level when a patient has used other bisphosphonates in the past or has become resistant to them.

Bisphosphonates reduce bone turnover but do not correct deformities

In randomized clinical trials, bisphosphonates have been shown to restore bone remodeling to more normal levels, to ease pain from pagetic bone, to lower the serum alkaline phosphatase level, and to heal radiographic lesions, but these drugs have not been proven to prevent progression of deformity or to restore the structural integrity of bone (Figure 6).

The Paget’s Disease: Randomized Trial of Intensive Versus Symptomatic Management (PRISM), in 1,324 people with Paget disease in the United Kingdom, showed no difference in the incidence of fracture, orthopedic surgery, quality of life, or hearing thresholds over 2 to 5 years in patients treated with bisphosphonates vs those treated symptomatically, despite a significant difference in serum alkaline phosphatase in the two groups (P < .001).59

In the observational extension study of zoledronic acid described above,58 three of four fractures occurred in the group treated with zoledronic acid, echoing the findings of the PRISM study.

Adverse effects of bisphosphonates

The more potent the bisphosphonate is as an antiresorptive agent, the more it suppresses normal bone remodeling, which can lead to osteonecrosis of the jaw and to atypical femoral fractures.60,61 These complications are unusual in patients with Paget disease because the treatment is intermittent. Sometimes a single dose of zoledronic acid or one course of risedronate or alendronate will last for years.

All the nitrogen-containing bisphosphonates, particularly zoledronic acid, may provoke flulike symptoms of fever, arthralgias, and bone pain. This effect is self-limited, resolves in days, and does not tend to recur. Bone pain may be more sustained, but this also passes, and within weeks the antiresorptive process has abated and pagetic bone pain will ease. Atrial fibrillation is not an anticipated complication of treatment with a bisphosphonate.62 The risk of esophageal cancer is not confirmed at this time.63 Other rare complications of the bisphosphonates include iritis, acute renal failure, and allergy.

Bisphosphonates are not approved for use in patients with creatinine clearance less than 30 mL/min, or in pregnancy.

Other treatments

Calcitonin, an older agent, can still be useful in easing the pain of Paget disease, healing bone lesions, and reducing the metabolic activity of pagetic bone in patients who cannot receive bisphosphonates. It is given by injection in doses of 50 to 100 IU daily or every other day. Although unlikely to effect a sustained clinical remission, calcitonin remains a safe, well-tolerated, and well-studied medication in Paget disease and is approved for this indication.64,65

Denosumab has not been formally studied in Paget disease, but a recent case report indicated it was effective.66

A conservative strategy

Guidelines for treating Paget disease have been written at various times in many countries, including Italy (2007),67 the United Kingdom (2004),68 Japan (2006),69 and Canada (2007).70 Recommendations differ, in part because it is hard to ascertain whether long-term outcomes are improved by treatment, and in part because the prevalence of Paget disease is decreasing and its severity is lessening.11,12 Some guidelines are outdated, since they do not include the newer bisphosphonates.

If the natural history of untreated Paget disease involves the gradual evolution over more than 20 years of bowing deformities in the lower limbs, rigidity and overgrowth of the spine, and softening and enlargement of the skull, as described by Sir James Paget, then treatment should be initiated in hopes that it will modify the outcome. We have no lens to better focus this question on the effect of treatment on the natural history of the disease. We have the PRISM study, designed before zoledronic acid was approved and only 2 to 5 years in duration. And we have the epidemiologic data demonstrating that most patients have no symptoms during their lifetime.

We see the crippling bone disease described by Sir James Paget so infrequently today in the United States that we forget the profound morbidity that may attend the skeletal changes of Paget disease that were common in the early 20th century. Once the bones of the skull are overgrown, the limbs are bowed, and the degenerative joint disease is present, no medication can reverse these changes. Then, the integrity of the bone is lost, and the vulnerability to fracture, early osteoarthritis, nerve compression syndromes, and hearing loss persist. Understanding these consequences prompts the recommendation of early treatment in patients with Paget disease, in hopes of mitigating disease progression.

Patients with active Paget disease, documented either by an elevated serum alkaline phosphatase or by a bone scan, should be treated with a bisphosphonate if the disease is found in sites where remodeling of bone may lead to complications. Such sites include the skull, spine, and long bones of the lower extremity. Paget disease of bone in the pelvis tends to give little trouble (Figure 2) unless it is proximal to a joint, when pain and early arthritis may result. Treatment is safe and, I think, prudent to undertake in any person over age 55 with active disease. To prevent hypocalcemia during treatment, all patients should be repleted with vitamin D and maintained on calcium 1,200 mg daily through diet or supplements with meals.

Throughout the evaluation and treatment, it is important to remember that pain may not emanate from pagetic bone. If medication for Paget disease proves ineffective in the first few months, analgesics, bracing, walking aids, and operative management71 are adjunctive therapies to improve the functional status of these patients.

It is a remarkable clinical observation that treatment of Paget disease may rapidly reverse neurologic syndromes, resolve the erythema or warmth overlying active pagetic bone, and diminish the risk of bleeding with surgery. This response to therapy suggests that there is prompt inhibition and apoptosis of the osteoclasts, accompanied by diminished vascularity of bone. Whatever the mechanism, it is worth treating patients who have spinal stenosis, arthritis, and nerve compression syndromes with calcitonin or bisphosphonates before surgical intervention, whenever possible.34,72

References
  1. Paget J. On a form of chronic inflammation of bones (osteitis deformans). Med Chir Trans 1877; 60:3764.9.
  2. Guyer PB, Chamberlain AT, Ackery DM, Rolfe EB. The anatomic distribution of osteitis deformans. Clin Orthop Relat Res 1981; 156:141144.
  3. Tiegs RD, Lohse CM, Wollan PC, Melton LJ. Long-term trends in the incidence of Paget’s disease of bone. Bone 2000; 27:423427.
  4. Altman RD, Bloch DA, Hochberg MC, Murphy WA. Prevalence of pelvic Paget’s disease of bone in the United States. J Bone Miner Res 2000; 15:461465.
  5. Barker DJ. The epidemiology of Paget’s disease of bone. Br Med Bull 1984; 40:396400.
  6. Detheridge FM, Guyer PB, Barker DJ. European distribution of Paget’s disease of bone. Br Med J (Clin Res Ed) 1982; 285:10051008.
  7. van Staa TP, Selby P, Leufkens HG, Lyles K, Sprafka JM, Cooper C. Incidence and natural history of Paget’s disease of bone in England and Wales. J Bone Miner Res 2002; 17:465471.
  8. Barker DJ. The epidemiology of Paget’s disease. Metab Bone Dis Relat Res 1981; 3:231233.
  9. Rogers J, Jeffrey DR, Watt I. Paget’s disease in an archeological population. J Bone Miner Res 2002; 17:11271134.
  10. Aaron JE, Rogers J, Kanis JA. Paleohistology of Paget’s disease in two medieval skeletons. Am J Phys Anthropol 1992; 89:325331.
  11. Poór G, Donáth J, Fornet B, Cooper C. Epidemiology of Paget’s disease in Europe: the prevalence is decreasing. J Bone Miner Res 2006; 21:15451549.
  12. Cundy HR, Gamble G, Wattie D, Rutland M, Cundy T. Paget’s disease of bone in New Zealand: continued decline in disease severity. Calcif Tissue Int 2004; 75:358364.
  13. Doyle T, Gunn J, Anderson G, Gill M, Cundy T. Paget’s disease in New Zealand: evidence for declining prevalence. Bone 2002; 31:616619.
  14. Laurin N, Brown JP, Morissette J, Raymond V. Recurrent mutation of the gene encoding sequestosome 1 (SQSTM1/p62) in Paget disease of bone. Am J Hum Genet 2002; 70:15821588.
  15. Hocking LJ, Lucas GJ, Daroszewska A, et al. Domain-specific mutations in sequestosome 1 (SQSTM1) cause familial and sporadic Paget’s disease. Hum Mol Genet 2002; 11:27352739.
  16. Lucas GJ, Hocking LJ, Daroszewska A, et al. Ubiquitin-associated domain mutations of SQSTM1 in Paget’s disease of bone: evidence for a founder effect in patients of British descent. J Bone Miner Res 2005; 20:227231.
  17. Mays S. Archaeological skeletons support a northwest European origin for Paget’s disease of bone. J Bone Miner Res 2010; 25:18391841.
  18. Bolland MJ, Tong PC, Naot D, et al. Delayed development of Paget’s disease in offspring inheriting SQSTM1 mutations. J Bone Miner Res 2007; 22:411415.
  19. Rea SL, Walsh JP, Ward L, et al. A novel mutation (K378X) in the sequestosome 1 gene associated with increased NF-kappaB signaling and Paget’s disease of bone with a severe phenotype. J Bone Miner Res 2006; 21:11361145.
  20. Morissette J, Laurin N, Brown JP. Sequestosome 1: mutation frequencies, haplotypes, and phenotypes in familial Paget’s disease of bone. J Bone Miner Res 2006; 21(suppl 2):P38P44.
  21. Eekhoff EW, Karperien M, Houtsma D, et al. Familial Paget’s disease in The Netherlands: occurrence, identification of new mutations in the sequestosome 1 gene, and their clinical associations. Arthritis Rheum 2004; 50:16501654.
  22. Ralston SH, Layfield R. Pathogenesis of Paget disease of bone. Calcif Tissue Int 2012; 91:97113.
  23. Kurihara N, Hiruma Y, Yamana K, et al. Contributions of the measles virus nucleocapsid gene and the SQSTM1/p62(P392L) mutation to Paget’s disease. Cell Metab 2011; 13:2334.
  24. Kurihara N, Zhou H, Reddy SV, et al. Expression of measles virus nucleocapsid protein in osteoclasts induces Paget’s disease-like bone lesions in mice. J Bone Miner Res 2006; 21:446455.
  25. Reddy SV, Singer FR, Roodman GD. Bone marrow mononuclear cells from patients with Paget’s disease contain measles virus nucleocapsid messenger ribonucleic acid that has mutations in a specific region of the sequence. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 1995; 80:21082111.
  26. Gennari L, Merlotti D, Martini G, Nuti R. Paget’s disease of bone in Italy. J Bone Miner Res 2006; 21(suppl 2):P14P21.
  27. Seton M, Choi HK, Hansen MF, Sebaldt RJ, Cooper C. Analysis of environmental factors in familial versus sporadic Paget’s disease of bone—the New England Registry for Paget’s Disease of Bone. J Bone Miner Res 2003; 18:15191524.
  28. Siris ES. Extensive personal experience: Paget’s disease of bone. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 1995; 80:335338.
  29. Lucas GJ, Daroszewska A, Ralston SH. Contribution of genetic factors to the pathogenesis of Paget’s disease of bone and related disorders. J Bone Miner Res 2006; 21(suppl 2):P31P37.
  30. Seton M. Diagnosis, complications and treatment of Paget’s disease of bone. Aging Health 2009; 5:497508.
  31. Siris E, Roodman GD. Paget’s Disease of Bone. 7th ed. Washington, DC: American Society for Bone and Mineral Research; 2008.
  32. Seton M, Moses AM, Bode RK, Schwartz C. Paget’s disease of bone: the skeletal distribution, complications and quality of life as perceived by patients. Bone 2011; 48:281285.
  33. Seton M. Paget’s disease of bone. In:Hochberg MC, Silman AJ, Smolen JS, Weinblatt ME, Weisman MH, editors. Rheumatology. 5th ed. Philadelphia, PA: Mosby Elsevier; 2010:20212028.
  34. Douglas DL, Duckworth T, Kanis JA, Jefferson AA, Martin TJ, Russell RG. Spinal cord dysfunction in Paget’s disease of bone. Has medical treatment a vascular basis? J Bone Joint Surg Br 1981; 63B:495503.
  35. Siris ES. Epidemiological aspects of Paget’s disease: family history and relationship to other medical conditions. Semin Arthritis Rheum 1994; 23:222225.
  36. Kanis JA, Evanson JM, Russell RG. Paget’s disease of bone: diagnosis and management. Metab Bone Dis Relat Res 1981; 3:219230.
  37. Mangham DC, Davie MW, Grimer RJ. Sarcoma arising in Paget’s disease of bone: declining incidence and increasing age at presentation. Bone 2009; 44:431436.
  38. Hansen MF, Seton M, Merchant A. Osteosarcoma in Paget’s disease of bone. J Bone Miner Res 2006; 21(suppl 2):P58P63.
  39. Price CH. The incidence of osteogenic sarcoma in South-West England and its relationship to Paget’s disease of bone. J Bone Joint Surg Br 1962; 44-B:366376.
  40. Ishikawa Y, Tsukuma H, Miller RW. Low rates of Paget’s disease of bone and osteosarcoma in elderly Japanese. Lancet 1996; 347:1559.
  41. Sun SG, Lau YS, Itonaga I, Sabokbar A, Athanasou NA. Bone stromal cells in pagetic bone and Paget’s sarcoma express RANKL and support human osteoclast formation. J Pathol 2006; 209:114120.
  42. Rendina D, Gennari L, De Filippo G, et al. Evidence for increased clinical severity of familial and sporadic Paget’s disease of bone in Campania, southern Italy. J Bone Miner Res 2006; 21:18281835.
  43. Fenton P, Resnick D. Metastases to bone affected by Paget’s disease. A report of three cases. Int Orthop 1991; 15:397399.
  44. Tu SM, Som A, Tu B, Logothetis CJ, Lee MH, Yeung SC. Effect of Paget’s disease of bone (osteitis deformans) on the progression of prostate cancer bone metastasis. Br J Cancer 2012; 107:646651.
  45. Eekhoff ME, van der Klift M, Kroon HM, et al. Paget’s disease of bone in The Netherlands: a population-based radiological and biochemical survey—the Rotterdam Study. J Bone Miner Res 2004; 19:566570.
  46. Reid IR, Davidson JS, Wattie D, et al. Comparative responses of bone turnover markers to bisphosphonate therapy in Paget’s disease of bone. Bone 2004; 35:224230.
  47. Alvarez L, Guañabens N, Peris P, et al. Usefulness of biochemical markers of bone turnover in assessing response to the treatment of Paget’s disease. Bone 2001; 29:447452.
  48. Cundy T, Reid IR. Paget’s disease of bone. Clin Biochem 2012; 45:4348.
  49. Cortis K, Micallef K, Mizzi A. Imaging Paget’s disease of bone—from head to toe. Clin Radiol 2011; 66:662672.
  50. Redden JF, Dixon J, Vennart W, Hosking DJ. Management of fissure fractures in Paget’s disease. Int Orthop 1981; 5:103106.
  51. Case records of the Massachusetts General Hospital. Weekly clinicopathological exercises. Case 25-1993. A 67-year-old man with osteolytic lesions of T11 and T12. N Engl J Med 1993; 328:18361841.
  52. Evans RA, Dunstan CR, Hills E, Wong SY. Pathologic fracture due to severe osteomalacia following low-dose diphosphonate treatment of Paget’s disease of bone. Aust N Z J Med 1983; 13:277279.
  53. Siris E, Weinstein RS, Altman R, et al. Comparative study of alendronate versus etidronate for the treatment of Paget’s disease of bone. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 1996; 81:961967.
  54. Reid IR, Siris E. Alendronate in the treatment of Paget’s disease of bone. Int J Clin Pract Suppl 1999; 101:6266.
  55. Miller PD, Brown JP, Siris ES, Hoseyni MS, Axelrod DW, Bekker PJ. A randomized, double-blind comparison of risedronate and etidronate in the treatment of Paget’s disease of bone. Paget’s Risedronate/Etidronate Study Group. Am J Med 1999; 106:513520.
  56. Peris P, Alvarez L, Vidal S, Martínez MA, Monegal A, Guañabens N. Treatment with tiludronate has a similar effect to risedronate on Paget’s disease activity assessed by bone markers and bone scintigraphy. Clin Exp Rheumatol 2007; 25:206210.
  57. Reid IR, Miller P, Lyles K, et al. Comparison of a single infusion of zoledronic acid with risedronate for Paget’s disease. N Engl J Med 2005; 353:898908.
  58. Reid IR, Lyles K, Su G, et al. A single infusion of zoledronic acid produces sustained remissions in Paget disease: data to 6.5 years. J Bone Miner Res 2011; 26:22612270.
  59. Langston AL, Campbell MK, Fraser WD, MacLennan GS, Selby PL, Ralston SH; PRISM Trial Group. Randomized trial of intensive bisphosphonate treatment versus symptomatic management in Paget’s disease of bone. J Bone Miner Res 2010; 25:2031.
  60. Abrahamsen B, Einhorn TA. Beyond a reasonable doubt? Bisphosphonates and atypical femur fractures. Bone 2012; 50:11961200.
  61. Seton M, Krane SM. Use of zoledronic acid in the treatment of Paget’s disease. Ther Clin Risk Manag 2007; 3:913918.
  62. Sørensen HT, Christensen S, Mehnert F, et al. Use of bisphosphonates among women and risk of atrial fibrillation and flutter: Population based case-control study. BMJ 2008; 336:813816.
  63. Dixon WG, Solomon DH. Bisphosphonates and esophageal cancer—a pathway through the confusion. Nat Rev Rheumatol 2011; 7:369372.
  64. Singer FR, Krane SM. Paget’s disease of bone. In:Avioli LV, Krane SM, editors. Metabolic Bone Disease and Clinically Related Disorders. 2nd ed. Philadelphia, PA: W.B. Saunders Company; 1990:546615.
  65. Kanis JA, Horn DB, Scott RD, Strong JA. Treatment of Paget’s disease of bone with synthetic salmon calcitonin. Br Med J 1974; 3:727731.
  66. Schwarz P, Rasmussen AQ, Kvist TM, Andersen UB, Jørgensen NR. Paget’s disease of the bone after treatment with denosumab: a case report. Bone 2012; 50:10231025.
  67. Adami S, Bartolozzi P, Brandi ML, et al; Societa Italiana di Ortopedia e Traumatologia. [Italian guidelines for the diagnosis and treatment of Paget’s disease of bone.] Reumatismo 2007; 59:153168. (Article in Italian.)
  68. Scarsbrok A, Brown M, Wilson D. UK guidelines on management of Paget’s disease of bone. Rheumatology (Oxford) 2004; 43:399400.
  69. Takata S, Hashimoto J, Nakatsuka K, et a.l Guidelines for diagnosis and management of Paget’s disease of bone in Japan. J Bone Miner Metab 2006; 24:359367.
  70. Josse RG, Hanley DA, Kendler D, Ste Marie L-G, Adachi JD, Brown J. Diagnosis and treatment of Paget’s disease of bone. Clin Invest Med 2007; 30:E210E223.
  71. Kaplan FS. Paget’s disease of bone: orthopedic complications. Semin Arthritis Rheum 1994; 23:250252.
  72. Kanis JA, Gray RE. Long-term follow-up observations on treatment in Paget’s disease of bone. Clin Orthop Relat Res 1987; 217:99125.
Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Margaret Seton, MD
Director, Metabolic Bone Diseases, and Director, Rheumatology Fellowship, Department of Rheumatology, Allergy, and Immunology, Massachusetts General Hospital; Assistant Professor of Medicine, Harvard Medical School, Boston, MA

Address: Margaret Seton, MD, Department of Rheumatology, Allergy, and Immunology, Massachusetts General Hospital, Arthritis Unit, Bulfinch 165, 55 Fruit Street, Boston, MA 02114; e-mail: [email protected]

Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 80(7)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
452-462
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Margaret Seton, MD
Director, Metabolic Bone Diseases, and Director, Rheumatology Fellowship, Department of Rheumatology, Allergy, and Immunology, Massachusetts General Hospital; Assistant Professor of Medicine, Harvard Medical School, Boston, MA

Address: Margaret Seton, MD, Department of Rheumatology, Allergy, and Immunology, Massachusetts General Hospital, Arthritis Unit, Bulfinch 165, 55 Fruit Street, Boston, MA 02114; e-mail: [email protected]

Author and Disclosure Information

Margaret Seton, MD
Director, Metabolic Bone Diseases, and Director, Rheumatology Fellowship, Department of Rheumatology, Allergy, and Immunology, Massachusetts General Hospital; Assistant Professor of Medicine, Harvard Medical School, Boston, MA

Address: Margaret Seton, MD, Department of Rheumatology, Allergy, and Immunology, Massachusetts General Hospital, Arthritis Unit, Bulfinch 165, 55 Fruit Street, Boston, MA 02114; e-mail: [email protected]

Article PDF
Article PDF
Related Articles

Paget disease of bone is a focal disorder of the aging skeleton that can be asymptomatic or can present with pain, bowing deformities, fractures, or nonspecific rheumatic complaints. Physicians often discover it in asymptomatic patients when serum alkaline phosphatase levels are elevated or as an incidental finding on radiography. Despite evidence of germline mutations and polymorphisms that predispose to Paget disease, the environmental determinants that permit disease expression in older people remain unknown.

A STRIKING GEOGRAPHIC DISTRIBUTION

Researchers have been studying the determinants and distribution of Paget disease ever since Sir James Paget first described it in 1877.1

Paget disease has a predilection for the axial skeleton, particularly the lumbosacral spine and pelvis, as well as the skull, femur, and tibia.2 Knowing this, investigators have used screening plain films of the abdomen (kidney-ureter-bladder views) to estimate its prevalence in different populations, as these images capture the lumbosacral spine, pelvis, and proximal femurs. Other means of assessing prevalence have included autopsy series, questionnaires, and screens for biochemical markers of bone turnover, such as elevated serum alkaline phosphatase from bone.3–6

Using these methods, Paget disease has been estimated to occur in 1% to 3% of people over age 55, and in as many as 8% of people over age 80 in certain countries.7

This disease has a striking geographic distribution, being frequent in Europe, Canada, the United States, Australia, New Zealand, and cities of South America, but rare in Scandinavia and Japan. It seems to be equally rare in other countries of the Far East and in India, Russia, and Africa, although its prevalence in these areas has not been thoroughly investigated.8

That it is an ancient disease has been corroborated by excavations in churchyards in Great Britain.9,10 It may be familial or sporadic, but its expression is delayed until late middle age in most persons, and it does not occur in children. For reasons unclear, the prevalence seems to be decreasing in many countries.11–13

GENETICS IS NOT THE WHOLE STORY

The variable prevalence of Paget disease in different geographic regions and its sometimes-familial expression suggest a genetic predisposition, environmental factor, or both.

Mutations in SQSTM1

In 2002, scientists investigating a cohort of French Canadian families found a mutation in the SQSTM1 gene that was present in almost 50% of people with familial Paget disease and in 16% of those with sporadic Paget disease.14 Hocking and his colleagues in the United Kingdom subsequently found the same mutation in 19% of cases of familial Paget disease and in 9% of sporadic cases.15

Further, investigators noted that the mutation was often present on a conserved haplotype, consistent with a stable genetic change occurring in the affected population.16 This observation of a “founder effect” dovetailed with the epidemiology of Paget disease,17 but only with this SQSTM1 mutation.

Throughout Europe, Australia, and the United States, comparable rates of the SQSTM1 mutation were reported in or around the ubiquitin-associated domain. Several specific mutations exist, the most common one being P392L, ie, a prolineto-leucine substitution at amino acid 392. Scientists have tried to correlate severity of disease with genotype, but the findings have been inconsistent.18–21

Investigations into the mechanism of disease have pointed to the role of p62, the product of SQSTM1, in signaling osteoclast activation via nuclear factor kappa B. Since this initial discovery, polymorphisms in the genes affecting osteoclast maturation, activation, and fusion pathways have been shown to predispose to Paget disease. Examples:

  • TNFRSF11A, which codes for receptor activator of nuclear factor kappa B, or RANK
  • TNFRSF11B, which codes for osteoprotegerin, or OPG
  • CSF1, which codes for macrophage colony-stimulating factor 1, and
  • OPTN, which codes for optineurin, a member of the nuclear factor kappa B-modulating protein family.

Clinicians interested in these details can read an excellent review of the pathogenesis of Paget disease.22

Other possible factors

Although there is good evidence that measles and canine distemper virus can infect osteoclasts and modify their phenotype, there is no good evidence that these infections by themselves cause Paget disease.23–25 It is, however, tempting to think of these RNA paramyxoviruses as precipitating factors; conceivably, an infectious agent might seed the ends of long bones, accounting for the fixed distribution of Paget disease and its late expression.

Epidemiologic studies from around the world have failed to identify conclusively any environmental exposure that predisposes to Paget disease, although a rural setting, trauma, infection, and milk ingestion have all been proposed.26–28 It is also possible that as bone ages and the marrow becomes less cellular and more fatty, these changes may permit the disease to develop.

The greatest risk factor for Paget disease is perhaps aging, followed by ancestry and a known family history of it. That genetics is not the whole story is evident by reports of people with SQSTM1 mutations who show no clinical evidence of Paget disease in their old age, and patients with Paget disease who have no SQSTM1 mutation.20,29

 

 

CLINICAL PRESENTATION

Most patients with Paget disease have no symptoms and come to medical attention because of an elevated serum alkaline phosphatase level or characteristic findings on radiographs ordered for other indications.11 Paget disease is the second most common disorder of aging bone after osteoporosis. Yet unlike osteoporosis, which presents as a systemic fragility of bone, the clinical manifestations of Paget disease depend on which bones are affected and how enlarged or misshapen they have become.

Common complications

As a consequence of this abnormal bone remodeling and overgrowth, many patients present with bone pain. Bone deformity, headache, and hearing loss may also occur (Figure 1), as well as fractures and nerve compression syndromes (eg, spinal stenosis, sciatica, cauda equina syndrome).

Figure 1. Lateral view of the skull of an elderly person who suffers from headache and hearing loss due to Paget disease. Note the thickened skull (thin arrow), and the “cotton wool” spots (thick arrow) that characterize the osteoblastic response.

It is important to remember that “pagetic” bone may not be the source of pain, and that functional impairment caused by degenerative changes at affected sites is common (Figure  2).30,31

In a study from the New England Registry for Paget’s Disease,32 most patients knew fairly well which bones were affected and what complications resulted from this when deformity, fracture, or total joint replacement had occurred.32 Although Paget disease did affect their quality of life as measured by physical functioning on the Short Form-12 assessment, these impairments did not seem to affect their outlook, which was as good as or better than that in other people their age.

Metabolic complications

Figure 2. Long-standing Paget disease of the right hemipelvis, with thickening of the iliopectineal line (blue arrow) characteristic of Paget disease, and distortion and overgrowth of the right pelvis. Note that the disease does not cross joint lines, sparing the sacrum and left hemi-pelvis. This woman has monostotic Paget disease. She presented 20 years ago with an elevated serum alkaline phosphatase (765 U/L). She has not had pain, although degenerative changes are evident in the right hip, and physical examination showed some loss of range of motion. Treated for both breast and renal cancer during this time, she has never had any known metastases to bone (see text).

Metabolic complications of Paget disease are rare today but can occur in an elderly patient who has active, polyostotic (multibone) disease.33 The accelerated rate of bone remodeling and the increased vascularity of pagetic bone have been reported to lead to high-output heart failure. In theory, treatment should ease this by diminishing blood flow to pagetic bone and restoring bone turnover to more normal levels.34

Hypercalcemia can occur when patients with Paget disease are immobilized for any reason, and there is probably a higher incidence of renal stones in patients with Paget disease.35,36

Malignant complications

Osteosarcoma rarely arises in pagetic bone. Yet Paget disease may account for a significant number of cases of this cancer in the elderly.37 In these cases, osteosarcoma is presumed to be driven by a second genetic mutation, has a genetic signature distinct from that in osteosarcomas occurring in youth, and is quite resistant to treatment.38 In Scandinavia and Japan, where Paget disease is rare, the second peak of osteosarcoma that occurs with aging seems muted as well.39,40 These cancers present with pain, soft-tissue swelling, and variable elevations in serum alkaline phosphatase. Investigations to date suggest that pagetic lesions and osteosarcomas arising in pagetic bone are probably both driven to some extent by stromal cells overexpressing RANK ligand and may not represent defects intrinsic to the osteoclast.41

Giant-cell tumors of bone are also rare but can arise in pagetic bone. A cluster of cases was reported in Avellino and other towns of southern Italy.42 Again, the lesions occur in older individuals and in different sites than those seen in the benign giant-cell tumors recorded in patients without Paget disease.

Metastases from lymphomas, prostate cancer, and breast cancer certainly occur in bone, but rarely in pagetic sites.43 A recent case study noted that patients with prostate cancer who also had Paget disease had a later onset of metastasis to bone than patients without coincident Paget disease.44

A THOUGHTFUL ASSESSMENT

Evaluating a patient with Paget disease requires a thoughtful assessment of its musculoskeletal consequences in an aging skeleton. Pain in Paget disease is often multifactorial. In the elderly, end-stage degenerative disease of the spine, hip, and knees, mechanical instability, compression fractures of the spine, and neuropathies may compound the clinical picture. Therefore, a thorough evaluation is required to plan effective therapy.

Alkaline phosphatase and other markers

A screening serum alkaline phosphatase level is usually sufficient to measure bone turnover. Produced by osteoblasts, alkaline phosphatase is a marker of bone formation, but an imperfect one. Often it is elevated in active Paget disease—but not always.45 Many patients have normal serum alkaline phosphatase levels, particularly if they have monostotic (single-bone) disease. It is unclear why, in a disorder marked by accelerated bone remodeling, the biochemical markers are inconsistent measures of bone turnover.

Research into biochemical markers of Paget disease has had two aims: to identify the single best marker for baseline assessment of pagetic bone activity and to find out whether this measurement responds to therapy.46,47 Measures of bone formation such as bone-specific alkaline phosphatase, osteocalcin, and the procollagen type I peptides, and measures of bone resorption including the pyridinolines, hydroxyproline, and cross-linked collagens, have been analyzed as markers of bone remodeling and show no real advantage over the serum alkaline phosphatase level as reflections of bone turnover. As alkaline phosphatase measurement is inexpensive, available, and reliable, it should be used preferentially, with gamma-glutamyl transpeptidate or 5′ nucleotidase confirming the source as either liver or bone. Readers are directed to a recent review in which the utility of these markers is explored in more detail.48

Imaging studies

Figure 3.

Bone scans can give us an idea of the extent, location, and general activity of the disease (Figure 3). Uptake is avid in affected bones, beginning in the subchondral region and spreading throughout the bone. Bone scans can be particularly useful in defining sites of active disease when the serum alkaline phosphatase level is normal.

Plain radiography of the affected bones outlines the anatomy of the problem and gives some insight into the cause of pain (Figure 3).

Figure 4. (A) Compression fracture of the lumbar spine through a pagetic vertebral body (arrow) in a middle-aged man presenting with pain and clinical symptoms of spinal stenosis. (B) With computed tomography, a reconstructed view of the fourth lumbar vertebral body shows disorganized trabeculae, with Paget disease extending into the posterior processes.

Computed tomography or magnetic resonance imaging may prove useful in cases of spinal stenosis, cauda equina syndrome, compression fractures, or suspected malignancy (Figure  4), but these studies are expensive and generally are not needed.

Radiographic features. Paget disease is presumed to be a disease of the osteoclast, and the earliest lesion is described as lytic. In my own experience, it is unusual to see a purely lytic lesion, although sometimes the disease presents in the skull in this way—osteoporosis circumscripta—or in the femur or tibia with an advancing edge of pure osteolysis.

Figure 5. Classic changes of Paget disease, beginning in the proximal tibia, with thickened bone, cortical tunneling (thick arrow) and mixed scleroticlytic lesions. An advancing leading edge of bone resorption is present (thin arrow).

More often, one sees evidence of both resorption by osteoclasts and formation by osteoblasts, reflecting the coupling of these two processes in this disease. Radiographic findings on plain films are usually definitive, showing enlargement of the affected bone, deformity, coarsened trabeculae, and thickened cortices with tunneling (Figure 5).49 In weightbearing bones, pseudofractures may stud the convex surface. These incongruities of bone may persist for years, heralding fracture only when there is focal pain (Figure 6).50

Biopsy is infrequently needed

Figure 6. (A) Plain radiography of the left femur of a woman with Paget disease shows advanced disease, with coarsened trabeculae at the femoral head (short arrow), deformation of the femur, and pseudofractures studding the lateral cortex. The long blue arrow marks the focal area of tenderness described by the patient. Visible is some attendant, reactive sclerosis associated with the pseudofracture. Osteopenia is present in the pelvis. (B) An atraumatic “chalk-stick” fracture occurred at the site of tenderness (arrow). Despite surgical stabilization, pain persisted for more than 6 months after the diaphyseal fracture. (C) Zoledronic acid was prescribed, which resulted in a thickened callus and a return to weight-bearing.

If these diagnostic findings are not present, then biopsy is indicated. In the United Sates and Canada, where Paget disease is fairly common, biopsy is infrequently needed and is usually reserved for situations in which the differential diagnosis includes cancer, as when the cortex cannot be clearly visualized, the lesions are atypical in pattern or location, or there is a single sclerotic vertebral body on imaging.51

The other indication for biopsy is a “new” pagetic lesion. For reasons unknown, the pattern of skeletal involvement in Paget disease tends to be stable throughout the patient’s lifetime. This is another reason why a baseline bone scan is useful.

 

 

TREATMENT WITH BISPHOSPHONATES

Treatment of Paget disease today relies for the most part on the new generation of nitrogen-containing bisphosphonates. As a class, these are antiresorptive agents that inhibit osteoclasts; in this way they slow bone remodeling and enhance the deposition of normal lamellar bone. Their clinical efficacy in Paget disease, coupled with the observation that the earliest lesion in Paget disease is lytic, underscores the principle that Paget disease is a disorder of the osteoclast.

Oral bisphosphonates

Etidronate, approved in 1977, was the first bisphosphonate licensed to treat Paget disease, and it remains available for this indication in the United States. Used in 6-month regimens, it lowers the serum alkaline phosphatase level in some patients, but it has a narrow therapeutic margin. Drug-induced osteomalacia and worsening lytic lesions and fractures in weight-bearing bones are some of the complications.52 When the nitrogen-containing bisphosphonates were developed, they proved to be more potent antiresorptive agents that pose less risk of mineralization defects at prescribed doses.

Alendronate, approved in 1995, is an oral nitrogen-containing bisphosphonate that is effective in treating Paget disease.53 Alendronate is now available in the United States only through special programs (eg, the CVS ProCare Program); the paperwork required to secure this drug is onerous, so the drug is used infrequently. Studies in Paget disease showed that it normalizes the serum alkaline phosphatase level, improves the radiographic appearance, and eases pain in many patients.54 The dosage is 40 mg daily for 6 months.

Risedronate, approved in 1998, is another oral nitrogen-containing bisphosphonate and is comparable to alendronate in efficacy.55 The dosage is 30 mg daily for 2 months.

Tiludronate is another oral bisphosphonate with a different mechanism of action from the nitrogen-containing bisphosphonates.56 It is safe, often effective, but less potent than the newer agents.

The oral bisphosphonates are well tolerated, with few side effects other than gastrointestinal distress. As a class, they are poorly absorbed and so must be taken fasting with a full glass of water on rising, after which the patient should remain upright without food or drink for 30 to 60 minutes. This is a nuisance for elderly patients already on multiple medications and thus makes intravenous agents appealing.

Intravenous bisphosphonates

Pamidronate was approved in 1994. It is quite effective in many patients with Paget disease. There is no consensus around the world on dosing, with regimens ranging from 30 mg to 90 mg or more intravenously in divided doses given over 2 to 4 hours from once a day to once a week. In the United States, 30 mg is given over 4 hours on 3 consecutive days. Resistance to pamidronate has been described; the mechanism is unknown.

Zoledronic acid is a nitrogen-containing bisphosphonate. It is given as a single infusion over 15 minutes, and re-treatment may not be necessary for years. A randomized clinical trial in 2005 demonstrated the efficacy of zoledronic acid 5 mg by infusion compared with oral risedronate in the treatment of Paget disease.57 In observational extension studies lasting as long as 6.5 years, zoledronic acid has been shown to be superior to risedronate in terms of the proportion of patients experiencing a sustained clinical remission.58

While there are many bisphosphonates on the market, an infusion of 5 mg of zoledronic acid seems optimal in most patients who do not have a contraindication or an aversion to intravenous therapy. It tends to normalize the serum alkaline phosphatase level quickly and to leave more patients in sustained biochemical remission than do older bisphosphonates, as noted above. It also tends to be more effective in normalizing the serum alkaline phosphatase level when a patient has used other bisphosphonates in the past or has become resistant to them.

Bisphosphonates reduce bone turnover but do not correct deformities

In randomized clinical trials, bisphosphonates have been shown to restore bone remodeling to more normal levels, to ease pain from pagetic bone, to lower the serum alkaline phosphatase level, and to heal radiographic lesions, but these drugs have not been proven to prevent progression of deformity or to restore the structural integrity of bone (Figure 6).

The Paget’s Disease: Randomized Trial of Intensive Versus Symptomatic Management (PRISM), in 1,324 people with Paget disease in the United Kingdom, showed no difference in the incidence of fracture, orthopedic surgery, quality of life, or hearing thresholds over 2 to 5 years in patients treated with bisphosphonates vs those treated symptomatically, despite a significant difference in serum alkaline phosphatase in the two groups (P < .001).59

In the observational extension study of zoledronic acid described above,58 three of four fractures occurred in the group treated with zoledronic acid, echoing the findings of the PRISM study.

Adverse effects of bisphosphonates

The more potent the bisphosphonate is as an antiresorptive agent, the more it suppresses normal bone remodeling, which can lead to osteonecrosis of the jaw and to atypical femoral fractures.60,61 These complications are unusual in patients with Paget disease because the treatment is intermittent. Sometimes a single dose of zoledronic acid or one course of risedronate or alendronate will last for years.

All the nitrogen-containing bisphosphonates, particularly zoledronic acid, may provoke flulike symptoms of fever, arthralgias, and bone pain. This effect is self-limited, resolves in days, and does not tend to recur. Bone pain may be more sustained, but this also passes, and within weeks the antiresorptive process has abated and pagetic bone pain will ease. Atrial fibrillation is not an anticipated complication of treatment with a bisphosphonate.62 The risk of esophageal cancer is not confirmed at this time.63 Other rare complications of the bisphosphonates include iritis, acute renal failure, and allergy.

Bisphosphonates are not approved for use in patients with creatinine clearance less than 30 mL/min, or in pregnancy.

Other treatments

Calcitonin, an older agent, can still be useful in easing the pain of Paget disease, healing bone lesions, and reducing the metabolic activity of pagetic bone in patients who cannot receive bisphosphonates. It is given by injection in doses of 50 to 100 IU daily or every other day. Although unlikely to effect a sustained clinical remission, calcitonin remains a safe, well-tolerated, and well-studied medication in Paget disease and is approved for this indication.64,65

Denosumab has not been formally studied in Paget disease, but a recent case report indicated it was effective.66

A conservative strategy

Guidelines for treating Paget disease have been written at various times in many countries, including Italy (2007),67 the United Kingdom (2004),68 Japan (2006),69 and Canada (2007).70 Recommendations differ, in part because it is hard to ascertain whether long-term outcomes are improved by treatment, and in part because the prevalence of Paget disease is decreasing and its severity is lessening.11,12 Some guidelines are outdated, since they do not include the newer bisphosphonates.

If the natural history of untreated Paget disease involves the gradual evolution over more than 20 years of bowing deformities in the lower limbs, rigidity and overgrowth of the spine, and softening and enlargement of the skull, as described by Sir James Paget, then treatment should be initiated in hopes that it will modify the outcome. We have no lens to better focus this question on the effect of treatment on the natural history of the disease. We have the PRISM study, designed before zoledronic acid was approved and only 2 to 5 years in duration. And we have the epidemiologic data demonstrating that most patients have no symptoms during their lifetime.

We see the crippling bone disease described by Sir James Paget so infrequently today in the United States that we forget the profound morbidity that may attend the skeletal changes of Paget disease that were common in the early 20th century. Once the bones of the skull are overgrown, the limbs are bowed, and the degenerative joint disease is present, no medication can reverse these changes. Then, the integrity of the bone is lost, and the vulnerability to fracture, early osteoarthritis, nerve compression syndromes, and hearing loss persist. Understanding these consequences prompts the recommendation of early treatment in patients with Paget disease, in hopes of mitigating disease progression.

Patients with active Paget disease, documented either by an elevated serum alkaline phosphatase or by a bone scan, should be treated with a bisphosphonate if the disease is found in sites where remodeling of bone may lead to complications. Such sites include the skull, spine, and long bones of the lower extremity. Paget disease of bone in the pelvis tends to give little trouble (Figure 2) unless it is proximal to a joint, when pain and early arthritis may result. Treatment is safe and, I think, prudent to undertake in any person over age 55 with active disease. To prevent hypocalcemia during treatment, all patients should be repleted with vitamin D and maintained on calcium 1,200 mg daily through diet or supplements with meals.

Throughout the evaluation and treatment, it is important to remember that pain may not emanate from pagetic bone. If medication for Paget disease proves ineffective in the first few months, analgesics, bracing, walking aids, and operative management71 are adjunctive therapies to improve the functional status of these patients.

It is a remarkable clinical observation that treatment of Paget disease may rapidly reverse neurologic syndromes, resolve the erythema or warmth overlying active pagetic bone, and diminish the risk of bleeding with surgery. This response to therapy suggests that there is prompt inhibition and apoptosis of the osteoclasts, accompanied by diminished vascularity of bone. Whatever the mechanism, it is worth treating patients who have spinal stenosis, arthritis, and nerve compression syndromes with calcitonin or bisphosphonates before surgical intervention, whenever possible.34,72

Paget disease of bone is a focal disorder of the aging skeleton that can be asymptomatic or can present with pain, bowing deformities, fractures, or nonspecific rheumatic complaints. Physicians often discover it in asymptomatic patients when serum alkaline phosphatase levels are elevated or as an incidental finding on radiography. Despite evidence of germline mutations and polymorphisms that predispose to Paget disease, the environmental determinants that permit disease expression in older people remain unknown.

A STRIKING GEOGRAPHIC DISTRIBUTION

Researchers have been studying the determinants and distribution of Paget disease ever since Sir James Paget first described it in 1877.1

Paget disease has a predilection for the axial skeleton, particularly the lumbosacral spine and pelvis, as well as the skull, femur, and tibia.2 Knowing this, investigators have used screening plain films of the abdomen (kidney-ureter-bladder views) to estimate its prevalence in different populations, as these images capture the lumbosacral spine, pelvis, and proximal femurs. Other means of assessing prevalence have included autopsy series, questionnaires, and screens for biochemical markers of bone turnover, such as elevated serum alkaline phosphatase from bone.3–6

Using these methods, Paget disease has been estimated to occur in 1% to 3% of people over age 55, and in as many as 8% of people over age 80 in certain countries.7

This disease has a striking geographic distribution, being frequent in Europe, Canada, the United States, Australia, New Zealand, and cities of South America, but rare in Scandinavia and Japan. It seems to be equally rare in other countries of the Far East and in India, Russia, and Africa, although its prevalence in these areas has not been thoroughly investigated.8

That it is an ancient disease has been corroborated by excavations in churchyards in Great Britain.9,10 It may be familial or sporadic, but its expression is delayed until late middle age in most persons, and it does not occur in children. For reasons unclear, the prevalence seems to be decreasing in many countries.11–13

GENETICS IS NOT THE WHOLE STORY

The variable prevalence of Paget disease in different geographic regions and its sometimes-familial expression suggest a genetic predisposition, environmental factor, or both.

Mutations in SQSTM1

In 2002, scientists investigating a cohort of French Canadian families found a mutation in the SQSTM1 gene that was present in almost 50% of people with familial Paget disease and in 16% of those with sporadic Paget disease.14 Hocking and his colleagues in the United Kingdom subsequently found the same mutation in 19% of cases of familial Paget disease and in 9% of sporadic cases.15

Further, investigators noted that the mutation was often present on a conserved haplotype, consistent with a stable genetic change occurring in the affected population.16 This observation of a “founder effect” dovetailed with the epidemiology of Paget disease,17 but only with this SQSTM1 mutation.

Throughout Europe, Australia, and the United States, comparable rates of the SQSTM1 mutation were reported in or around the ubiquitin-associated domain. Several specific mutations exist, the most common one being P392L, ie, a prolineto-leucine substitution at amino acid 392. Scientists have tried to correlate severity of disease with genotype, but the findings have been inconsistent.18–21

Investigations into the mechanism of disease have pointed to the role of p62, the product of SQSTM1, in signaling osteoclast activation via nuclear factor kappa B. Since this initial discovery, polymorphisms in the genes affecting osteoclast maturation, activation, and fusion pathways have been shown to predispose to Paget disease. Examples:

  • TNFRSF11A, which codes for receptor activator of nuclear factor kappa B, or RANK
  • TNFRSF11B, which codes for osteoprotegerin, or OPG
  • CSF1, which codes for macrophage colony-stimulating factor 1, and
  • OPTN, which codes for optineurin, a member of the nuclear factor kappa B-modulating protein family.

Clinicians interested in these details can read an excellent review of the pathogenesis of Paget disease.22

Other possible factors

Although there is good evidence that measles and canine distemper virus can infect osteoclasts and modify their phenotype, there is no good evidence that these infections by themselves cause Paget disease.23–25 It is, however, tempting to think of these RNA paramyxoviruses as precipitating factors; conceivably, an infectious agent might seed the ends of long bones, accounting for the fixed distribution of Paget disease and its late expression.

Epidemiologic studies from around the world have failed to identify conclusively any environmental exposure that predisposes to Paget disease, although a rural setting, trauma, infection, and milk ingestion have all been proposed.26–28 It is also possible that as bone ages and the marrow becomes less cellular and more fatty, these changes may permit the disease to develop.

The greatest risk factor for Paget disease is perhaps aging, followed by ancestry and a known family history of it. That genetics is not the whole story is evident by reports of people with SQSTM1 mutations who show no clinical evidence of Paget disease in their old age, and patients with Paget disease who have no SQSTM1 mutation.20,29

 

 

CLINICAL PRESENTATION

Most patients with Paget disease have no symptoms and come to medical attention because of an elevated serum alkaline phosphatase level or characteristic findings on radiographs ordered for other indications.11 Paget disease is the second most common disorder of aging bone after osteoporosis. Yet unlike osteoporosis, which presents as a systemic fragility of bone, the clinical manifestations of Paget disease depend on which bones are affected and how enlarged or misshapen they have become.

Common complications

As a consequence of this abnormal bone remodeling and overgrowth, many patients present with bone pain. Bone deformity, headache, and hearing loss may also occur (Figure 1), as well as fractures and nerve compression syndromes (eg, spinal stenosis, sciatica, cauda equina syndrome).

Figure 1. Lateral view of the skull of an elderly person who suffers from headache and hearing loss due to Paget disease. Note the thickened skull (thin arrow), and the “cotton wool” spots (thick arrow) that characterize the osteoblastic response.

It is important to remember that “pagetic” bone may not be the source of pain, and that functional impairment caused by degenerative changes at affected sites is common (Figure  2).30,31

In a study from the New England Registry for Paget’s Disease,32 most patients knew fairly well which bones were affected and what complications resulted from this when deformity, fracture, or total joint replacement had occurred.32 Although Paget disease did affect their quality of life as measured by physical functioning on the Short Form-12 assessment, these impairments did not seem to affect their outlook, which was as good as or better than that in other people their age.

Metabolic complications

Figure 2. Long-standing Paget disease of the right hemipelvis, with thickening of the iliopectineal line (blue arrow) characteristic of Paget disease, and distortion and overgrowth of the right pelvis. Note that the disease does not cross joint lines, sparing the sacrum and left hemi-pelvis. This woman has monostotic Paget disease. She presented 20 years ago with an elevated serum alkaline phosphatase (765 U/L). She has not had pain, although degenerative changes are evident in the right hip, and physical examination showed some loss of range of motion. Treated for both breast and renal cancer during this time, she has never had any known metastases to bone (see text).

Metabolic complications of Paget disease are rare today but can occur in an elderly patient who has active, polyostotic (multibone) disease.33 The accelerated rate of bone remodeling and the increased vascularity of pagetic bone have been reported to lead to high-output heart failure. In theory, treatment should ease this by diminishing blood flow to pagetic bone and restoring bone turnover to more normal levels.34

Hypercalcemia can occur when patients with Paget disease are immobilized for any reason, and there is probably a higher incidence of renal stones in patients with Paget disease.35,36

Malignant complications

Osteosarcoma rarely arises in pagetic bone. Yet Paget disease may account for a significant number of cases of this cancer in the elderly.37 In these cases, osteosarcoma is presumed to be driven by a second genetic mutation, has a genetic signature distinct from that in osteosarcomas occurring in youth, and is quite resistant to treatment.38 In Scandinavia and Japan, where Paget disease is rare, the second peak of osteosarcoma that occurs with aging seems muted as well.39,40 These cancers present with pain, soft-tissue swelling, and variable elevations in serum alkaline phosphatase. Investigations to date suggest that pagetic lesions and osteosarcomas arising in pagetic bone are probably both driven to some extent by stromal cells overexpressing RANK ligand and may not represent defects intrinsic to the osteoclast.41

Giant-cell tumors of bone are also rare but can arise in pagetic bone. A cluster of cases was reported in Avellino and other towns of southern Italy.42 Again, the lesions occur in older individuals and in different sites than those seen in the benign giant-cell tumors recorded in patients without Paget disease.

Metastases from lymphomas, prostate cancer, and breast cancer certainly occur in bone, but rarely in pagetic sites.43 A recent case study noted that patients with prostate cancer who also had Paget disease had a later onset of metastasis to bone than patients without coincident Paget disease.44

A THOUGHTFUL ASSESSMENT

Evaluating a patient with Paget disease requires a thoughtful assessment of its musculoskeletal consequences in an aging skeleton. Pain in Paget disease is often multifactorial. In the elderly, end-stage degenerative disease of the spine, hip, and knees, mechanical instability, compression fractures of the spine, and neuropathies may compound the clinical picture. Therefore, a thorough evaluation is required to plan effective therapy.

Alkaline phosphatase and other markers

A screening serum alkaline phosphatase level is usually sufficient to measure bone turnover. Produced by osteoblasts, alkaline phosphatase is a marker of bone formation, but an imperfect one. Often it is elevated in active Paget disease—but not always.45 Many patients have normal serum alkaline phosphatase levels, particularly if they have monostotic (single-bone) disease. It is unclear why, in a disorder marked by accelerated bone remodeling, the biochemical markers are inconsistent measures of bone turnover.

Research into biochemical markers of Paget disease has had two aims: to identify the single best marker for baseline assessment of pagetic bone activity and to find out whether this measurement responds to therapy.46,47 Measures of bone formation such as bone-specific alkaline phosphatase, osteocalcin, and the procollagen type I peptides, and measures of bone resorption including the pyridinolines, hydroxyproline, and cross-linked collagens, have been analyzed as markers of bone remodeling and show no real advantage over the serum alkaline phosphatase level as reflections of bone turnover. As alkaline phosphatase measurement is inexpensive, available, and reliable, it should be used preferentially, with gamma-glutamyl transpeptidate or 5′ nucleotidase confirming the source as either liver or bone. Readers are directed to a recent review in which the utility of these markers is explored in more detail.48

Imaging studies

Figure 3.

Bone scans can give us an idea of the extent, location, and general activity of the disease (Figure 3). Uptake is avid in affected bones, beginning in the subchondral region and spreading throughout the bone. Bone scans can be particularly useful in defining sites of active disease when the serum alkaline phosphatase level is normal.

Plain radiography of the affected bones outlines the anatomy of the problem and gives some insight into the cause of pain (Figure 3).

Figure 4. (A) Compression fracture of the lumbar spine through a pagetic vertebral body (arrow) in a middle-aged man presenting with pain and clinical symptoms of spinal stenosis. (B) With computed tomography, a reconstructed view of the fourth lumbar vertebral body shows disorganized trabeculae, with Paget disease extending into the posterior processes.

Computed tomography or magnetic resonance imaging may prove useful in cases of spinal stenosis, cauda equina syndrome, compression fractures, or suspected malignancy (Figure  4), but these studies are expensive and generally are not needed.

Radiographic features. Paget disease is presumed to be a disease of the osteoclast, and the earliest lesion is described as lytic. In my own experience, it is unusual to see a purely lytic lesion, although sometimes the disease presents in the skull in this way—osteoporosis circumscripta—or in the femur or tibia with an advancing edge of pure osteolysis.

Figure 5. Classic changes of Paget disease, beginning in the proximal tibia, with thickened bone, cortical tunneling (thick arrow) and mixed scleroticlytic lesions. An advancing leading edge of bone resorption is present (thin arrow).

More often, one sees evidence of both resorption by osteoclasts and formation by osteoblasts, reflecting the coupling of these two processes in this disease. Radiographic findings on plain films are usually definitive, showing enlargement of the affected bone, deformity, coarsened trabeculae, and thickened cortices with tunneling (Figure 5).49 In weightbearing bones, pseudofractures may stud the convex surface. These incongruities of bone may persist for years, heralding fracture only when there is focal pain (Figure 6).50

Biopsy is infrequently needed

Figure 6. (A) Plain radiography of the left femur of a woman with Paget disease shows advanced disease, with coarsened trabeculae at the femoral head (short arrow), deformation of the femur, and pseudofractures studding the lateral cortex. The long blue arrow marks the focal area of tenderness described by the patient. Visible is some attendant, reactive sclerosis associated with the pseudofracture. Osteopenia is present in the pelvis. (B) An atraumatic “chalk-stick” fracture occurred at the site of tenderness (arrow). Despite surgical stabilization, pain persisted for more than 6 months after the diaphyseal fracture. (C) Zoledronic acid was prescribed, which resulted in a thickened callus and a return to weight-bearing.

If these diagnostic findings are not present, then biopsy is indicated. In the United Sates and Canada, where Paget disease is fairly common, biopsy is infrequently needed and is usually reserved for situations in which the differential diagnosis includes cancer, as when the cortex cannot be clearly visualized, the lesions are atypical in pattern or location, or there is a single sclerotic vertebral body on imaging.51

The other indication for biopsy is a “new” pagetic lesion. For reasons unknown, the pattern of skeletal involvement in Paget disease tends to be stable throughout the patient’s lifetime. This is another reason why a baseline bone scan is useful.

 

 

TREATMENT WITH BISPHOSPHONATES

Treatment of Paget disease today relies for the most part on the new generation of nitrogen-containing bisphosphonates. As a class, these are antiresorptive agents that inhibit osteoclasts; in this way they slow bone remodeling and enhance the deposition of normal lamellar bone. Their clinical efficacy in Paget disease, coupled with the observation that the earliest lesion in Paget disease is lytic, underscores the principle that Paget disease is a disorder of the osteoclast.

Oral bisphosphonates

Etidronate, approved in 1977, was the first bisphosphonate licensed to treat Paget disease, and it remains available for this indication in the United States. Used in 6-month regimens, it lowers the serum alkaline phosphatase level in some patients, but it has a narrow therapeutic margin. Drug-induced osteomalacia and worsening lytic lesions and fractures in weight-bearing bones are some of the complications.52 When the nitrogen-containing bisphosphonates were developed, they proved to be more potent antiresorptive agents that pose less risk of mineralization defects at prescribed doses.

Alendronate, approved in 1995, is an oral nitrogen-containing bisphosphonate that is effective in treating Paget disease.53 Alendronate is now available in the United States only through special programs (eg, the CVS ProCare Program); the paperwork required to secure this drug is onerous, so the drug is used infrequently. Studies in Paget disease showed that it normalizes the serum alkaline phosphatase level, improves the radiographic appearance, and eases pain in many patients.54 The dosage is 40 mg daily for 6 months.

Risedronate, approved in 1998, is another oral nitrogen-containing bisphosphonate and is comparable to alendronate in efficacy.55 The dosage is 30 mg daily for 2 months.

Tiludronate is another oral bisphosphonate with a different mechanism of action from the nitrogen-containing bisphosphonates.56 It is safe, often effective, but less potent than the newer agents.

The oral bisphosphonates are well tolerated, with few side effects other than gastrointestinal distress. As a class, they are poorly absorbed and so must be taken fasting with a full glass of water on rising, after which the patient should remain upright without food or drink for 30 to 60 minutes. This is a nuisance for elderly patients already on multiple medications and thus makes intravenous agents appealing.

Intravenous bisphosphonates

Pamidronate was approved in 1994. It is quite effective in many patients with Paget disease. There is no consensus around the world on dosing, with regimens ranging from 30 mg to 90 mg or more intravenously in divided doses given over 2 to 4 hours from once a day to once a week. In the United States, 30 mg is given over 4 hours on 3 consecutive days. Resistance to pamidronate has been described; the mechanism is unknown.

Zoledronic acid is a nitrogen-containing bisphosphonate. It is given as a single infusion over 15 minutes, and re-treatment may not be necessary for years. A randomized clinical trial in 2005 demonstrated the efficacy of zoledronic acid 5 mg by infusion compared with oral risedronate in the treatment of Paget disease.57 In observational extension studies lasting as long as 6.5 years, zoledronic acid has been shown to be superior to risedronate in terms of the proportion of patients experiencing a sustained clinical remission.58

While there are many bisphosphonates on the market, an infusion of 5 mg of zoledronic acid seems optimal in most patients who do not have a contraindication or an aversion to intravenous therapy. It tends to normalize the serum alkaline phosphatase level quickly and to leave more patients in sustained biochemical remission than do older bisphosphonates, as noted above. It also tends to be more effective in normalizing the serum alkaline phosphatase level when a patient has used other bisphosphonates in the past or has become resistant to them.

Bisphosphonates reduce bone turnover but do not correct deformities

In randomized clinical trials, bisphosphonates have been shown to restore bone remodeling to more normal levels, to ease pain from pagetic bone, to lower the serum alkaline phosphatase level, and to heal radiographic lesions, but these drugs have not been proven to prevent progression of deformity or to restore the structural integrity of bone (Figure 6).

The Paget’s Disease: Randomized Trial of Intensive Versus Symptomatic Management (PRISM), in 1,324 people with Paget disease in the United Kingdom, showed no difference in the incidence of fracture, orthopedic surgery, quality of life, or hearing thresholds over 2 to 5 years in patients treated with bisphosphonates vs those treated symptomatically, despite a significant difference in serum alkaline phosphatase in the two groups (P < .001).59

In the observational extension study of zoledronic acid described above,58 three of four fractures occurred in the group treated with zoledronic acid, echoing the findings of the PRISM study.

Adverse effects of bisphosphonates

The more potent the bisphosphonate is as an antiresorptive agent, the more it suppresses normal bone remodeling, which can lead to osteonecrosis of the jaw and to atypical femoral fractures.60,61 These complications are unusual in patients with Paget disease because the treatment is intermittent. Sometimes a single dose of zoledronic acid or one course of risedronate or alendronate will last for years.

All the nitrogen-containing bisphosphonates, particularly zoledronic acid, may provoke flulike symptoms of fever, arthralgias, and bone pain. This effect is self-limited, resolves in days, and does not tend to recur. Bone pain may be more sustained, but this also passes, and within weeks the antiresorptive process has abated and pagetic bone pain will ease. Atrial fibrillation is not an anticipated complication of treatment with a bisphosphonate.62 The risk of esophageal cancer is not confirmed at this time.63 Other rare complications of the bisphosphonates include iritis, acute renal failure, and allergy.

Bisphosphonates are not approved for use in patients with creatinine clearance less than 30 mL/min, or in pregnancy.

Other treatments

Calcitonin, an older agent, can still be useful in easing the pain of Paget disease, healing bone lesions, and reducing the metabolic activity of pagetic bone in patients who cannot receive bisphosphonates. It is given by injection in doses of 50 to 100 IU daily or every other day. Although unlikely to effect a sustained clinical remission, calcitonin remains a safe, well-tolerated, and well-studied medication in Paget disease and is approved for this indication.64,65

Denosumab has not been formally studied in Paget disease, but a recent case report indicated it was effective.66

A conservative strategy

Guidelines for treating Paget disease have been written at various times in many countries, including Italy (2007),67 the United Kingdom (2004),68 Japan (2006),69 and Canada (2007).70 Recommendations differ, in part because it is hard to ascertain whether long-term outcomes are improved by treatment, and in part because the prevalence of Paget disease is decreasing and its severity is lessening.11,12 Some guidelines are outdated, since they do not include the newer bisphosphonates.

If the natural history of untreated Paget disease involves the gradual evolution over more than 20 years of bowing deformities in the lower limbs, rigidity and overgrowth of the spine, and softening and enlargement of the skull, as described by Sir James Paget, then treatment should be initiated in hopes that it will modify the outcome. We have no lens to better focus this question on the effect of treatment on the natural history of the disease. We have the PRISM study, designed before zoledronic acid was approved and only 2 to 5 years in duration. And we have the epidemiologic data demonstrating that most patients have no symptoms during their lifetime.

We see the crippling bone disease described by Sir James Paget so infrequently today in the United States that we forget the profound morbidity that may attend the skeletal changes of Paget disease that were common in the early 20th century. Once the bones of the skull are overgrown, the limbs are bowed, and the degenerative joint disease is present, no medication can reverse these changes. Then, the integrity of the bone is lost, and the vulnerability to fracture, early osteoarthritis, nerve compression syndromes, and hearing loss persist. Understanding these consequences prompts the recommendation of early treatment in patients with Paget disease, in hopes of mitigating disease progression.

Patients with active Paget disease, documented either by an elevated serum alkaline phosphatase or by a bone scan, should be treated with a bisphosphonate if the disease is found in sites where remodeling of bone may lead to complications. Such sites include the skull, spine, and long bones of the lower extremity. Paget disease of bone in the pelvis tends to give little trouble (Figure 2) unless it is proximal to a joint, when pain and early arthritis may result. Treatment is safe and, I think, prudent to undertake in any person over age 55 with active disease. To prevent hypocalcemia during treatment, all patients should be repleted with vitamin D and maintained on calcium 1,200 mg daily through diet or supplements with meals.

Throughout the evaluation and treatment, it is important to remember that pain may not emanate from pagetic bone. If medication for Paget disease proves ineffective in the first few months, analgesics, bracing, walking aids, and operative management71 are adjunctive therapies to improve the functional status of these patients.

It is a remarkable clinical observation that treatment of Paget disease may rapidly reverse neurologic syndromes, resolve the erythema or warmth overlying active pagetic bone, and diminish the risk of bleeding with surgery. This response to therapy suggests that there is prompt inhibition and apoptosis of the osteoclasts, accompanied by diminished vascularity of bone. Whatever the mechanism, it is worth treating patients who have spinal stenosis, arthritis, and nerve compression syndromes with calcitonin or bisphosphonates before surgical intervention, whenever possible.34,72

References
  1. Paget J. On a form of chronic inflammation of bones (osteitis deformans). Med Chir Trans 1877; 60:3764.9.
  2. Guyer PB, Chamberlain AT, Ackery DM, Rolfe EB. The anatomic distribution of osteitis deformans. Clin Orthop Relat Res 1981; 156:141144.
  3. Tiegs RD, Lohse CM, Wollan PC, Melton LJ. Long-term trends in the incidence of Paget’s disease of bone. Bone 2000; 27:423427.
  4. Altman RD, Bloch DA, Hochberg MC, Murphy WA. Prevalence of pelvic Paget’s disease of bone in the United States. J Bone Miner Res 2000; 15:461465.
  5. Barker DJ. The epidemiology of Paget’s disease of bone. Br Med Bull 1984; 40:396400.
  6. Detheridge FM, Guyer PB, Barker DJ. European distribution of Paget’s disease of bone. Br Med J (Clin Res Ed) 1982; 285:10051008.
  7. van Staa TP, Selby P, Leufkens HG, Lyles K, Sprafka JM, Cooper C. Incidence and natural history of Paget’s disease of bone in England and Wales. J Bone Miner Res 2002; 17:465471.
  8. Barker DJ. The epidemiology of Paget’s disease. Metab Bone Dis Relat Res 1981; 3:231233.
  9. Rogers J, Jeffrey DR, Watt I. Paget’s disease in an archeological population. J Bone Miner Res 2002; 17:11271134.
  10. Aaron JE, Rogers J, Kanis JA. Paleohistology of Paget’s disease in two medieval skeletons. Am J Phys Anthropol 1992; 89:325331.
  11. Poór G, Donáth J, Fornet B, Cooper C. Epidemiology of Paget’s disease in Europe: the prevalence is decreasing. J Bone Miner Res 2006; 21:15451549.
  12. Cundy HR, Gamble G, Wattie D, Rutland M, Cundy T. Paget’s disease of bone in New Zealand: continued decline in disease severity. Calcif Tissue Int 2004; 75:358364.
  13. Doyle T, Gunn J, Anderson G, Gill M, Cundy T. Paget’s disease in New Zealand: evidence for declining prevalence. Bone 2002; 31:616619.
  14. Laurin N, Brown JP, Morissette J, Raymond V. Recurrent mutation of the gene encoding sequestosome 1 (SQSTM1/p62) in Paget disease of bone. Am J Hum Genet 2002; 70:15821588.
  15. Hocking LJ, Lucas GJ, Daroszewska A, et al. Domain-specific mutations in sequestosome 1 (SQSTM1) cause familial and sporadic Paget’s disease. Hum Mol Genet 2002; 11:27352739.
  16. Lucas GJ, Hocking LJ, Daroszewska A, et al. Ubiquitin-associated domain mutations of SQSTM1 in Paget’s disease of bone: evidence for a founder effect in patients of British descent. J Bone Miner Res 2005; 20:227231.
  17. Mays S. Archaeological skeletons support a northwest European origin for Paget’s disease of bone. J Bone Miner Res 2010; 25:18391841.
  18. Bolland MJ, Tong PC, Naot D, et al. Delayed development of Paget’s disease in offspring inheriting SQSTM1 mutations. J Bone Miner Res 2007; 22:411415.
  19. Rea SL, Walsh JP, Ward L, et al. A novel mutation (K378X) in the sequestosome 1 gene associated with increased NF-kappaB signaling and Paget’s disease of bone with a severe phenotype. J Bone Miner Res 2006; 21:11361145.
  20. Morissette J, Laurin N, Brown JP. Sequestosome 1: mutation frequencies, haplotypes, and phenotypes in familial Paget’s disease of bone. J Bone Miner Res 2006; 21(suppl 2):P38P44.
  21. Eekhoff EW, Karperien M, Houtsma D, et al. Familial Paget’s disease in The Netherlands: occurrence, identification of new mutations in the sequestosome 1 gene, and their clinical associations. Arthritis Rheum 2004; 50:16501654.
  22. Ralston SH, Layfield R. Pathogenesis of Paget disease of bone. Calcif Tissue Int 2012; 91:97113.
  23. Kurihara N, Hiruma Y, Yamana K, et al. Contributions of the measles virus nucleocapsid gene and the SQSTM1/p62(P392L) mutation to Paget’s disease. Cell Metab 2011; 13:2334.
  24. Kurihara N, Zhou H, Reddy SV, et al. Expression of measles virus nucleocapsid protein in osteoclasts induces Paget’s disease-like bone lesions in mice. J Bone Miner Res 2006; 21:446455.
  25. Reddy SV, Singer FR, Roodman GD. Bone marrow mononuclear cells from patients with Paget’s disease contain measles virus nucleocapsid messenger ribonucleic acid that has mutations in a specific region of the sequence. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 1995; 80:21082111.
  26. Gennari L, Merlotti D, Martini G, Nuti R. Paget’s disease of bone in Italy. J Bone Miner Res 2006; 21(suppl 2):P14P21.
  27. Seton M, Choi HK, Hansen MF, Sebaldt RJ, Cooper C. Analysis of environmental factors in familial versus sporadic Paget’s disease of bone—the New England Registry for Paget’s Disease of Bone. J Bone Miner Res 2003; 18:15191524.
  28. Siris ES. Extensive personal experience: Paget’s disease of bone. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 1995; 80:335338.
  29. Lucas GJ, Daroszewska A, Ralston SH. Contribution of genetic factors to the pathogenesis of Paget’s disease of bone and related disorders. J Bone Miner Res 2006; 21(suppl 2):P31P37.
  30. Seton M. Diagnosis, complications and treatment of Paget’s disease of bone. Aging Health 2009; 5:497508.
  31. Siris E, Roodman GD. Paget’s Disease of Bone. 7th ed. Washington, DC: American Society for Bone and Mineral Research; 2008.
  32. Seton M, Moses AM, Bode RK, Schwartz C. Paget’s disease of bone: the skeletal distribution, complications and quality of life as perceived by patients. Bone 2011; 48:281285.
  33. Seton M. Paget’s disease of bone. In:Hochberg MC, Silman AJ, Smolen JS, Weinblatt ME, Weisman MH, editors. Rheumatology. 5th ed. Philadelphia, PA: Mosby Elsevier; 2010:20212028.
  34. Douglas DL, Duckworth T, Kanis JA, Jefferson AA, Martin TJ, Russell RG. Spinal cord dysfunction in Paget’s disease of bone. Has medical treatment a vascular basis? J Bone Joint Surg Br 1981; 63B:495503.
  35. Siris ES. Epidemiological aspects of Paget’s disease: family history and relationship to other medical conditions. Semin Arthritis Rheum 1994; 23:222225.
  36. Kanis JA, Evanson JM, Russell RG. Paget’s disease of bone: diagnosis and management. Metab Bone Dis Relat Res 1981; 3:219230.
  37. Mangham DC, Davie MW, Grimer RJ. Sarcoma arising in Paget’s disease of bone: declining incidence and increasing age at presentation. Bone 2009; 44:431436.
  38. Hansen MF, Seton M, Merchant A. Osteosarcoma in Paget’s disease of bone. J Bone Miner Res 2006; 21(suppl 2):P58P63.
  39. Price CH. The incidence of osteogenic sarcoma in South-West England and its relationship to Paget’s disease of bone. J Bone Joint Surg Br 1962; 44-B:366376.
  40. Ishikawa Y, Tsukuma H, Miller RW. Low rates of Paget’s disease of bone and osteosarcoma in elderly Japanese. Lancet 1996; 347:1559.
  41. Sun SG, Lau YS, Itonaga I, Sabokbar A, Athanasou NA. Bone stromal cells in pagetic bone and Paget’s sarcoma express RANKL and support human osteoclast formation. J Pathol 2006; 209:114120.
  42. Rendina D, Gennari L, De Filippo G, et al. Evidence for increased clinical severity of familial and sporadic Paget’s disease of bone in Campania, southern Italy. J Bone Miner Res 2006; 21:18281835.
  43. Fenton P, Resnick D. Metastases to bone affected by Paget’s disease. A report of three cases. Int Orthop 1991; 15:397399.
  44. Tu SM, Som A, Tu B, Logothetis CJ, Lee MH, Yeung SC. Effect of Paget’s disease of bone (osteitis deformans) on the progression of prostate cancer bone metastasis. Br J Cancer 2012; 107:646651.
  45. Eekhoff ME, van der Klift M, Kroon HM, et al. Paget’s disease of bone in The Netherlands: a population-based radiological and biochemical survey—the Rotterdam Study. J Bone Miner Res 2004; 19:566570.
  46. Reid IR, Davidson JS, Wattie D, et al. Comparative responses of bone turnover markers to bisphosphonate therapy in Paget’s disease of bone. Bone 2004; 35:224230.
  47. Alvarez L, Guañabens N, Peris P, et al. Usefulness of biochemical markers of bone turnover in assessing response to the treatment of Paget’s disease. Bone 2001; 29:447452.
  48. Cundy T, Reid IR. Paget’s disease of bone. Clin Biochem 2012; 45:4348.
  49. Cortis K, Micallef K, Mizzi A. Imaging Paget’s disease of bone—from head to toe. Clin Radiol 2011; 66:662672.
  50. Redden JF, Dixon J, Vennart W, Hosking DJ. Management of fissure fractures in Paget’s disease. Int Orthop 1981; 5:103106.
  51. Case records of the Massachusetts General Hospital. Weekly clinicopathological exercises. Case 25-1993. A 67-year-old man with osteolytic lesions of T11 and T12. N Engl J Med 1993; 328:18361841.
  52. Evans RA, Dunstan CR, Hills E, Wong SY. Pathologic fracture due to severe osteomalacia following low-dose diphosphonate treatment of Paget’s disease of bone. Aust N Z J Med 1983; 13:277279.
  53. Siris E, Weinstein RS, Altman R, et al. Comparative study of alendronate versus etidronate for the treatment of Paget’s disease of bone. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 1996; 81:961967.
  54. Reid IR, Siris E. Alendronate in the treatment of Paget’s disease of bone. Int J Clin Pract Suppl 1999; 101:6266.
  55. Miller PD, Brown JP, Siris ES, Hoseyni MS, Axelrod DW, Bekker PJ. A randomized, double-blind comparison of risedronate and etidronate in the treatment of Paget’s disease of bone. Paget’s Risedronate/Etidronate Study Group. Am J Med 1999; 106:513520.
  56. Peris P, Alvarez L, Vidal S, Martínez MA, Monegal A, Guañabens N. Treatment with tiludronate has a similar effect to risedronate on Paget’s disease activity assessed by bone markers and bone scintigraphy. Clin Exp Rheumatol 2007; 25:206210.
  57. Reid IR, Miller P, Lyles K, et al. Comparison of a single infusion of zoledronic acid with risedronate for Paget’s disease. N Engl J Med 2005; 353:898908.
  58. Reid IR, Lyles K, Su G, et al. A single infusion of zoledronic acid produces sustained remissions in Paget disease: data to 6.5 years. J Bone Miner Res 2011; 26:22612270.
  59. Langston AL, Campbell MK, Fraser WD, MacLennan GS, Selby PL, Ralston SH; PRISM Trial Group. Randomized trial of intensive bisphosphonate treatment versus symptomatic management in Paget’s disease of bone. J Bone Miner Res 2010; 25:2031.
  60. Abrahamsen B, Einhorn TA. Beyond a reasonable doubt? Bisphosphonates and atypical femur fractures. Bone 2012; 50:11961200.
  61. Seton M, Krane SM. Use of zoledronic acid in the treatment of Paget’s disease. Ther Clin Risk Manag 2007; 3:913918.
  62. Sørensen HT, Christensen S, Mehnert F, et al. Use of bisphosphonates among women and risk of atrial fibrillation and flutter: Population based case-control study. BMJ 2008; 336:813816.
  63. Dixon WG, Solomon DH. Bisphosphonates and esophageal cancer—a pathway through the confusion. Nat Rev Rheumatol 2011; 7:369372.
  64. Singer FR, Krane SM. Paget’s disease of bone. In:Avioli LV, Krane SM, editors. Metabolic Bone Disease and Clinically Related Disorders. 2nd ed. Philadelphia, PA: W.B. Saunders Company; 1990:546615.
  65. Kanis JA, Horn DB, Scott RD, Strong JA. Treatment of Paget’s disease of bone with synthetic salmon calcitonin. Br Med J 1974; 3:727731.
  66. Schwarz P, Rasmussen AQ, Kvist TM, Andersen UB, Jørgensen NR. Paget’s disease of the bone after treatment with denosumab: a case report. Bone 2012; 50:10231025.
  67. Adami S, Bartolozzi P, Brandi ML, et al; Societa Italiana di Ortopedia e Traumatologia. [Italian guidelines for the diagnosis and treatment of Paget’s disease of bone.] Reumatismo 2007; 59:153168. (Article in Italian.)
  68. Scarsbrok A, Brown M, Wilson D. UK guidelines on management of Paget’s disease of bone. Rheumatology (Oxford) 2004; 43:399400.
  69. Takata S, Hashimoto J, Nakatsuka K, et a.l Guidelines for diagnosis and management of Paget’s disease of bone in Japan. J Bone Miner Metab 2006; 24:359367.
  70. Josse RG, Hanley DA, Kendler D, Ste Marie L-G, Adachi JD, Brown J. Diagnosis and treatment of Paget’s disease of bone. Clin Invest Med 2007; 30:E210E223.
  71. Kaplan FS. Paget’s disease of bone: orthopedic complications. Semin Arthritis Rheum 1994; 23:250252.
  72. Kanis JA, Gray RE. Long-term follow-up observations on treatment in Paget’s disease of bone. Clin Orthop Relat Res 1987; 217:99125.
References
  1. Paget J. On a form of chronic inflammation of bones (osteitis deformans). Med Chir Trans 1877; 60:3764.9.
  2. Guyer PB, Chamberlain AT, Ackery DM, Rolfe EB. The anatomic distribution of osteitis deformans. Clin Orthop Relat Res 1981; 156:141144.
  3. Tiegs RD, Lohse CM, Wollan PC, Melton LJ. Long-term trends in the incidence of Paget’s disease of bone. Bone 2000; 27:423427.
  4. Altman RD, Bloch DA, Hochberg MC, Murphy WA. Prevalence of pelvic Paget’s disease of bone in the United States. J Bone Miner Res 2000; 15:461465.
  5. Barker DJ. The epidemiology of Paget’s disease of bone. Br Med Bull 1984; 40:396400.
  6. Detheridge FM, Guyer PB, Barker DJ. European distribution of Paget’s disease of bone. Br Med J (Clin Res Ed) 1982; 285:10051008.
  7. van Staa TP, Selby P, Leufkens HG, Lyles K, Sprafka JM, Cooper C. Incidence and natural history of Paget’s disease of bone in England and Wales. J Bone Miner Res 2002; 17:465471.
  8. Barker DJ. The epidemiology of Paget’s disease. Metab Bone Dis Relat Res 1981; 3:231233.
  9. Rogers J, Jeffrey DR, Watt I. Paget’s disease in an archeological population. J Bone Miner Res 2002; 17:11271134.
  10. Aaron JE, Rogers J, Kanis JA. Paleohistology of Paget’s disease in two medieval skeletons. Am J Phys Anthropol 1992; 89:325331.
  11. Poór G, Donáth J, Fornet B, Cooper C. Epidemiology of Paget’s disease in Europe: the prevalence is decreasing. J Bone Miner Res 2006; 21:15451549.
  12. Cundy HR, Gamble G, Wattie D, Rutland M, Cundy T. Paget’s disease of bone in New Zealand: continued decline in disease severity. Calcif Tissue Int 2004; 75:358364.
  13. Doyle T, Gunn J, Anderson G, Gill M, Cundy T. Paget’s disease in New Zealand: evidence for declining prevalence. Bone 2002; 31:616619.
  14. Laurin N, Brown JP, Morissette J, Raymond V. Recurrent mutation of the gene encoding sequestosome 1 (SQSTM1/p62) in Paget disease of bone. Am J Hum Genet 2002; 70:15821588.
  15. Hocking LJ, Lucas GJ, Daroszewska A, et al. Domain-specific mutations in sequestosome 1 (SQSTM1) cause familial and sporadic Paget’s disease. Hum Mol Genet 2002; 11:27352739.
  16. Lucas GJ, Hocking LJ, Daroszewska A, et al. Ubiquitin-associated domain mutations of SQSTM1 in Paget’s disease of bone: evidence for a founder effect in patients of British descent. J Bone Miner Res 2005; 20:227231.
  17. Mays S. Archaeological skeletons support a northwest European origin for Paget’s disease of bone. J Bone Miner Res 2010; 25:18391841.
  18. Bolland MJ, Tong PC, Naot D, et al. Delayed development of Paget’s disease in offspring inheriting SQSTM1 mutations. J Bone Miner Res 2007; 22:411415.
  19. Rea SL, Walsh JP, Ward L, et al. A novel mutation (K378X) in the sequestosome 1 gene associated with increased NF-kappaB signaling and Paget’s disease of bone with a severe phenotype. J Bone Miner Res 2006; 21:11361145.
  20. Morissette J, Laurin N, Brown JP. Sequestosome 1: mutation frequencies, haplotypes, and phenotypes in familial Paget’s disease of bone. J Bone Miner Res 2006; 21(suppl 2):P38P44.
  21. Eekhoff EW, Karperien M, Houtsma D, et al. Familial Paget’s disease in The Netherlands: occurrence, identification of new mutations in the sequestosome 1 gene, and their clinical associations. Arthritis Rheum 2004; 50:16501654.
  22. Ralston SH, Layfield R. Pathogenesis of Paget disease of bone. Calcif Tissue Int 2012; 91:97113.
  23. Kurihara N, Hiruma Y, Yamana K, et al. Contributions of the measles virus nucleocapsid gene and the SQSTM1/p62(P392L) mutation to Paget’s disease. Cell Metab 2011; 13:2334.
  24. Kurihara N, Zhou H, Reddy SV, et al. Expression of measles virus nucleocapsid protein in osteoclasts induces Paget’s disease-like bone lesions in mice. J Bone Miner Res 2006; 21:446455.
  25. Reddy SV, Singer FR, Roodman GD. Bone marrow mononuclear cells from patients with Paget’s disease contain measles virus nucleocapsid messenger ribonucleic acid that has mutations in a specific region of the sequence. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 1995; 80:21082111.
  26. Gennari L, Merlotti D, Martini G, Nuti R. Paget’s disease of bone in Italy. J Bone Miner Res 2006; 21(suppl 2):P14P21.
  27. Seton M, Choi HK, Hansen MF, Sebaldt RJ, Cooper C. Analysis of environmental factors in familial versus sporadic Paget’s disease of bone—the New England Registry for Paget’s Disease of Bone. J Bone Miner Res 2003; 18:15191524.
  28. Siris ES. Extensive personal experience: Paget’s disease of bone. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 1995; 80:335338.
  29. Lucas GJ, Daroszewska A, Ralston SH. Contribution of genetic factors to the pathogenesis of Paget’s disease of bone and related disorders. J Bone Miner Res 2006; 21(suppl 2):P31P37.
  30. Seton M. Diagnosis, complications and treatment of Paget’s disease of bone. Aging Health 2009; 5:497508.
  31. Siris E, Roodman GD. Paget’s Disease of Bone. 7th ed. Washington, DC: American Society for Bone and Mineral Research; 2008.
  32. Seton M, Moses AM, Bode RK, Schwartz C. Paget’s disease of bone: the skeletal distribution, complications and quality of life as perceived by patients. Bone 2011; 48:281285.
  33. Seton M. Paget’s disease of bone. In:Hochberg MC, Silman AJ, Smolen JS, Weinblatt ME, Weisman MH, editors. Rheumatology. 5th ed. Philadelphia, PA: Mosby Elsevier; 2010:20212028.
  34. Douglas DL, Duckworth T, Kanis JA, Jefferson AA, Martin TJ, Russell RG. Spinal cord dysfunction in Paget’s disease of bone. Has medical treatment a vascular basis? J Bone Joint Surg Br 1981; 63B:495503.
  35. Siris ES. Epidemiological aspects of Paget’s disease: family history and relationship to other medical conditions. Semin Arthritis Rheum 1994; 23:222225.
  36. Kanis JA, Evanson JM, Russell RG. Paget’s disease of bone: diagnosis and management. Metab Bone Dis Relat Res 1981; 3:219230.
  37. Mangham DC, Davie MW, Grimer RJ. Sarcoma arising in Paget’s disease of bone: declining incidence and increasing age at presentation. Bone 2009; 44:431436.
  38. Hansen MF, Seton M, Merchant A. Osteosarcoma in Paget’s disease of bone. J Bone Miner Res 2006; 21(suppl 2):P58P63.
  39. Price CH. The incidence of osteogenic sarcoma in South-West England and its relationship to Paget’s disease of bone. J Bone Joint Surg Br 1962; 44-B:366376.
  40. Ishikawa Y, Tsukuma H, Miller RW. Low rates of Paget’s disease of bone and osteosarcoma in elderly Japanese. Lancet 1996; 347:1559.
  41. Sun SG, Lau YS, Itonaga I, Sabokbar A, Athanasou NA. Bone stromal cells in pagetic bone and Paget’s sarcoma express RANKL and support human osteoclast formation. J Pathol 2006; 209:114120.
  42. Rendina D, Gennari L, De Filippo G, et al. Evidence for increased clinical severity of familial and sporadic Paget’s disease of bone in Campania, southern Italy. J Bone Miner Res 2006; 21:18281835.
  43. Fenton P, Resnick D. Metastases to bone affected by Paget’s disease. A report of three cases. Int Orthop 1991; 15:397399.
  44. Tu SM, Som A, Tu B, Logothetis CJ, Lee MH, Yeung SC. Effect of Paget’s disease of bone (osteitis deformans) on the progression of prostate cancer bone metastasis. Br J Cancer 2012; 107:646651.
  45. Eekhoff ME, van der Klift M, Kroon HM, et al. Paget’s disease of bone in The Netherlands: a population-based radiological and biochemical survey—the Rotterdam Study. J Bone Miner Res 2004; 19:566570.
  46. Reid IR, Davidson JS, Wattie D, et al. Comparative responses of bone turnover markers to bisphosphonate therapy in Paget’s disease of bone. Bone 2004; 35:224230.
  47. Alvarez L, Guañabens N, Peris P, et al. Usefulness of biochemical markers of bone turnover in assessing response to the treatment of Paget’s disease. Bone 2001; 29:447452.
  48. Cundy T, Reid IR. Paget’s disease of bone. Clin Biochem 2012; 45:4348.
  49. Cortis K, Micallef K, Mizzi A. Imaging Paget’s disease of bone—from head to toe. Clin Radiol 2011; 66:662672.
  50. Redden JF, Dixon J, Vennart W, Hosking DJ. Management of fissure fractures in Paget’s disease. Int Orthop 1981; 5:103106.
  51. Case records of the Massachusetts General Hospital. Weekly clinicopathological exercises. Case 25-1993. A 67-year-old man with osteolytic lesions of T11 and T12. N Engl J Med 1993; 328:18361841.
  52. Evans RA, Dunstan CR, Hills E, Wong SY. Pathologic fracture due to severe osteomalacia following low-dose diphosphonate treatment of Paget’s disease of bone. Aust N Z J Med 1983; 13:277279.
  53. Siris E, Weinstein RS, Altman R, et al. Comparative study of alendronate versus etidronate for the treatment of Paget’s disease of bone. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 1996; 81:961967.
  54. Reid IR, Siris E. Alendronate in the treatment of Paget’s disease of bone. Int J Clin Pract Suppl 1999; 101:6266.
  55. Miller PD, Brown JP, Siris ES, Hoseyni MS, Axelrod DW, Bekker PJ. A randomized, double-blind comparison of risedronate and etidronate in the treatment of Paget’s disease of bone. Paget’s Risedronate/Etidronate Study Group. Am J Med 1999; 106:513520.
  56. Peris P, Alvarez L, Vidal S, Martínez MA, Monegal A, Guañabens N. Treatment with tiludronate has a similar effect to risedronate on Paget’s disease activity assessed by bone markers and bone scintigraphy. Clin Exp Rheumatol 2007; 25:206210.
  57. Reid IR, Miller P, Lyles K, et al. Comparison of a single infusion of zoledronic acid with risedronate for Paget’s disease. N Engl J Med 2005; 353:898908.
  58. Reid IR, Lyles K, Su G, et al. A single infusion of zoledronic acid produces sustained remissions in Paget disease: data to 6.5 years. J Bone Miner Res 2011; 26:22612270.
  59. Langston AL, Campbell MK, Fraser WD, MacLennan GS, Selby PL, Ralston SH; PRISM Trial Group. Randomized trial of intensive bisphosphonate treatment versus symptomatic management in Paget’s disease of bone. J Bone Miner Res 2010; 25:2031.
  60. Abrahamsen B, Einhorn TA. Beyond a reasonable doubt? Bisphosphonates and atypical femur fractures. Bone 2012; 50:11961200.
  61. Seton M, Krane SM. Use of zoledronic acid in the treatment of Paget’s disease. Ther Clin Risk Manag 2007; 3:913918.
  62. Sørensen HT, Christensen S, Mehnert F, et al. Use of bisphosphonates among women and risk of atrial fibrillation and flutter: Population based case-control study. BMJ 2008; 336:813816.
  63. Dixon WG, Solomon DH. Bisphosphonates and esophageal cancer—a pathway through the confusion. Nat Rev Rheumatol 2011; 7:369372.
  64. Singer FR, Krane SM. Paget’s disease of bone. In:Avioli LV, Krane SM, editors. Metabolic Bone Disease and Clinically Related Disorders. 2nd ed. Philadelphia, PA: W.B. Saunders Company; 1990:546615.
  65. Kanis JA, Horn DB, Scott RD, Strong JA. Treatment of Paget’s disease of bone with synthetic salmon calcitonin. Br Med J 1974; 3:727731.
  66. Schwarz P, Rasmussen AQ, Kvist TM, Andersen UB, Jørgensen NR. Paget’s disease of the bone after treatment with denosumab: a case report. Bone 2012; 50:10231025.
  67. Adami S, Bartolozzi P, Brandi ML, et al; Societa Italiana di Ortopedia e Traumatologia. [Italian guidelines for the diagnosis and treatment of Paget’s disease of bone.] Reumatismo 2007; 59:153168. (Article in Italian.)
  68. Scarsbrok A, Brown M, Wilson D. UK guidelines on management of Paget’s disease of bone. Rheumatology (Oxford) 2004; 43:399400.
  69. Takata S, Hashimoto J, Nakatsuka K, et a.l Guidelines for diagnosis and management of Paget’s disease of bone in Japan. J Bone Miner Metab 2006; 24:359367.
  70. Josse RG, Hanley DA, Kendler D, Ste Marie L-G, Adachi JD, Brown J. Diagnosis and treatment of Paget’s disease of bone. Clin Invest Med 2007; 30:E210E223.
  71. Kaplan FS. Paget’s disease of bone: orthopedic complications. Semin Arthritis Rheum 1994; 23:250252.
  72. Kanis JA, Gray RE. Long-term follow-up observations on treatment in Paget’s disease of bone. Clin Orthop Relat Res 1987; 217:99125.
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 80(7)
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 80(7)
Page Number
452-462
Page Number
452-462
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Paget disease of bone: Diagnosis and drug therapy
Display Headline
Paget disease of bone: Diagnosis and drug therapy
Sections
Inside the Article

KEY POINTS

  • The variable prevalence of Paget disease in different geographic regions and its sometimes-familial expression suggest a genetic predisposition or an environmental factor, or both.
  • Because Paget disease tends to occur in an aging skeleton, “pagetic” bone may not always be the source of pain. Rather, the pain may be from secondary degenerative changes of the spine or joints or from compression fractures.
  • An elevated serum alkaline phosphatase level may signal Paget disease, but many patients have a normal serum alkaline phosphatase.
  • Plain radiography of the affected bones outlines the anatomy of the problem and provides insight into the cause of pain.
  • Treatment of Paget disease relies primarily on the new generation of nitrogen-containing bisphosphonates.
Disallow All Ads
Alternative CME
Article PDF Media

Practical management of bleeding due to the anticoagulants dabigatran, rivaroxaban, and apixaban

Article Type
Changed
Mon, 09/25/2017 - 11:44
Display Headline
Practical management of bleeding due to the anticoagulants dabigatran, rivaroxaban, and apixaban

In the past several years, three new oral anticoagulants—dabigatran etexilate (Pradaxa), rivaroxaban (Xarelto), and apixaban (Eliquis)—have been approved for use in the United States. These long-awaited agents are appealing because they are easy to use, do not require laboratory monitoring, and have demonstrated equivalence, or in some cases, superiority to warfarin in preventing stroke or systemic embolism in at-risk populations.1–4 However, unlike warfarin, they have no specific reversal agents. How then should one manage spontaneous bleeding problems and those due to drug overdose, and how can we quickly reverse anticoagulation if emergency surgery is needed?

For these reasons, physicians and patients have been wary of these agents. However, with a systematic approach based on an understanding of the properties of these drugs, the appropriate use and interpretation of coagulation tests, and awareness of available therapeutic strategies, physicians can more confidently provide care for patients who require urgent reversal of anticoagulant effects.

Here, we review the available literature and suggest practical strategies for management based on an understanding of the pharmacokinetic and pharmacodynamic effects of these drugs and our current knowledge of the coagulation tests.

NEED FOR ANTICOAGULANTS

Anticoagulants are important in preventing systemic embolization in patients with atrial fibrillation and preventing pulmonary embolism in patients with venous thromboembolism.

And the numbers are staggering. The estimated prevalence of atrial fibrillation in the United States was 3.03 million in 2005 and is projected to increase to 7.56 million by 2050.5 Ischemic stroke is the most serious complication of atrial fibrillation, which accounts for 23.5% of strokes in patients ages 80 through 89 according to Framingham data.6 Venous thromboembolism accounts for 900,000 incident or recurrent fatal and nonfatal events in the United States yearly.7

HOW THE NEW AGENTS BLOCK COAGULATION

Thrombin (factor IIa), a serine protease, is central to the process of clot formation during hemostasis. It activates factors V, VIII, and XI (thus generating more thrombin), catalyzes the conversion of fibrinogen to fibrin, and stimulates platelet aggregation. Its role in the final steps of the coagulation cascade has made it a target for new direct thrombin inhibitors such as dabigatran.

Figure 1. The coagulation cascade and how the new oral anticoagulants block it.

Factor Xa is a serine protease that plays a central role in the coagulation cascade. It is a desirable target for anticoagulation because it is the convergence point for the extrinsic and the intrinsic coagulation pathways. It converts prothrombin to thrombin. Rivaroxaban and apixaban are direct factor Xa inhibitors (Figure 1).

Dabigatran, a direct thrombin inhibitor

Dabigatran etexilate is a synthetic, orally available prodrug that is rapidly absorbed and converted by esterases to its active form, dabigatran, a potent direct inhibitor of both free thrombin and clot-bound thrombin.8

Plasma levels of dabigatran peak within 2 hours of administration, and its half-life is 14 to 17 hours.9 Dabigatran is eliminated mainly via the kidneys, with more that 80% of the drug excreted unchanged in the urine (Table 1).

Rivaroxaban, a factor Xa inhibitor

Rivaroxaban is a potent, selective, direct factor Xa inhibitor.

Plasma levels of rivaroxaban peak 2 to 3 hours after administration, and it is cleared with a terminal half-life of 7 to 11 hours.10,11

Rivaroxaban is eliminated by the kidneys and in the feces. The kidneys eliminate one-third of the active drug unchanged and another one-third as inactive metabolites. The remaining one-third is metabolized by the liver and then excreted in the feces. Rivaroxaban has a predictable and dose-dependent pharmacodynamic and pharmacokinetic profile that is not affected by age, sex, or body weight (Table 1).12

Apixaban, an oral factor Xa inhibitor

Apixaban is a selective, direct oral factor Xa inhibitor.

Plasma levels of apixaban peak about 3 hours after administration, and its terminal half-life is 8 to 14 hours.13 Apixaban is eliminated by oxidative metabolism, by the kidney, and in the feces. It has predictable pharmacodynamic and pharmacokinetic profiles and has the least renal dependence of the three agents (Table 1).

 

 

THE NEW ORAL ANTICOAGULANTS AND BLOOD COAGULATION ASSAYS

Assessment of the anticoagulant activity of the new oral anticoagulants is not necessary in routine clinical practice, but it may be useful in planning intervention in patients with major bleeding, those with drug overdose, or those who need emergency surgery.

The activated partial thromboplastin time

The activated partial thromboplastin time (aPTT) is a measure of the activity of the intrinsic pathway of the coagulation cascade.

Dabigatran. There is a curvilinear relationship between the aPTT and the plasma concentration of dabigatran and other direct thrombin inhibitors, although the aPTT prolongation appears to vary with different reagents and coagulometers.9,14,15 However, Stangier et al9 found a linear relationship between the aPTT and the square root of the dabigatran plasma concentration.

Rivaroxaban prolongs the aPTT in a dose-dependent manner, but there is no standard for calibration of this assay. Hence, the aPTT is not recommended for monitoring rivaroxaban in clinical practice.

Apixaban may also prolong the aPTT, but there are limited data on its reactivity with different reagents.

The prothrombin time and international normalized ratio

The prothrombin time and international normalized ratio (INR) are measures of the extrinsic pathway of the coagulation cascade.

Dabigatran. The INR has a linear response to the dabigatran concentration, but it is insensitive.9 Hence, it is not suitable for monitoring the anticoagulant effects of direct thrombin inhibitors.

Rivaroxaban. The prothrombin time correlates strongly with the plasma concentration of rivaroxaban in healthy trial participants11 and in patients undergoing total hip arthroplasty or total knee arthroplasty.16 Samama et al17 noted that, unlike with vitamin K antagonists, the INR cannot be used to monitor patients on rivaroxaban because the prothrombin time results varied with different reagents. They used a standard calibration curve to express the prothrombin time results in plasma concentrations of rivaroxaban rather than in seconds or the INR.

Apixaban increases the INR in a dose-dependent manner.18 Its effect on different reagents remains unknown.

The thrombin time

The thrombin time reflects the activity of thrombin in the plasma. The amount of thrombin and the concentration of thrombin inhibitors in the plasma sample determine the time to clot formation.

Dabigatran. The thrombin time displays a linear dose-response to dabigatran, but only over the range of therapeutic concentrations. At a dabigatran concentration greater than 600 ng/mL, the test often exceeds the maximum measurement time of coagulometers.9 Hence, this test is too sensitive for emergency monitoring, especially in cases of drug overdose. However, it is well suited for determining if any dabigatran is present.

Rivaroxaban and apixaban have no effect on the thrombin time.

The Hemoclot direct thrombin inhibitor assay and dabigatran

The Hemoclot direct thrombin inhibitor assay (Hyphen BioMed, France) is a sensitive diluted thrombin time assay that can be used for quantitative measurement of dabigatran activity in plasma. This test is based on inhibition of a constant amount of highly purified human alpha-thrombin by adding it to diluted test plasma (1:8 to 1:20) mixed with normal pooled human plasma.19,20

Stangier et al19 found that the Hemoclot assay was suitable for calculating a wide range of dabigatran concentrations up to 4,000 nmol/L (1,886 ng/mL). Although this finding has not been confirmed in larger studies, this test may provide a rapid and accurate assessment of dabigatran’s anticoagulant activity in cases of emergency surgery or overdose.

The ecarin clotting time and dabigatran

The ecarin clotting time is a measure of the activity of direct thrombin inhibitors, but not the factor Xa inhibitors.

Ecarin is a highly purified metalloprotease isolated from the venom of a snake, Echis carinatus, and it generates meizothrombin from prothrombin.21 Meizothrombin facilitates clot formation by converting fibrinogen to fibrin and, like thrombin, it can be inactivated by direct thrombin inhibitors, thereby prolonging the clotting time.

The limitations of the ecarin clotting time include dependence on the plasma levels of fibrinogen and prothrombin.

The ecarin chromogenic assay and dabigatran

The ecarin chromogenic assay is an improvement on the principle of the ecarin clotting time that can be used to measure the activity of direct thrombin inhibitors.22 In this test, ecarin is added to a plasma sample to generate meizothrombin, and the amidolytic activity of meizothrombin towards a chromogenic substrate is then determined.

Results of the ecarin chromogenic assay are not influenced by the levels of fibrinogen or prothrombin. Another advantage is that this assay can be used in automated and manual analyzers, thus enabling its use at the bedside. However, to our knowledge, it is not being regularly used to monitor direct thrombin inhibitors in the clinical setting, and there is no standard calibration of the ecarin clotting time method.

Assays of factor Xa activity

A variety of assays to monitor the anticoagulant activity of factor Xa inhibitors have been proposed.23–25 All measure inhibition of the activity of factor Xa using methods similar to those used in monitoring heparin levels. All require calibrators with a known concentration of the Xa inhibitor; many are easily adapted for laboratories currently providing measurement of factor Xa inhibition from heparin.23 These assays have been suggested as a better indicator of plasma concentration of factor Xa inhibitor drugs than the prothrombin time.25

CONTROLLING BLEEDING IN PATIENTS ON THE NEW ORAL ANTICOAGULANTS

Bleeding is an anticipated adverse event in patients taking anticoagulants. It is associated with significant morbidity and risk of death.26,27

Many physicians still have limited experience with using the new oral anticoagulants and managing the attendant bleeding risks. Hence, we recommend that every health institution have a treatment policy or algorithm to guide all clinical staff in the management of such emergencies.

Prevention of bleeding

Management of bleeding from these agents should begin with preventing bleeding in the first place.

The physician should adhere to the recommended dosages of these medications. Studies have shown that the plasma concentration of these drugs and the risk of bleeding increase with increasing dosage.1,28,29

In addition, these medications should be used for the shortest time for which anticoagulation is required, especially when used for preventing deep vein thrombosis. Prolonged use increases the risk of bleeding.30,31

Most patients who need anticoagulation have comorbidities such as heart failure, renal failure, diabetes mellitus, and hypertension. Although the kidneys play a major role in the excretion of dabigatran and, to some extent, rivaroxaban and apixaban, patients with severe renal impairment were excluded from the major trials of all three drugs.1–3 Hence, to avoid excessive drug accumulation and bleeding, these medications should not be used in such patients pending further studies. Further, patients taking these medications should be closely followed to detect new clinical situations, such as acute renal failure, that will necessitate their discontinuation or dose adjustment.

 

 

If surgery is needed

If a patient taking a new oral anticoagulant needs to undergo elective surgery, it is important to temporarily discontinue the drug, assess the risk of bleeding, and test for renal impairment.

Renal impairment is particularly relevant in the case of dabigatran, since more than 80% of the unchanged drug is cleared by the kidneys. Decreasing the dose, prolonging the dosing interval, or both have been suggested as means to reduce the risk of bleeding in patients with renal impairment who are taking dabigatran.32,33 Patients with normal renal function undergoing low-risk surgery should discontinue dabigatran at least 24 hours before the surgery. If the creatinine clearance is 31 to 50 mL/min, inclusively, the last dose should be at least 48 hours before the procedure for low-risk surgery, and 4 days before a procedure that poses a high risk of bleeding.32–34 Some experts have given the same recommendations for rivaroxaban and apixaban (Table 2).34

The aPTT and prothrombin time are readily available tests, but they cannot determine the residual anticoagulant effects of dabigatran, rivaroxaban, or apixaban. However, in many (but not all) cases, a normal aPTT suggests that the hemostatic function is not impaired by dabigatran, and a normal prothrombin time or an absence of anti-factor Xa activity would similarly exclude hemostatic dysfunction caused by rivaroxaban or apixaban. These tests are potentially useful as adjuncts before surgical procedures that require complete hemostasis.

Furthermore, a normal thrombin time rules out the presence of a significant amount of dabigatran. Therefore, a normal thrombin time might be particularly useful in a patient undergoing a high-risk intervention such as epidural cannulation or neurosurgery and who is normally receiving dabigatran.

Managing overdose and bleeding complications

Assessing the severity of bleeding is the key to managing bleeding complications (Table 3).

Minor bleeding such as epistaxis and ecchymosis can be managed symptomatically (eg, with nasal packing), perhaps with short-term withdrawal of the anticoagulant. Moderate bleeding such as upper or lower gastrointestinal bleeding can be managed by withdrawal of the anticoagulant, clinical monitoring, blood transfusion if needed, and treatment directed at the etiology.

Major and life-threatening bleeding (eg, intracerebral hemorrhage) requires aggressive treatment in the intensive care unit, withdrawal of the anticoagulant, mechanical compression of the bleeding site if accessible, fluid replacement and blood transfusion as appropriate, and interventional procedures. Nonspecific reversal agents might be considered in patients with major or life-threatening bleeding.

The half-life of dabigatran after multiple doses is approximately 14 to 17 hours and is not dose-dependent.9 Hence, if there is no active bleeding after a dabigatran overdose, stopping the drug may be sufficient. Since the pharmacodynamic effect of dabigatran declines in parallel to its plasma concentration, urgent but not emergency surgery may need to be delayed for only about 12 hours from the last dose of dabigatran.

The 2011 American College of Cardiology Foundation/American Heart Association guidelines recommend that patients with severe hemorrhage resulting from dabigatran should receive supportive therapy, including transfusion of fresh-frozen plasma, transfusion of packed red blood cells, or surgical intervention if appropriate.35 However, transfusion of fresh-frozen plasma is debatable because there is no evidence to support its use in this situation. While fresh-frozen plasma may be useful in cases of coagulation factor depletion, it does not effectively reverse inhibition of coagulation factors.36

Off-label use of nonspecific hemostatic agents

To date, no specific agent has been demonstrated to reverse excessive bleeding in patients taking the new oral anticoagulants. However, in view of their procoagulant capabilities, nonspecific hemostatic agents have been suggested for use in reversal of major bleeding resulting from these drugs.37–39 Examples are:

Recombinant factor VIIa (NovoSeven) initiates thrombin generation by activating factor X.

Four-factor prothrombin complex concentrate (Beriplex, recently approved in the United States) contains relatively large amounts of four nonactive vitamin K-dependent procoagulant factors (factors II, VII, IX, and X) that stimulate thrombin formation.

Three-factor prothrombin complex concentrate (Bebulin VH and Profilnine SD) contains low amounts of nonactive factor VII relative to factors II, IX, and X. In some centers a four-factor equivalent is produced by transfusion of a three-factor product with the addition of small amounts of recombinant factor VIIa or fresh-frozen plasma to replace the missing factor VII.40

Activated prothrombin complex concentrate (FEIBA NF) contains activated factor VII and factors II, IX, and X, mainly in nonactivated form.36 Therefore, it combines the effect of both recombinant factor VIIa and four-factor prothrombin complex concentrate.37

Studies of nonspecific hemostatic agents

In a study of rats infused with high doses of dabigatran, van Ryn et al38 observed that activated prothrombin complex concentrate at a dose of 50 or 100 U/kg and recombinant factor VIIa at a dose of 0.1 or 0.5 mg/kg reduced the rat-tail bleeding time in a dose-dependent manner but not the blood loss, compared with controls, even with a higher dose of recombinant factor VIIa (1 mg/kg). Recombinant factor VIIa also reversed the prolonged aPTT induced by dabigatran, whereas activated prothrombin complex concentrate did not. They suggested that recombinant factor VIIa and activated prothrombin complex concentrate may be potential antidotes for dabigatran-induced severe bleeding in humans.

In an ex vivo study of healthy people who took a single dose of dabigatran 150 mg or rivaroxaban 20 mg, Marlu et al37 found that activated prothrombin complex concentrate and four-factor prothrombin complex concentrate could be reasonable antidotes to these drugs.

Dabigatran-associated bleeding after cardiac surgery in humans has been successfully managed with hemodialysis and recombinant factor VIIa, although the efficacy of the latter cannot be individually assessed in the study.41

In a randomized placebo-controlled trial aimed at reversing rivaroxaban and dabigatran in healthy participants, Eerenberg et al39 showed that four-factor prothrombin complex concentrate at a dose of 50 IU/kg reversed prolongation of the prothrombin time and decreased the endogenous thrombin potential in those who received rivaroxaban, but it failed to reverse the aPTT, the endogenous thrombin potential, and thrombin time in those who received dabigatran.

However, Marlu et al reported that four-factor prothrombin complex concentrate at three doses (12.5 U/kg, 25 U/kg, and 50 U/kg)—or better still, activated prothrombin complex concentrate (40–80 U/kg)—could be a useful antidote to dabigatran.37

It is important to note that the healthy participants in the Eerenberg et al study39 took dabigatran 150 mg twice daily and rivaroxaban 20 mg daily for 2.5 days, whereas those in the Marlu et al study37 took the same dose of each medication, but only once.

The three-factor prothrombin complex concentrate products have been shown to be less effective than four-factor ones in reversing supratherapeutic INRs in patients with warfarin overdose, but whether this will be true with the new oral anticoagulants remains unknown. Furthermore, the four-factor concentrates effectively reversed warfarin-induced coagulopathy and bleeding in patients,42 but to our knowledge, the same is yet to be demonstrated in bleeding related to the newer agents.

Other measures

Gastric lavage or the administration of activated charcoal (or in some cases both) may reduce drug absorption if done within 2 or 3 hours of drug ingestion (Table 1). Because it is lipophilic, more than 99.9% of dabigatran etexilate was adsorbed by activated charcoal from water prepared to simulate gastric fluid in an in vitro experiment by van Ryn et al.43 This has not been tested in patients, and no similar study has been done for rivaroxaban or apixaban. However, use of charcoal in cases of recent ingestion, particularly with intentional overdose of these agents, seems reasonable.

Hemodialysis may reverse the anticoagulant effects of dabigatran overdose or severe bleeding because only about 35% of dabigatran is bound to plasma proteins (Table 1). In a single-center study, 50 mg of dabigatran etexilate was given orally to six patients with end-stage renal disease before dialysis, and the mean fraction of the drug removed by the dialyzer was 62% at 2 hours and 68% at 4 hours.32 This study suggests that hemodialysis may be useful to accelerate the removal of the drug in cases of life-threatening bleeding.

Rivaroxaban and apixaban are not dialyzable: the plasma protein binding of rivaroxaban is 95% and that of apixaban is 87%.

FUTURE DIRECTIONS

Because the new oral anticoagulants, unlike warfarin, have a wide therapeutic window, routine anticoagulant monitoring is not needed and might be misleading. However, there are times when monitoring might be useful; at such times, a validated, widely available, easily understood test would be good to have—but we don’t have it—at least not yet.

Therapeutic ranges for the aPTT have been established empirically for heparin in various indications.44 Additional study is needed to determine if an appropriate aPTT range can be determined for the new oral anticoagulants, particularly dabigatran.

Similarly, as with low-molecular-weight heparins, anti-factor Xa activity monitoring may become a more available validated means of testing for exposure to rivaroxaban and apixaban. More promising, using concepts derived from the development of the INR for warfarin monitoring,45 Tripodi et al46 have derived normalized INR-like assays to report rivaroxaban levels. A standardized schema for reporting results is being developed.46 Studies are required to determine if and how this assay may be useful. Initial trials in this regard are encouraging.47

Finally, the thrombotic risk associated with the use of nonspecific prohemostatic agents is unknown.37,48 Additional studies are required to standardize their dosages, frequency of administration, and duration of action, as well as to quantify their complications in bleeding patients.

References
  1. Granger CB, Alexander JH, McMurray JJ, et al; ARISTOTLE Committees and Investigators. Apixaban versus warfarin in patients with atrial fibrillation. N Engl J Med 2011; 365:981992.
  2. Connolly SJ, Ezekowitz MD, Yusuf S, et al; RE-LY Steering Committee and Investigators. Dabigatran versus warfarin in patients with atrial fibrillation. N Engl J Med 2009; 361:11391151.
  3. Patel MR, Mahaffey KW, Garg J, et al; ROCKET AF Investigators. Rivaroxaban versus warfarin in nonvalvular atrial fibrillation. N Engl J Med 2011; 365:883891.
  4. Schulman S, Kearon C, Kakkar AK, et al; RE-COVER Study Group. Dabigatran versus warfarin in the treatment of acute venous thromboembolism. N Engl J Med 2009; 361:23422352.
  5. Naccarelli GV, Varker H, Lin J, Schulman KL. Increasing prevalence of atrial fibrillation and flutter in the United States. Am J Cardiol 2009; 104:15341539.
  6. Wolf PA, Abbott RD, Kannel WB. Atrial fibrillation as an independent risk factor for stroke: The Framingham Study. Stroke 1991; 22:983988.
  7. Heit JA, Cohen AT, Anderson FA; on behalf of the VTE Impact Assessment Group. Estimated annual number of incident and recurrent, non-fatal and fatal venous thromboembolism (VTE) events in the US. Blood (ASH Annual Meeting Abstracts) 2005; 106:abstract 910.
  8. Stangier J, Clemens A. Pharmacology, pharmacokinetics, and pharmacodynamics of dabigatran etexilate, an oral direct thrombin inhibitor. Clin Appl Thromb Hemost 2009; 15(suppl 1):9S16S.
  9. Stangier J, Rathgen K, Stähle H, Gansser D, Roth W. The pharmacokinetics, pharmacodynamics and tolerability of dabigatran etexilate, a new oral direct thrombin inhibitor, in healthy male subjects. Br J Clin Pharmacol 2007; 64:292303.
  10. Kubitza D, Becka M, Wensing G, Voith B, Zuehlsdorf M. Safety, pharmacodynamics, and pharmacokinetics of BAY 59-7939—an oral, direct factor Xa inhibitor—after multiple dosing in healthy male subjects. Eur J Clin Pharmacol 2005; 61:873880.
  11. Mueck W, Becka M, Kubitza D, Voith B, Zuehlsdorf M. Population model of the pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics of rivaroxaban—an oral, direct factor Xa inhibitor—in healthy subjects. Int J Clin Pharmacol Ther 2007; 45:335344.
  12. Weitz JI, Eikelboom JW, Samama MM; American College of Chest Physicians. New antithrombotic drugs: Antithrombotic Therapy and Prevention of Thrombosis, 9th ed: American College of Chest Physicians Evidence-Based Clinical Practice Guidelines. Chest 2012; 141(suppl 2):e120Se151S.
  13. Raghavan N, Frost CE, Yu Z, et al. Apixaban metabolism and pharmacokinetics after oral administration to humans. Drug Metab Dispos 2009; 37:7481.
  14. Cullberg M, Eriksson UG, Larsson M, Karlsson MO. Population modelling of the effect of inogatran, at thrombin inhibitor, on ex vivo coagulation time (APTT) in healthy subjects and patients with coronary artery disease. Br J Clin Pharmacol 2001; 51:7179.
  15. Carlsson SC, Mattsson C, Eriksson UG, et al. A review of the effects of the oral direct thrombin inhibitor ximelagatran on coagulation assays. Thromb Res 2005; 115:918.
  16. Mueck W, Eriksson BI, Bauer KA, et al. Population pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics of rivaroxaban—an oral, direct factor Xa inhibitor—in patients undergoing major orthopaedic surgery. Clin Pharmacokinet 2008; 47:203216.
  17. Samama MM, Martinoli JL, LeFlem L, et al. Assessment of laboratory assays to measure rivaroxaban—an oral, direct factor Xa inhibitor. Thromb Haemost 2010; 103:815825.
  18. Wong PC, Crain EJ, Xin B, et al. Apixaban, an oral, direct and highly selective factor Xa inhibitor: in vitro, antithrombotic and antihemostatic studies. J Thromb Haemost 2008; 6:820829.
  19. Stangier J, Feuring M. Using the HEMOCLOT direct thrombin inhibitor assay to determine plasma concentrations of dabigatran. Blood Coagul Fibrinolysis 2012; 23:138143.
  20. van Ryn J, Stangier J, Haertter S, et al. Dabigatran etexilate—a novel, reversible, oral direct thrombin inhibitor: interpretation of coagulation assays and reversal of anticoagulant activity. Thromb Haemost 2010; 103:11161127.
  21. Nowak G. The ecarin clotting time, a universal method to quantify direct thrombin inhibitors. Pathophysiol Haemost Thromb 2003–2004; 33:173183.
  22. Lange U, Nowak G, Bucha E. Ecarin chromogenic assay—a new method for quantitative determination of direct thrombin inhibitors like hirudin. Pathophysiol Haemost Thromb 2003–2004; 33:184191.
  23. Samama MM, Contant G, Spiro TE, et al; Rivaroxaban Anti-Factor Xa Chromogenic Assay Field Trial Laboratories. Evaluation of the anti-factor Xa chromogenic assay for the measurement of rivaroxaban plasma concentrations using calibrators and controls. Thromb Haemost 2012; 107:379387.
  24. Miyares MA, Davis K. Newer oral anticoagulants: a review of laboratory monitoring options and reversal agents in the hemorrhagic patient. Am J Health Syst Pharm 2012; 69:14731484.
  25. Barrett YC, Wang Z, Frost C, Shenker A. Clinical laboratory measurement of direct factor Xa inhibitors: anti-Xa assay is preferable to prothrombin time assay. Thromb Haemost 2010; 104:12631271.
  26. Eikelboom JW, Mehta SR, Anand SS, Xie C, Fox KA, Yusuf S. Adverse impact of bleeding on prognosis in patients with acute coronary syndromes. Circulation 2006; 114:774782.
  27. Manoukian SV, Feit F, Mehran R, et al. Impact of major bleeding on 30-day mortality and clinical outcomes in patients with acute coronary syndromes: an analysis from the ACUITY Trial. J Am Coll Cardiol 2007; 49:13621368.
  28. Perzborn E, Strassburger J, Wilmen A, et al. In vitro and in vivo studies of the novel antithrombotic agent BAY 59-7939—an oral, direct factor Xa inhibitor. J Thromb Haemost 2005; 3:514521.
  29. Eriksson BI, Dahl OE, Rosencher N, et al; RE-NOVATE Study Group. Dabigatran etexilate versus enoxaparin for prevention of venous thromboembolism after total hip replacement: a randomised, double-blind, non-inferiority trial. Lancet 2007; 370:949956.
  30. Eriksson BI, Borris LC, Friedman RJ, et al; RECORD1 Study Group. Rivaroxaban versus enoxaparin for thromboprophylaxis after hip arthroplasty. N Engl J Med 2008; 358:27652775.
  31. Lassen MR, Ageno W, Borris LC, et al; RECORD3 Investigators. Rivaroxaban versus enoxaparin for thromboprophylaxis after total knee arthroplasty. N Engl J Med 2008; 358:27762786.
  32. Stangier J, Rathgen K, Stähle H, Mazur D. Influence of renal impairment on the pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics of oral dabigatran etexilate: an open-label, parallel-group, single-centre study. Clin Pharmacokinet 2010; 49:259268.
  33. US Food and Drug Administration (FDA). Medication Guide: Pradaxa (dabigatran etexilate mesylate) capsules. http://www.fda.gov/downloads/Drugs/DrugSafety/UCM231720.pdf. Accessed June 5, 2013.
  34. Schulman S, Crowther MA. How I treat with anticoagulants in 2012: new and old anticoagulants, and when and how to switch. Blood 2012; 119:30163023.
  35. Wann LS, Curtis AB, Ellenbogen KA, et al. 2011 ACCF/ AHA/ HRS focused update on the management of patients with atrial fibrillation (update on dabigatran): a report of the American College of Cardiology Foundation/American Heart Association Task Force on practice guidelines. J Am Coll Cardiol 2011; 57:13301337.
  36. Crowther MA, Warkentin TE. Managing bleeding in anticoagulated patients with a focus on novel therapeutic agents. J Thromb Haemost 2009; 7(suppl 1):107110.
  37. Marlu R, Hodaj E, Paris A, Albaladejo P, Cracowski JL, Pernod G. Effect of non-specific reversal agents on anticoagulant activity of dabigatran and rivaroxaban: a randomised crossover ex vivo study in healthy volunteers. Thromb Haemost 2012; 108:217224.
  38. van Ryn J, Ruehl D, Priepke H, Hauel N, Wienen W. Reversibility of the anticoagulant effect of high doses of the direct thrombin inhibitor dabigatran, by recombinant factor VIIa or activated prothrombin complex concentrate. 13th Congress of the European Hematology Association, June 12–15, 2008. Hematologica 2008; 93( s1):148Abs.0370.
  39. Eerenberg ES, Kamphuisen PW, Sijpkens MK, Meijers JC, Buller HR, Levi M. Reversal of rivaroxaban and dabigatran by prothrombin complex concentrate: a randomized, placebo-controlled, crossover study in healthy subjects. Circulation 2011; 124:15731579.
  40. Holland L, Warkentin TE, Refaai M, Crowther MA, Johnston MA, Sarode R. Suboptimal effect of a three-factor prothrombin complex concentrate (Profilnine-SD) in correcting supratherapeutic international normalized ratio due to warfarin overdose. Transfusion 2009; 49:11711177.
  41. Warkentin TE, Margetts P, Connolly SJ, Lamy A, Ricci C, Eikelboom JW. Recombinant factor VIIa (rFVIIa) and hemodialysis to manage massive dabigatran-associated postcardiac surgery bleeding. Blood 2012; 119:21722174.
  42. Song MM, Warne CP, Crowther MA. Prothrombin complex concentrate (PCC, Octaplex) in patients requiring immediate reversal of vitamin K antagonist anticoagulation. Thromb Res 2012; 129:526529.
  43. van Ryn J, Sieger P, Kink-Eiband M, Gansser D, Clemens A. Adsorption of dabigatran etexilate in water or dabigatran in pooled human plasma by activated charcoal in vitro. 51st ASH Annual Meeting and Exposition. Abstract no. 1065. http://ash.confex.com/ash/2009/webprogram/Paper21383.html. Accessed June 5, 2013.
  44. Hirsh J. Heparin. N Engl J Med 1991; 324:15651574.
  45. van den Besselaar AMHP, Poller L, Tripodi A. Guidelines for thromboplastins and plasmas used to control for oral anticoagulant therapy. WHO Technical Report Series 1999; 889:6493.
  46. Tripodi A, Chantarangkul V, Guinet C, Samama MM. The international normalized ratio calibrated for rivaroxaban has the potential to normalize prothrombin time results for rivaroxaban-treated patients: Results of an in vitro study. J Thromb Haemost 2011; 9:226228.
  47. Samama MM, Contant G, Spiro TE, et al; Rivaroxaban Prothrombin Time Field Trial Laboratories. Evaluation of the prothrombin time for measuring rivaroxaban plasma concentrations using calibrators and controls: results of a multicenter field trial. Clin Appl Thromb Hemost 2012; 18:150158.
  48. Ehrlich HJ, Henzl MJ, Gomperts ED. Safety of factor VIII inhibitor bypass activity (FEIBA): 10-year compilation of thrombotic adverse events. Haemophilia 2002; 8:8390.
Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Adewale Fawole, MD
Department of Internal Medicine, Fairview Hospital, Cleveland, OH

Hamed A. Daw, MD
Cleveland Clinic Cancer Center at Fairview Hospital, Cleveland, OH; Assistant Professor, Cleveland Clinic Lerner College of Medicine of Case Western Reserve University, Cleveland, OH

Mark A. Crowther, MD, MSC
Division of Hematology and Thromboembolism, McMaster University, Hamilton, ON, Canada; Chief of Laboratory Medicine and Director, Hamilton Regional Laboratory Medicine Program, Hamilton, ON, Canada; Professor of Medicine and Pathology and Molecular Medicine, McMaster University

Address: Adewale Fawole, MD, c/o Hamed Daw, MD, Fairview Hospital, 18101 Lorain Avenue, Cleveland, OH 44111; e-mail: [email protected]

Dr. Crowther has disclosed consulting, teaching, and speaking for Baxter, Bayer, Boerhinger-Ingelheim, Bristol-Myers Squibb, CSL Behring, and Pfizer.

Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 80(7)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
443-451
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Adewale Fawole, MD
Department of Internal Medicine, Fairview Hospital, Cleveland, OH

Hamed A. Daw, MD
Cleveland Clinic Cancer Center at Fairview Hospital, Cleveland, OH; Assistant Professor, Cleveland Clinic Lerner College of Medicine of Case Western Reserve University, Cleveland, OH

Mark A. Crowther, MD, MSC
Division of Hematology and Thromboembolism, McMaster University, Hamilton, ON, Canada; Chief of Laboratory Medicine and Director, Hamilton Regional Laboratory Medicine Program, Hamilton, ON, Canada; Professor of Medicine and Pathology and Molecular Medicine, McMaster University

Address: Adewale Fawole, MD, c/o Hamed Daw, MD, Fairview Hospital, 18101 Lorain Avenue, Cleveland, OH 44111; e-mail: [email protected]

Dr. Crowther has disclosed consulting, teaching, and speaking for Baxter, Bayer, Boerhinger-Ingelheim, Bristol-Myers Squibb, CSL Behring, and Pfizer.

Author and Disclosure Information

Adewale Fawole, MD
Department of Internal Medicine, Fairview Hospital, Cleveland, OH

Hamed A. Daw, MD
Cleveland Clinic Cancer Center at Fairview Hospital, Cleveland, OH; Assistant Professor, Cleveland Clinic Lerner College of Medicine of Case Western Reserve University, Cleveland, OH

Mark A. Crowther, MD, MSC
Division of Hematology and Thromboembolism, McMaster University, Hamilton, ON, Canada; Chief of Laboratory Medicine and Director, Hamilton Regional Laboratory Medicine Program, Hamilton, ON, Canada; Professor of Medicine and Pathology and Molecular Medicine, McMaster University

Address: Adewale Fawole, MD, c/o Hamed Daw, MD, Fairview Hospital, 18101 Lorain Avenue, Cleveland, OH 44111; e-mail: [email protected]

Dr. Crowther has disclosed consulting, teaching, and speaking for Baxter, Bayer, Boerhinger-Ingelheim, Bristol-Myers Squibb, CSL Behring, and Pfizer.

Article PDF
Article PDF
Related Articles

In the past several years, three new oral anticoagulants—dabigatran etexilate (Pradaxa), rivaroxaban (Xarelto), and apixaban (Eliquis)—have been approved for use in the United States. These long-awaited agents are appealing because they are easy to use, do not require laboratory monitoring, and have demonstrated equivalence, or in some cases, superiority to warfarin in preventing stroke or systemic embolism in at-risk populations.1–4 However, unlike warfarin, they have no specific reversal agents. How then should one manage spontaneous bleeding problems and those due to drug overdose, and how can we quickly reverse anticoagulation if emergency surgery is needed?

For these reasons, physicians and patients have been wary of these agents. However, with a systematic approach based on an understanding of the properties of these drugs, the appropriate use and interpretation of coagulation tests, and awareness of available therapeutic strategies, physicians can more confidently provide care for patients who require urgent reversal of anticoagulant effects.

Here, we review the available literature and suggest practical strategies for management based on an understanding of the pharmacokinetic and pharmacodynamic effects of these drugs and our current knowledge of the coagulation tests.

NEED FOR ANTICOAGULANTS

Anticoagulants are important in preventing systemic embolization in patients with atrial fibrillation and preventing pulmonary embolism in patients with venous thromboembolism.

And the numbers are staggering. The estimated prevalence of atrial fibrillation in the United States was 3.03 million in 2005 and is projected to increase to 7.56 million by 2050.5 Ischemic stroke is the most serious complication of atrial fibrillation, which accounts for 23.5% of strokes in patients ages 80 through 89 according to Framingham data.6 Venous thromboembolism accounts for 900,000 incident or recurrent fatal and nonfatal events in the United States yearly.7

HOW THE NEW AGENTS BLOCK COAGULATION

Thrombin (factor IIa), a serine protease, is central to the process of clot formation during hemostasis. It activates factors V, VIII, and XI (thus generating more thrombin), catalyzes the conversion of fibrinogen to fibrin, and stimulates platelet aggregation. Its role in the final steps of the coagulation cascade has made it a target for new direct thrombin inhibitors such as dabigatran.

Figure 1. The coagulation cascade and how the new oral anticoagulants block it.

Factor Xa is a serine protease that plays a central role in the coagulation cascade. It is a desirable target for anticoagulation because it is the convergence point for the extrinsic and the intrinsic coagulation pathways. It converts prothrombin to thrombin. Rivaroxaban and apixaban are direct factor Xa inhibitors (Figure 1).

Dabigatran, a direct thrombin inhibitor

Dabigatran etexilate is a synthetic, orally available prodrug that is rapidly absorbed and converted by esterases to its active form, dabigatran, a potent direct inhibitor of both free thrombin and clot-bound thrombin.8

Plasma levels of dabigatran peak within 2 hours of administration, and its half-life is 14 to 17 hours.9 Dabigatran is eliminated mainly via the kidneys, with more that 80% of the drug excreted unchanged in the urine (Table 1).

Rivaroxaban, a factor Xa inhibitor

Rivaroxaban is a potent, selective, direct factor Xa inhibitor.

Plasma levels of rivaroxaban peak 2 to 3 hours after administration, and it is cleared with a terminal half-life of 7 to 11 hours.10,11

Rivaroxaban is eliminated by the kidneys and in the feces. The kidneys eliminate one-third of the active drug unchanged and another one-third as inactive metabolites. The remaining one-third is metabolized by the liver and then excreted in the feces. Rivaroxaban has a predictable and dose-dependent pharmacodynamic and pharmacokinetic profile that is not affected by age, sex, or body weight (Table 1).12

Apixaban, an oral factor Xa inhibitor

Apixaban is a selective, direct oral factor Xa inhibitor.

Plasma levels of apixaban peak about 3 hours after administration, and its terminal half-life is 8 to 14 hours.13 Apixaban is eliminated by oxidative metabolism, by the kidney, and in the feces. It has predictable pharmacodynamic and pharmacokinetic profiles and has the least renal dependence of the three agents (Table 1).

 

 

THE NEW ORAL ANTICOAGULANTS AND BLOOD COAGULATION ASSAYS

Assessment of the anticoagulant activity of the new oral anticoagulants is not necessary in routine clinical practice, but it may be useful in planning intervention in patients with major bleeding, those with drug overdose, or those who need emergency surgery.

The activated partial thromboplastin time

The activated partial thromboplastin time (aPTT) is a measure of the activity of the intrinsic pathway of the coagulation cascade.

Dabigatran. There is a curvilinear relationship between the aPTT and the plasma concentration of dabigatran and other direct thrombin inhibitors, although the aPTT prolongation appears to vary with different reagents and coagulometers.9,14,15 However, Stangier et al9 found a linear relationship between the aPTT and the square root of the dabigatran plasma concentration.

Rivaroxaban prolongs the aPTT in a dose-dependent manner, but there is no standard for calibration of this assay. Hence, the aPTT is not recommended for monitoring rivaroxaban in clinical practice.

Apixaban may also prolong the aPTT, but there are limited data on its reactivity with different reagents.

The prothrombin time and international normalized ratio

The prothrombin time and international normalized ratio (INR) are measures of the extrinsic pathway of the coagulation cascade.

Dabigatran. The INR has a linear response to the dabigatran concentration, but it is insensitive.9 Hence, it is not suitable for monitoring the anticoagulant effects of direct thrombin inhibitors.

Rivaroxaban. The prothrombin time correlates strongly with the plasma concentration of rivaroxaban in healthy trial participants11 and in patients undergoing total hip arthroplasty or total knee arthroplasty.16 Samama et al17 noted that, unlike with vitamin K antagonists, the INR cannot be used to monitor patients on rivaroxaban because the prothrombin time results varied with different reagents. They used a standard calibration curve to express the prothrombin time results in plasma concentrations of rivaroxaban rather than in seconds or the INR.

Apixaban increases the INR in a dose-dependent manner.18 Its effect on different reagents remains unknown.

The thrombin time

The thrombin time reflects the activity of thrombin in the plasma. The amount of thrombin and the concentration of thrombin inhibitors in the plasma sample determine the time to clot formation.

Dabigatran. The thrombin time displays a linear dose-response to dabigatran, but only over the range of therapeutic concentrations. At a dabigatran concentration greater than 600 ng/mL, the test often exceeds the maximum measurement time of coagulometers.9 Hence, this test is too sensitive for emergency monitoring, especially in cases of drug overdose. However, it is well suited for determining if any dabigatran is present.

Rivaroxaban and apixaban have no effect on the thrombin time.

The Hemoclot direct thrombin inhibitor assay and dabigatran

The Hemoclot direct thrombin inhibitor assay (Hyphen BioMed, France) is a sensitive diluted thrombin time assay that can be used for quantitative measurement of dabigatran activity in plasma. This test is based on inhibition of a constant amount of highly purified human alpha-thrombin by adding it to diluted test plasma (1:8 to 1:20) mixed with normal pooled human plasma.19,20

Stangier et al19 found that the Hemoclot assay was suitable for calculating a wide range of dabigatran concentrations up to 4,000 nmol/L (1,886 ng/mL). Although this finding has not been confirmed in larger studies, this test may provide a rapid and accurate assessment of dabigatran’s anticoagulant activity in cases of emergency surgery or overdose.

The ecarin clotting time and dabigatran

The ecarin clotting time is a measure of the activity of direct thrombin inhibitors, but not the factor Xa inhibitors.

Ecarin is a highly purified metalloprotease isolated from the venom of a snake, Echis carinatus, and it generates meizothrombin from prothrombin.21 Meizothrombin facilitates clot formation by converting fibrinogen to fibrin and, like thrombin, it can be inactivated by direct thrombin inhibitors, thereby prolonging the clotting time.

The limitations of the ecarin clotting time include dependence on the plasma levels of fibrinogen and prothrombin.

The ecarin chromogenic assay and dabigatran

The ecarin chromogenic assay is an improvement on the principle of the ecarin clotting time that can be used to measure the activity of direct thrombin inhibitors.22 In this test, ecarin is added to a plasma sample to generate meizothrombin, and the amidolytic activity of meizothrombin towards a chromogenic substrate is then determined.

Results of the ecarin chromogenic assay are not influenced by the levels of fibrinogen or prothrombin. Another advantage is that this assay can be used in automated and manual analyzers, thus enabling its use at the bedside. However, to our knowledge, it is not being regularly used to monitor direct thrombin inhibitors in the clinical setting, and there is no standard calibration of the ecarin clotting time method.

Assays of factor Xa activity

A variety of assays to monitor the anticoagulant activity of factor Xa inhibitors have been proposed.23–25 All measure inhibition of the activity of factor Xa using methods similar to those used in monitoring heparin levels. All require calibrators with a known concentration of the Xa inhibitor; many are easily adapted for laboratories currently providing measurement of factor Xa inhibition from heparin.23 These assays have been suggested as a better indicator of plasma concentration of factor Xa inhibitor drugs than the prothrombin time.25

CONTROLLING BLEEDING IN PATIENTS ON THE NEW ORAL ANTICOAGULANTS

Bleeding is an anticipated adverse event in patients taking anticoagulants. It is associated with significant morbidity and risk of death.26,27

Many physicians still have limited experience with using the new oral anticoagulants and managing the attendant bleeding risks. Hence, we recommend that every health institution have a treatment policy or algorithm to guide all clinical staff in the management of such emergencies.

Prevention of bleeding

Management of bleeding from these agents should begin with preventing bleeding in the first place.

The physician should adhere to the recommended dosages of these medications. Studies have shown that the plasma concentration of these drugs and the risk of bleeding increase with increasing dosage.1,28,29

In addition, these medications should be used for the shortest time for which anticoagulation is required, especially when used for preventing deep vein thrombosis. Prolonged use increases the risk of bleeding.30,31

Most patients who need anticoagulation have comorbidities such as heart failure, renal failure, diabetes mellitus, and hypertension. Although the kidneys play a major role in the excretion of dabigatran and, to some extent, rivaroxaban and apixaban, patients with severe renal impairment were excluded from the major trials of all three drugs.1–3 Hence, to avoid excessive drug accumulation and bleeding, these medications should not be used in such patients pending further studies. Further, patients taking these medications should be closely followed to detect new clinical situations, such as acute renal failure, that will necessitate their discontinuation or dose adjustment.

 

 

If surgery is needed

If a patient taking a new oral anticoagulant needs to undergo elective surgery, it is important to temporarily discontinue the drug, assess the risk of bleeding, and test for renal impairment.

Renal impairment is particularly relevant in the case of dabigatran, since more than 80% of the unchanged drug is cleared by the kidneys. Decreasing the dose, prolonging the dosing interval, or both have been suggested as means to reduce the risk of bleeding in patients with renal impairment who are taking dabigatran.32,33 Patients with normal renal function undergoing low-risk surgery should discontinue dabigatran at least 24 hours before the surgery. If the creatinine clearance is 31 to 50 mL/min, inclusively, the last dose should be at least 48 hours before the procedure for low-risk surgery, and 4 days before a procedure that poses a high risk of bleeding.32–34 Some experts have given the same recommendations for rivaroxaban and apixaban (Table 2).34

The aPTT and prothrombin time are readily available tests, but they cannot determine the residual anticoagulant effects of dabigatran, rivaroxaban, or apixaban. However, in many (but not all) cases, a normal aPTT suggests that the hemostatic function is not impaired by dabigatran, and a normal prothrombin time or an absence of anti-factor Xa activity would similarly exclude hemostatic dysfunction caused by rivaroxaban or apixaban. These tests are potentially useful as adjuncts before surgical procedures that require complete hemostasis.

Furthermore, a normal thrombin time rules out the presence of a significant amount of dabigatran. Therefore, a normal thrombin time might be particularly useful in a patient undergoing a high-risk intervention such as epidural cannulation or neurosurgery and who is normally receiving dabigatran.

Managing overdose and bleeding complications

Assessing the severity of bleeding is the key to managing bleeding complications (Table 3).

Minor bleeding such as epistaxis and ecchymosis can be managed symptomatically (eg, with nasal packing), perhaps with short-term withdrawal of the anticoagulant. Moderate bleeding such as upper or lower gastrointestinal bleeding can be managed by withdrawal of the anticoagulant, clinical monitoring, blood transfusion if needed, and treatment directed at the etiology.

Major and life-threatening bleeding (eg, intracerebral hemorrhage) requires aggressive treatment in the intensive care unit, withdrawal of the anticoagulant, mechanical compression of the bleeding site if accessible, fluid replacement and blood transfusion as appropriate, and interventional procedures. Nonspecific reversal agents might be considered in patients with major or life-threatening bleeding.

The half-life of dabigatran after multiple doses is approximately 14 to 17 hours and is not dose-dependent.9 Hence, if there is no active bleeding after a dabigatran overdose, stopping the drug may be sufficient. Since the pharmacodynamic effect of dabigatran declines in parallel to its plasma concentration, urgent but not emergency surgery may need to be delayed for only about 12 hours from the last dose of dabigatran.

The 2011 American College of Cardiology Foundation/American Heart Association guidelines recommend that patients with severe hemorrhage resulting from dabigatran should receive supportive therapy, including transfusion of fresh-frozen plasma, transfusion of packed red blood cells, or surgical intervention if appropriate.35 However, transfusion of fresh-frozen plasma is debatable because there is no evidence to support its use in this situation. While fresh-frozen plasma may be useful in cases of coagulation factor depletion, it does not effectively reverse inhibition of coagulation factors.36

Off-label use of nonspecific hemostatic agents

To date, no specific agent has been demonstrated to reverse excessive bleeding in patients taking the new oral anticoagulants. However, in view of their procoagulant capabilities, nonspecific hemostatic agents have been suggested for use in reversal of major bleeding resulting from these drugs.37–39 Examples are:

Recombinant factor VIIa (NovoSeven) initiates thrombin generation by activating factor X.

Four-factor prothrombin complex concentrate (Beriplex, recently approved in the United States) contains relatively large amounts of four nonactive vitamin K-dependent procoagulant factors (factors II, VII, IX, and X) that stimulate thrombin formation.

Three-factor prothrombin complex concentrate (Bebulin VH and Profilnine SD) contains low amounts of nonactive factor VII relative to factors II, IX, and X. In some centers a four-factor equivalent is produced by transfusion of a three-factor product with the addition of small amounts of recombinant factor VIIa or fresh-frozen plasma to replace the missing factor VII.40

Activated prothrombin complex concentrate (FEIBA NF) contains activated factor VII and factors II, IX, and X, mainly in nonactivated form.36 Therefore, it combines the effect of both recombinant factor VIIa and four-factor prothrombin complex concentrate.37

Studies of nonspecific hemostatic agents

In a study of rats infused with high doses of dabigatran, van Ryn et al38 observed that activated prothrombin complex concentrate at a dose of 50 or 100 U/kg and recombinant factor VIIa at a dose of 0.1 or 0.5 mg/kg reduced the rat-tail bleeding time in a dose-dependent manner but not the blood loss, compared with controls, even with a higher dose of recombinant factor VIIa (1 mg/kg). Recombinant factor VIIa also reversed the prolonged aPTT induced by dabigatran, whereas activated prothrombin complex concentrate did not. They suggested that recombinant factor VIIa and activated prothrombin complex concentrate may be potential antidotes for dabigatran-induced severe bleeding in humans.

In an ex vivo study of healthy people who took a single dose of dabigatran 150 mg or rivaroxaban 20 mg, Marlu et al37 found that activated prothrombin complex concentrate and four-factor prothrombin complex concentrate could be reasonable antidotes to these drugs.

Dabigatran-associated bleeding after cardiac surgery in humans has been successfully managed with hemodialysis and recombinant factor VIIa, although the efficacy of the latter cannot be individually assessed in the study.41

In a randomized placebo-controlled trial aimed at reversing rivaroxaban and dabigatran in healthy participants, Eerenberg et al39 showed that four-factor prothrombin complex concentrate at a dose of 50 IU/kg reversed prolongation of the prothrombin time and decreased the endogenous thrombin potential in those who received rivaroxaban, but it failed to reverse the aPTT, the endogenous thrombin potential, and thrombin time in those who received dabigatran.

However, Marlu et al reported that four-factor prothrombin complex concentrate at three doses (12.5 U/kg, 25 U/kg, and 50 U/kg)—or better still, activated prothrombin complex concentrate (40–80 U/kg)—could be a useful antidote to dabigatran.37

It is important to note that the healthy participants in the Eerenberg et al study39 took dabigatran 150 mg twice daily and rivaroxaban 20 mg daily for 2.5 days, whereas those in the Marlu et al study37 took the same dose of each medication, but only once.

The three-factor prothrombin complex concentrate products have been shown to be less effective than four-factor ones in reversing supratherapeutic INRs in patients with warfarin overdose, but whether this will be true with the new oral anticoagulants remains unknown. Furthermore, the four-factor concentrates effectively reversed warfarin-induced coagulopathy and bleeding in patients,42 but to our knowledge, the same is yet to be demonstrated in bleeding related to the newer agents.

Other measures

Gastric lavage or the administration of activated charcoal (or in some cases both) may reduce drug absorption if done within 2 or 3 hours of drug ingestion (Table 1). Because it is lipophilic, more than 99.9% of dabigatran etexilate was adsorbed by activated charcoal from water prepared to simulate gastric fluid in an in vitro experiment by van Ryn et al.43 This has not been tested in patients, and no similar study has been done for rivaroxaban or apixaban. However, use of charcoal in cases of recent ingestion, particularly with intentional overdose of these agents, seems reasonable.

Hemodialysis may reverse the anticoagulant effects of dabigatran overdose or severe bleeding because only about 35% of dabigatran is bound to plasma proteins (Table 1). In a single-center study, 50 mg of dabigatran etexilate was given orally to six patients with end-stage renal disease before dialysis, and the mean fraction of the drug removed by the dialyzer was 62% at 2 hours and 68% at 4 hours.32 This study suggests that hemodialysis may be useful to accelerate the removal of the drug in cases of life-threatening bleeding.

Rivaroxaban and apixaban are not dialyzable: the plasma protein binding of rivaroxaban is 95% and that of apixaban is 87%.

FUTURE DIRECTIONS

Because the new oral anticoagulants, unlike warfarin, have a wide therapeutic window, routine anticoagulant monitoring is not needed and might be misleading. However, there are times when monitoring might be useful; at such times, a validated, widely available, easily understood test would be good to have—but we don’t have it—at least not yet.

Therapeutic ranges for the aPTT have been established empirically for heparin in various indications.44 Additional study is needed to determine if an appropriate aPTT range can be determined for the new oral anticoagulants, particularly dabigatran.

Similarly, as with low-molecular-weight heparins, anti-factor Xa activity monitoring may become a more available validated means of testing for exposure to rivaroxaban and apixaban. More promising, using concepts derived from the development of the INR for warfarin monitoring,45 Tripodi et al46 have derived normalized INR-like assays to report rivaroxaban levels. A standardized schema for reporting results is being developed.46 Studies are required to determine if and how this assay may be useful. Initial trials in this regard are encouraging.47

Finally, the thrombotic risk associated with the use of nonspecific prohemostatic agents is unknown.37,48 Additional studies are required to standardize their dosages, frequency of administration, and duration of action, as well as to quantify their complications in bleeding patients.

In the past several years, three new oral anticoagulants—dabigatran etexilate (Pradaxa), rivaroxaban (Xarelto), and apixaban (Eliquis)—have been approved for use in the United States. These long-awaited agents are appealing because they are easy to use, do not require laboratory monitoring, and have demonstrated equivalence, or in some cases, superiority to warfarin in preventing stroke or systemic embolism in at-risk populations.1–4 However, unlike warfarin, they have no specific reversal agents. How then should one manage spontaneous bleeding problems and those due to drug overdose, and how can we quickly reverse anticoagulation if emergency surgery is needed?

For these reasons, physicians and patients have been wary of these agents. However, with a systematic approach based on an understanding of the properties of these drugs, the appropriate use and interpretation of coagulation tests, and awareness of available therapeutic strategies, physicians can more confidently provide care for patients who require urgent reversal of anticoagulant effects.

Here, we review the available literature and suggest practical strategies for management based on an understanding of the pharmacokinetic and pharmacodynamic effects of these drugs and our current knowledge of the coagulation tests.

NEED FOR ANTICOAGULANTS

Anticoagulants are important in preventing systemic embolization in patients with atrial fibrillation and preventing pulmonary embolism in patients with venous thromboembolism.

And the numbers are staggering. The estimated prevalence of atrial fibrillation in the United States was 3.03 million in 2005 and is projected to increase to 7.56 million by 2050.5 Ischemic stroke is the most serious complication of atrial fibrillation, which accounts for 23.5% of strokes in patients ages 80 through 89 according to Framingham data.6 Venous thromboembolism accounts for 900,000 incident or recurrent fatal and nonfatal events in the United States yearly.7

HOW THE NEW AGENTS BLOCK COAGULATION

Thrombin (factor IIa), a serine protease, is central to the process of clot formation during hemostasis. It activates factors V, VIII, and XI (thus generating more thrombin), catalyzes the conversion of fibrinogen to fibrin, and stimulates platelet aggregation. Its role in the final steps of the coagulation cascade has made it a target for new direct thrombin inhibitors such as dabigatran.

Figure 1. The coagulation cascade and how the new oral anticoagulants block it.

Factor Xa is a serine protease that plays a central role in the coagulation cascade. It is a desirable target for anticoagulation because it is the convergence point for the extrinsic and the intrinsic coagulation pathways. It converts prothrombin to thrombin. Rivaroxaban and apixaban are direct factor Xa inhibitors (Figure 1).

Dabigatran, a direct thrombin inhibitor

Dabigatran etexilate is a synthetic, orally available prodrug that is rapidly absorbed and converted by esterases to its active form, dabigatran, a potent direct inhibitor of both free thrombin and clot-bound thrombin.8

Plasma levels of dabigatran peak within 2 hours of administration, and its half-life is 14 to 17 hours.9 Dabigatran is eliminated mainly via the kidneys, with more that 80% of the drug excreted unchanged in the urine (Table 1).

Rivaroxaban, a factor Xa inhibitor

Rivaroxaban is a potent, selective, direct factor Xa inhibitor.

Plasma levels of rivaroxaban peak 2 to 3 hours after administration, and it is cleared with a terminal half-life of 7 to 11 hours.10,11

Rivaroxaban is eliminated by the kidneys and in the feces. The kidneys eliminate one-third of the active drug unchanged and another one-third as inactive metabolites. The remaining one-third is metabolized by the liver and then excreted in the feces. Rivaroxaban has a predictable and dose-dependent pharmacodynamic and pharmacokinetic profile that is not affected by age, sex, or body weight (Table 1).12

Apixaban, an oral factor Xa inhibitor

Apixaban is a selective, direct oral factor Xa inhibitor.

Plasma levels of apixaban peak about 3 hours after administration, and its terminal half-life is 8 to 14 hours.13 Apixaban is eliminated by oxidative metabolism, by the kidney, and in the feces. It has predictable pharmacodynamic and pharmacokinetic profiles and has the least renal dependence of the three agents (Table 1).

 

 

THE NEW ORAL ANTICOAGULANTS AND BLOOD COAGULATION ASSAYS

Assessment of the anticoagulant activity of the new oral anticoagulants is not necessary in routine clinical practice, but it may be useful in planning intervention in patients with major bleeding, those with drug overdose, or those who need emergency surgery.

The activated partial thromboplastin time

The activated partial thromboplastin time (aPTT) is a measure of the activity of the intrinsic pathway of the coagulation cascade.

Dabigatran. There is a curvilinear relationship between the aPTT and the plasma concentration of dabigatran and other direct thrombin inhibitors, although the aPTT prolongation appears to vary with different reagents and coagulometers.9,14,15 However, Stangier et al9 found a linear relationship between the aPTT and the square root of the dabigatran plasma concentration.

Rivaroxaban prolongs the aPTT in a dose-dependent manner, but there is no standard for calibration of this assay. Hence, the aPTT is not recommended for monitoring rivaroxaban in clinical practice.

Apixaban may also prolong the aPTT, but there are limited data on its reactivity with different reagents.

The prothrombin time and international normalized ratio

The prothrombin time and international normalized ratio (INR) are measures of the extrinsic pathway of the coagulation cascade.

Dabigatran. The INR has a linear response to the dabigatran concentration, but it is insensitive.9 Hence, it is not suitable for monitoring the anticoagulant effects of direct thrombin inhibitors.

Rivaroxaban. The prothrombin time correlates strongly with the plasma concentration of rivaroxaban in healthy trial participants11 and in patients undergoing total hip arthroplasty or total knee arthroplasty.16 Samama et al17 noted that, unlike with vitamin K antagonists, the INR cannot be used to monitor patients on rivaroxaban because the prothrombin time results varied with different reagents. They used a standard calibration curve to express the prothrombin time results in plasma concentrations of rivaroxaban rather than in seconds or the INR.

Apixaban increases the INR in a dose-dependent manner.18 Its effect on different reagents remains unknown.

The thrombin time

The thrombin time reflects the activity of thrombin in the plasma. The amount of thrombin and the concentration of thrombin inhibitors in the plasma sample determine the time to clot formation.

Dabigatran. The thrombin time displays a linear dose-response to dabigatran, but only over the range of therapeutic concentrations. At a dabigatran concentration greater than 600 ng/mL, the test often exceeds the maximum measurement time of coagulometers.9 Hence, this test is too sensitive for emergency monitoring, especially in cases of drug overdose. However, it is well suited for determining if any dabigatran is present.

Rivaroxaban and apixaban have no effect on the thrombin time.

The Hemoclot direct thrombin inhibitor assay and dabigatran

The Hemoclot direct thrombin inhibitor assay (Hyphen BioMed, France) is a sensitive diluted thrombin time assay that can be used for quantitative measurement of dabigatran activity in plasma. This test is based on inhibition of a constant amount of highly purified human alpha-thrombin by adding it to diluted test plasma (1:8 to 1:20) mixed with normal pooled human plasma.19,20

Stangier et al19 found that the Hemoclot assay was suitable for calculating a wide range of dabigatran concentrations up to 4,000 nmol/L (1,886 ng/mL). Although this finding has not been confirmed in larger studies, this test may provide a rapid and accurate assessment of dabigatran’s anticoagulant activity in cases of emergency surgery or overdose.

The ecarin clotting time and dabigatran

The ecarin clotting time is a measure of the activity of direct thrombin inhibitors, but not the factor Xa inhibitors.

Ecarin is a highly purified metalloprotease isolated from the venom of a snake, Echis carinatus, and it generates meizothrombin from prothrombin.21 Meizothrombin facilitates clot formation by converting fibrinogen to fibrin and, like thrombin, it can be inactivated by direct thrombin inhibitors, thereby prolonging the clotting time.

The limitations of the ecarin clotting time include dependence on the plasma levels of fibrinogen and prothrombin.

The ecarin chromogenic assay and dabigatran

The ecarin chromogenic assay is an improvement on the principle of the ecarin clotting time that can be used to measure the activity of direct thrombin inhibitors.22 In this test, ecarin is added to a plasma sample to generate meizothrombin, and the amidolytic activity of meizothrombin towards a chromogenic substrate is then determined.

Results of the ecarin chromogenic assay are not influenced by the levels of fibrinogen or prothrombin. Another advantage is that this assay can be used in automated and manual analyzers, thus enabling its use at the bedside. However, to our knowledge, it is not being regularly used to monitor direct thrombin inhibitors in the clinical setting, and there is no standard calibration of the ecarin clotting time method.

Assays of factor Xa activity

A variety of assays to monitor the anticoagulant activity of factor Xa inhibitors have been proposed.23–25 All measure inhibition of the activity of factor Xa using methods similar to those used in monitoring heparin levels. All require calibrators with a known concentration of the Xa inhibitor; many are easily adapted for laboratories currently providing measurement of factor Xa inhibition from heparin.23 These assays have been suggested as a better indicator of plasma concentration of factor Xa inhibitor drugs than the prothrombin time.25

CONTROLLING BLEEDING IN PATIENTS ON THE NEW ORAL ANTICOAGULANTS

Bleeding is an anticipated adverse event in patients taking anticoagulants. It is associated with significant morbidity and risk of death.26,27

Many physicians still have limited experience with using the new oral anticoagulants and managing the attendant bleeding risks. Hence, we recommend that every health institution have a treatment policy or algorithm to guide all clinical staff in the management of such emergencies.

Prevention of bleeding

Management of bleeding from these agents should begin with preventing bleeding in the first place.

The physician should adhere to the recommended dosages of these medications. Studies have shown that the plasma concentration of these drugs and the risk of bleeding increase with increasing dosage.1,28,29

In addition, these medications should be used for the shortest time for which anticoagulation is required, especially when used for preventing deep vein thrombosis. Prolonged use increases the risk of bleeding.30,31

Most patients who need anticoagulation have comorbidities such as heart failure, renal failure, diabetes mellitus, and hypertension. Although the kidneys play a major role in the excretion of dabigatran and, to some extent, rivaroxaban and apixaban, patients with severe renal impairment were excluded from the major trials of all three drugs.1–3 Hence, to avoid excessive drug accumulation and bleeding, these medications should not be used in such patients pending further studies. Further, patients taking these medications should be closely followed to detect new clinical situations, such as acute renal failure, that will necessitate their discontinuation or dose adjustment.

 

 

If surgery is needed

If a patient taking a new oral anticoagulant needs to undergo elective surgery, it is important to temporarily discontinue the drug, assess the risk of bleeding, and test for renal impairment.

Renal impairment is particularly relevant in the case of dabigatran, since more than 80% of the unchanged drug is cleared by the kidneys. Decreasing the dose, prolonging the dosing interval, or both have been suggested as means to reduce the risk of bleeding in patients with renal impairment who are taking dabigatran.32,33 Patients with normal renal function undergoing low-risk surgery should discontinue dabigatran at least 24 hours before the surgery. If the creatinine clearance is 31 to 50 mL/min, inclusively, the last dose should be at least 48 hours before the procedure for low-risk surgery, and 4 days before a procedure that poses a high risk of bleeding.32–34 Some experts have given the same recommendations for rivaroxaban and apixaban (Table 2).34

The aPTT and prothrombin time are readily available tests, but they cannot determine the residual anticoagulant effects of dabigatran, rivaroxaban, or apixaban. However, in many (but not all) cases, a normal aPTT suggests that the hemostatic function is not impaired by dabigatran, and a normal prothrombin time or an absence of anti-factor Xa activity would similarly exclude hemostatic dysfunction caused by rivaroxaban or apixaban. These tests are potentially useful as adjuncts before surgical procedures that require complete hemostasis.

Furthermore, a normal thrombin time rules out the presence of a significant amount of dabigatran. Therefore, a normal thrombin time might be particularly useful in a patient undergoing a high-risk intervention such as epidural cannulation or neurosurgery and who is normally receiving dabigatran.

Managing overdose and bleeding complications

Assessing the severity of bleeding is the key to managing bleeding complications (Table 3).

Minor bleeding such as epistaxis and ecchymosis can be managed symptomatically (eg, with nasal packing), perhaps with short-term withdrawal of the anticoagulant. Moderate bleeding such as upper or lower gastrointestinal bleeding can be managed by withdrawal of the anticoagulant, clinical monitoring, blood transfusion if needed, and treatment directed at the etiology.

Major and life-threatening bleeding (eg, intracerebral hemorrhage) requires aggressive treatment in the intensive care unit, withdrawal of the anticoagulant, mechanical compression of the bleeding site if accessible, fluid replacement and blood transfusion as appropriate, and interventional procedures. Nonspecific reversal agents might be considered in patients with major or life-threatening bleeding.

The half-life of dabigatran after multiple doses is approximately 14 to 17 hours and is not dose-dependent.9 Hence, if there is no active bleeding after a dabigatran overdose, stopping the drug may be sufficient. Since the pharmacodynamic effect of dabigatran declines in parallel to its plasma concentration, urgent but not emergency surgery may need to be delayed for only about 12 hours from the last dose of dabigatran.

The 2011 American College of Cardiology Foundation/American Heart Association guidelines recommend that patients with severe hemorrhage resulting from dabigatran should receive supportive therapy, including transfusion of fresh-frozen plasma, transfusion of packed red blood cells, or surgical intervention if appropriate.35 However, transfusion of fresh-frozen plasma is debatable because there is no evidence to support its use in this situation. While fresh-frozen plasma may be useful in cases of coagulation factor depletion, it does not effectively reverse inhibition of coagulation factors.36

Off-label use of nonspecific hemostatic agents

To date, no specific agent has been demonstrated to reverse excessive bleeding in patients taking the new oral anticoagulants. However, in view of their procoagulant capabilities, nonspecific hemostatic agents have been suggested for use in reversal of major bleeding resulting from these drugs.37–39 Examples are:

Recombinant factor VIIa (NovoSeven) initiates thrombin generation by activating factor X.

Four-factor prothrombin complex concentrate (Beriplex, recently approved in the United States) contains relatively large amounts of four nonactive vitamin K-dependent procoagulant factors (factors II, VII, IX, and X) that stimulate thrombin formation.

Three-factor prothrombin complex concentrate (Bebulin VH and Profilnine SD) contains low amounts of nonactive factor VII relative to factors II, IX, and X. In some centers a four-factor equivalent is produced by transfusion of a three-factor product with the addition of small amounts of recombinant factor VIIa or fresh-frozen plasma to replace the missing factor VII.40

Activated prothrombin complex concentrate (FEIBA NF) contains activated factor VII and factors II, IX, and X, mainly in nonactivated form.36 Therefore, it combines the effect of both recombinant factor VIIa and four-factor prothrombin complex concentrate.37

Studies of nonspecific hemostatic agents

In a study of rats infused with high doses of dabigatran, van Ryn et al38 observed that activated prothrombin complex concentrate at a dose of 50 or 100 U/kg and recombinant factor VIIa at a dose of 0.1 or 0.5 mg/kg reduced the rat-tail bleeding time in a dose-dependent manner but not the blood loss, compared with controls, even with a higher dose of recombinant factor VIIa (1 mg/kg). Recombinant factor VIIa also reversed the prolonged aPTT induced by dabigatran, whereas activated prothrombin complex concentrate did not. They suggested that recombinant factor VIIa and activated prothrombin complex concentrate may be potential antidotes for dabigatran-induced severe bleeding in humans.

In an ex vivo study of healthy people who took a single dose of dabigatran 150 mg or rivaroxaban 20 mg, Marlu et al37 found that activated prothrombin complex concentrate and four-factor prothrombin complex concentrate could be reasonable antidotes to these drugs.

Dabigatran-associated bleeding after cardiac surgery in humans has been successfully managed with hemodialysis and recombinant factor VIIa, although the efficacy of the latter cannot be individually assessed in the study.41

In a randomized placebo-controlled trial aimed at reversing rivaroxaban and dabigatran in healthy participants, Eerenberg et al39 showed that four-factor prothrombin complex concentrate at a dose of 50 IU/kg reversed prolongation of the prothrombin time and decreased the endogenous thrombin potential in those who received rivaroxaban, but it failed to reverse the aPTT, the endogenous thrombin potential, and thrombin time in those who received dabigatran.

However, Marlu et al reported that four-factor prothrombin complex concentrate at three doses (12.5 U/kg, 25 U/kg, and 50 U/kg)—or better still, activated prothrombin complex concentrate (40–80 U/kg)—could be a useful antidote to dabigatran.37

It is important to note that the healthy participants in the Eerenberg et al study39 took dabigatran 150 mg twice daily and rivaroxaban 20 mg daily for 2.5 days, whereas those in the Marlu et al study37 took the same dose of each medication, but only once.

The three-factor prothrombin complex concentrate products have been shown to be less effective than four-factor ones in reversing supratherapeutic INRs in patients with warfarin overdose, but whether this will be true with the new oral anticoagulants remains unknown. Furthermore, the four-factor concentrates effectively reversed warfarin-induced coagulopathy and bleeding in patients,42 but to our knowledge, the same is yet to be demonstrated in bleeding related to the newer agents.

Other measures

Gastric lavage or the administration of activated charcoal (or in some cases both) may reduce drug absorption if done within 2 or 3 hours of drug ingestion (Table 1). Because it is lipophilic, more than 99.9% of dabigatran etexilate was adsorbed by activated charcoal from water prepared to simulate gastric fluid in an in vitro experiment by van Ryn et al.43 This has not been tested in patients, and no similar study has been done for rivaroxaban or apixaban. However, use of charcoal in cases of recent ingestion, particularly with intentional overdose of these agents, seems reasonable.

Hemodialysis may reverse the anticoagulant effects of dabigatran overdose or severe bleeding because only about 35% of dabigatran is bound to plasma proteins (Table 1). In a single-center study, 50 mg of dabigatran etexilate was given orally to six patients with end-stage renal disease before dialysis, and the mean fraction of the drug removed by the dialyzer was 62% at 2 hours and 68% at 4 hours.32 This study suggests that hemodialysis may be useful to accelerate the removal of the drug in cases of life-threatening bleeding.

Rivaroxaban and apixaban are not dialyzable: the plasma protein binding of rivaroxaban is 95% and that of apixaban is 87%.

FUTURE DIRECTIONS

Because the new oral anticoagulants, unlike warfarin, have a wide therapeutic window, routine anticoagulant monitoring is not needed and might be misleading. However, there are times when monitoring might be useful; at such times, a validated, widely available, easily understood test would be good to have—but we don’t have it—at least not yet.

Therapeutic ranges for the aPTT have been established empirically for heparin in various indications.44 Additional study is needed to determine if an appropriate aPTT range can be determined for the new oral anticoagulants, particularly dabigatran.

Similarly, as with low-molecular-weight heparins, anti-factor Xa activity monitoring may become a more available validated means of testing for exposure to rivaroxaban and apixaban. More promising, using concepts derived from the development of the INR for warfarin monitoring,45 Tripodi et al46 have derived normalized INR-like assays to report rivaroxaban levels. A standardized schema for reporting results is being developed.46 Studies are required to determine if and how this assay may be useful. Initial trials in this regard are encouraging.47

Finally, the thrombotic risk associated with the use of nonspecific prohemostatic agents is unknown.37,48 Additional studies are required to standardize their dosages, frequency of administration, and duration of action, as well as to quantify their complications in bleeding patients.

References
  1. Granger CB, Alexander JH, McMurray JJ, et al; ARISTOTLE Committees and Investigators. Apixaban versus warfarin in patients with atrial fibrillation. N Engl J Med 2011; 365:981992.
  2. Connolly SJ, Ezekowitz MD, Yusuf S, et al; RE-LY Steering Committee and Investigators. Dabigatran versus warfarin in patients with atrial fibrillation. N Engl J Med 2009; 361:11391151.
  3. Patel MR, Mahaffey KW, Garg J, et al; ROCKET AF Investigators. Rivaroxaban versus warfarin in nonvalvular atrial fibrillation. N Engl J Med 2011; 365:883891.
  4. Schulman S, Kearon C, Kakkar AK, et al; RE-COVER Study Group. Dabigatran versus warfarin in the treatment of acute venous thromboembolism. N Engl J Med 2009; 361:23422352.
  5. Naccarelli GV, Varker H, Lin J, Schulman KL. Increasing prevalence of atrial fibrillation and flutter in the United States. Am J Cardiol 2009; 104:15341539.
  6. Wolf PA, Abbott RD, Kannel WB. Atrial fibrillation as an independent risk factor for stroke: The Framingham Study. Stroke 1991; 22:983988.
  7. Heit JA, Cohen AT, Anderson FA; on behalf of the VTE Impact Assessment Group. Estimated annual number of incident and recurrent, non-fatal and fatal venous thromboembolism (VTE) events in the US. Blood (ASH Annual Meeting Abstracts) 2005; 106:abstract 910.
  8. Stangier J, Clemens A. Pharmacology, pharmacokinetics, and pharmacodynamics of dabigatran etexilate, an oral direct thrombin inhibitor. Clin Appl Thromb Hemost 2009; 15(suppl 1):9S16S.
  9. Stangier J, Rathgen K, Stähle H, Gansser D, Roth W. The pharmacokinetics, pharmacodynamics and tolerability of dabigatran etexilate, a new oral direct thrombin inhibitor, in healthy male subjects. Br J Clin Pharmacol 2007; 64:292303.
  10. Kubitza D, Becka M, Wensing G, Voith B, Zuehlsdorf M. Safety, pharmacodynamics, and pharmacokinetics of BAY 59-7939—an oral, direct factor Xa inhibitor—after multiple dosing in healthy male subjects. Eur J Clin Pharmacol 2005; 61:873880.
  11. Mueck W, Becka M, Kubitza D, Voith B, Zuehlsdorf M. Population model of the pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics of rivaroxaban—an oral, direct factor Xa inhibitor—in healthy subjects. Int J Clin Pharmacol Ther 2007; 45:335344.
  12. Weitz JI, Eikelboom JW, Samama MM; American College of Chest Physicians. New antithrombotic drugs: Antithrombotic Therapy and Prevention of Thrombosis, 9th ed: American College of Chest Physicians Evidence-Based Clinical Practice Guidelines. Chest 2012; 141(suppl 2):e120Se151S.
  13. Raghavan N, Frost CE, Yu Z, et al. Apixaban metabolism and pharmacokinetics after oral administration to humans. Drug Metab Dispos 2009; 37:7481.
  14. Cullberg M, Eriksson UG, Larsson M, Karlsson MO. Population modelling of the effect of inogatran, at thrombin inhibitor, on ex vivo coagulation time (APTT) in healthy subjects and patients with coronary artery disease. Br J Clin Pharmacol 2001; 51:7179.
  15. Carlsson SC, Mattsson C, Eriksson UG, et al. A review of the effects of the oral direct thrombin inhibitor ximelagatran on coagulation assays. Thromb Res 2005; 115:918.
  16. Mueck W, Eriksson BI, Bauer KA, et al. Population pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics of rivaroxaban—an oral, direct factor Xa inhibitor—in patients undergoing major orthopaedic surgery. Clin Pharmacokinet 2008; 47:203216.
  17. Samama MM, Martinoli JL, LeFlem L, et al. Assessment of laboratory assays to measure rivaroxaban—an oral, direct factor Xa inhibitor. Thromb Haemost 2010; 103:815825.
  18. Wong PC, Crain EJ, Xin B, et al. Apixaban, an oral, direct and highly selective factor Xa inhibitor: in vitro, antithrombotic and antihemostatic studies. J Thromb Haemost 2008; 6:820829.
  19. Stangier J, Feuring M. Using the HEMOCLOT direct thrombin inhibitor assay to determine plasma concentrations of dabigatran. Blood Coagul Fibrinolysis 2012; 23:138143.
  20. van Ryn J, Stangier J, Haertter S, et al. Dabigatran etexilate—a novel, reversible, oral direct thrombin inhibitor: interpretation of coagulation assays and reversal of anticoagulant activity. Thromb Haemost 2010; 103:11161127.
  21. Nowak G. The ecarin clotting time, a universal method to quantify direct thrombin inhibitors. Pathophysiol Haemost Thromb 2003–2004; 33:173183.
  22. Lange U, Nowak G, Bucha E. Ecarin chromogenic assay—a new method for quantitative determination of direct thrombin inhibitors like hirudin. Pathophysiol Haemost Thromb 2003–2004; 33:184191.
  23. Samama MM, Contant G, Spiro TE, et al; Rivaroxaban Anti-Factor Xa Chromogenic Assay Field Trial Laboratories. Evaluation of the anti-factor Xa chromogenic assay for the measurement of rivaroxaban plasma concentrations using calibrators and controls. Thromb Haemost 2012; 107:379387.
  24. Miyares MA, Davis K. Newer oral anticoagulants: a review of laboratory monitoring options and reversal agents in the hemorrhagic patient. Am J Health Syst Pharm 2012; 69:14731484.
  25. Barrett YC, Wang Z, Frost C, Shenker A. Clinical laboratory measurement of direct factor Xa inhibitors: anti-Xa assay is preferable to prothrombin time assay. Thromb Haemost 2010; 104:12631271.
  26. Eikelboom JW, Mehta SR, Anand SS, Xie C, Fox KA, Yusuf S. Adverse impact of bleeding on prognosis in patients with acute coronary syndromes. Circulation 2006; 114:774782.
  27. Manoukian SV, Feit F, Mehran R, et al. Impact of major bleeding on 30-day mortality and clinical outcomes in patients with acute coronary syndromes: an analysis from the ACUITY Trial. J Am Coll Cardiol 2007; 49:13621368.
  28. Perzborn E, Strassburger J, Wilmen A, et al. In vitro and in vivo studies of the novel antithrombotic agent BAY 59-7939—an oral, direct factor Xa inhibitor. J Thromb Haemost 2005; 3:514521.
  29. Eriksson BI, Dahl OE, Rosencher N, et al; RE-NOVATE Study Group. Dabigatran etexilate versus enoxaparin for prevention of venous thromboembolism after total hip replacement: a randomised, double-blind, non-inferiority trial. Lancet 2007; 370:949956.
  30. Eriksson BI, Borris LC, Friedman RJ, et al; RECORD1 Study Group. Rivaroxaban versus enoxaparin for thromboprophylaxis after hip arthroplasty. N Engl J Med 2008; 358:27652775.
  31. Lassen MR, Ageno W, Borris LC, et al; RECORD3 Investigators. Rivaroxaban versus enoxaparin for thromboprophylaxis after total knee arthroplasty. N Engl J Med 2008; 358:27762786.
  32. Stangier J, Rathgen K, Stähle H, Mazur D. Influence of renal impairment on the pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics of oral dabigatran etexilate: an open-label, parallel-group, single-centre study. Clin Pharmacokinet 2010; 49:259268.
  33. US Food and Drug Administration (FDA). Medication Guide: Pradaxa (dabigatran etexilate mesylate) capsules. http://www.fda.gov/downloads/Drugs/DrugSafety/UCM231720.pdf. Accessed June 5, 2013.
  34. Schulman S, Crowther MA. How I treat with anticoagulants in 2012: new and old anticoagulants, and when and how to switch. Blood 2012; 119:30163023.
  35. Wann LS, Curtis AB, Ellenbogen KA, et al. 2011 ACCF/ AHA/ HRS focused update on the management of patients with atrial fibrillation (update on dabigatran): a report of the American College of Cardiology Foundation/American Heart Association Task Force on practice guidelines. J Am Coll Cardiol 2011; 57:13301337.
  36. Crowther MA, Warkentin TE. Managing bleeding in anticoagulated patients with a focus on novel therapeutic agents. J Thromb Haemost 2009; 7(suppl 1):107110.
  37. Marlu R, Hodaj E, Paris A, Albaladejo P, Cracowski JL, Pernod G. Effect of non-specific reversal agents on anticoagulant activity of dabigatran and rivaroxaban: a randomised crossover ex vivo study in healthy volunteers. Thromb Haemost 2012; 108:217224.
  38. van Ryn J, Ruehl D, Priepke H, Hauel N, Wienen W. Reversibility of the anticoagulant effect of high doses of the direct thrombin inhibitor dabigatran, by recombinant factor VIIa or activated prothrombin complex concentrate. 13th Congress of the European Hematology Association, June 12–15, 2008. Hematologica 2008; 93( s1):148Abs.0370.
  39. Eerenberg ES, Kamphuisen PW, Sijpkens MK, Meijers JC, Buller HR, Levi M. Reversal of rivaroxaban and dabigatran by prothrombin complex concentrate: a randomized, placebo-controlled, crossover study in healthy subjects. Circulation 2011; 124:15731579.
  40. Holland L, Warkentin TE, Refaai M, Crowther MA, Johnston MA, Sarode R. Suboptimal effect of a three-factor prothrombin complex concentrate (Profilnine-SD) in correcting supratherapeutic international normalized ratio due to warfarin overdose. Transfusion 2009; 49:11711177.
  41. Warkentin TE, Margetts P, Connolly SJ, Lamy A, Ricci C, Eikelboom JW. Recombinant factor VIIa (rFVIIa) and hemodialysis to manage massive dabigatran-associated postcardiac surgery bleeding. Blood 2012; 119:21722174.
  42. Song MM, Warne CP, Crowther MA. Prothrombin complex concentrate (PCC, Octaplex) in patients requiring immediate reversal of vitamin K antagonist anticoagulation. Thromb Res 2012; 129:526529.
  43. van Ryn J, Sieger P, Kink-Eiband M, Gansser D, Clemens A. Adsorption of dabigatran etexilate in water or dabigatran in pooled human plasma by activated charcoal in vitro. 51st ASH Annual Meeting and Exposition. Abstract no. 1065. http://ash.confex.com/ash/2009/webprogram/Paper21383.html. Accessed June 5, 2013.
  44. Hirsh J. Heparin. N Engl J Med 1991; 324:15651574.
  45. van den Besselaar AMHP, Poller L, Tripodi A. Guidelines for thromboplastins and plasmas used to control for oral anticoagulant therapy. WHO Technical Report Series 1999; 889:6493.
  46. Tripodi A, Chantarangkul V, Guinet C, Samama MM. The international normalized ratio calibrated for rivaroxaban has the potential to normalize prothrombin time results for rivaroxaban-treated patients: Results of an in vitro study. J Thromb Haemost 2011; 9:226228.
  47. Samama MM, Contant G, Spiro TE, et al; Rivaroxaban Prothrombin Time Field Trial Laboratories. Evaluation of the prothrombin time for measuring rivaroxaban plasma concentrations using calibrators and controls: results of a multicenter field trial. Clin Appl Thromb Hemost 2012; 18:150158.
  48. Ehrlich HJ, Henzl MJ, Gomperts ED. Safety of factor VIII inhibitor bypass activity (FEIBA): 10-year compilation of thrombotic adverse events. Haemophilia 2002; 8:8390.
References
  1. Granger CB, Alexander JH, McMurray JJ, et al; ARISTOTLE Committees and Investigators. Apixaban versus warfarin in patients with atrial fibrillation. N Engl J Med 2011; 365:981992.
  2. Connolly SJ, Ezekowitz MD, Yusuf S, et al; RE-LY Steering Committee and Investigators. Dabigatran versus warfarin in patients with atrial fibrillation. N Engl J Med 2009; 361:11391151.
  3. Patel MR, Mahaffey KW, Garg J, et al; ROCKET AF Investigators. Rivaroxaban versus warfarin in nonvalvular atrial fibrillation. N Engl J Med 2011; 365:883891.
  4. Schulman S, Kearon C, Kakkar AK, et al; RE-COVER Study Group. Dabigatran versus warfarin in the treatment of acute venous thromboembolism. N Engl J Med 2009; 361:23422352.
  5. Naccarelli GV, Varker H, Lin J, Schulman KL. Increasing prevalence of atrial fibrillation and flutter in the United States. Am J Cardiol 2009; 104:15341539.
  6. Wolf PA, Abbott RD, Kannel WB. Atrial fibrillation as an independent risk factor for stroke: The Framingham Study. Stroke 1991; 22:983988.
  7. Heit JA, Cohen AT, Anderson FA; on behalf of the VTE Impact Assessment Group. Estimated annual number of incident and recurrent, non-fatal and fatal venous thromboembolism (VTE) events in the US. Blood (ASH Annual Meeting Abstracts) 2005; 106:abstract 910.
  8. Stangier J, Clemens A. Pharmacology, pharmacokinetics, and pharmacodynamics of dabigatran etexilate, an oral direct thrombin inhibitor. Clin Appl Thromb Hemost 2009; 15(suppl 1):9S16S.
  9. Stangier J, Rathgen K, Stähle H, Gansser D, Roth W. The pharmacokinetics, pharmacodynamics and tolerability of dabigatran etexilate, a new oral direct thrombin inhibitor, in healthy male subjects. Br J Clin Pharmacol 2007; 64:292303.
  10. Kubitza D, Becka M, Wensing G, Voith B, Zuehlsdorf M. Safety, pharmacodynamics, and pharmacokinetics of BAY 59-7939—an oral, direct factor Xa inhibitor—after multiple dosing in healthy male subjects. Eur J Clin Pharmacol 2005; 61:873880.
  11. Mueck W, Becka M, Kubitza D, Voith B, Zuehlsdorf M. Population model of the pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics of rivaroxaban—an oral, direct factor Xa inhibitor—in healthy subjects. Int J Clin Pharmacol Ther 2007; 45:335344.
  12. Weitz JI, Eikelboom JW, Samama MM; American College of Chest Physicians. New antithrombotic drugs: Antithrombotic Therapy and Prevention of Thrombosis, 9th ed: American College of Chest Physicians Evidence-Based Clinical Practice Guidelines. Chest 2012; 141(suppl 2):e120Se151S.
  13. Raghavan N, Frost CE, Yu Z, et al. Apixaban metabolism and pharmacokinetics after oral administration to humans. Drug Metab Dispos 2009; 37:7481.
  14. Cullberg M, Eriksson UG, Larsson M, Karlsson MO. Population modelling of the effect of inogatran, at thrombin inhibitor, on ex vivo coagulation time (APTT) in healthy subjects and patients with coronary artery disease. Br J Clin Pharmacol 2001; 51:7179.
  15. Carlsson SC, Mattsson C, Eriksson UG, et al. A review of the effects of the oral direct thrombin inhibitor ximelagatran on coagulation assays. Thromb Res 2005; 115:918.
  16. Mueck W, Eriksson BI, Bauer KA, et al. Population pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics of rivaroxaban—an oral, direct factor Xa inhibitor—in patients undergoing major orthopaedic surgery. Clin Pharmacokinet 2008; 47:203216.
  17. Samama MM, Martinoli JL, LeFlem L, et al. Assessment of laboratory assays to measure rivaroxaban—an oral, direct factor Xa inhibitor. Thromb Haemost 2010; 103:815825.
  18. Wong PC, Crain EJ, Xin B, et al. Apixaban, an oral, direct and highly selective factor Xa inhibitor: in vitro, antithrombotic and antihemostatic studies. J Thromb Haemost 2008; 6:820829.
  19. Stangier J, Feuring M. Using the HEMOCLOT direct thrombin inhibitor assay to determine plasma concentrations of dabigatran. Blood Coagul Fibrinolysis 2012; 23:138143.
  20. van Ryn J, Stangier J, Haertter S, et al. Dabigatran etexilate—a novel, reversible, oral direct thrombin inhibitor: interpretation of coagulation assays and reversal of anticoagulant activity. Thromb Haemost 2010; 103:11161127.
  21. Nowak G. The ecarin clotting time, a universal method to quantify direct thrombin inhibitors. Pathophysiol Haemost Thromb 2003–2004; 33:173183.
  22. Lange U, Nowak G, Bucha E. Ecarin chromogenic assay—a new method for quantitative determination of direct thrombin inhibitors like hirudin. Pathophysiol Haemost Thromb 2003–2004; 33:184191.
  23. Samama MM, Contant G, Spiro TE, et al; Rivaroxaban Anti-Factor Xa Chromogenic Assay Field Trial Laboratories. Evaluation of the anti-factor Xa chromogenic assay for the measurement of rivaroxaban plasma concentrations using calibrators and controls. Thromb Haemost 2012; 107:379387.
  24. Miyares MA, Davis K. Newer oral anticoagulants: a review of laboratory monitoring options and reversal agents in the hemorrhagic patient. Am J Health Syst Pharm 2012; 69:14731484.
  25. Barrett YC, Wang Z, Frost C, Shenker A. Clinical laboratory measurement of direct factor Xa inhibitors: anti-Xa assay is preferable to prothrombin time assay. Thromb Haemost 2010; 104:12631271.
  26. Eikelboom JW, Mehta SR, Anand SS, Xie C, Fox KA, Yusuf S. Adverse impact of bleeding on prognosis in patients with acute coronary syndromes. Circulation 2006; 114:774782.
  27. Manoukian SV, Feit F, Mehran R, et al. Impact of major bleeding on 30-day mortality and clinical outcomes in patients with acute coronary syndromes: an analysis from the ACUITY Trial. J Am Coll Cardiol 2007; 49:13621368.
  28. Perzborn E, Strassburger J, Wilmen A, et al. In vitro and in vivo studies of the novel antithrombotic agent BAY 59-7939—an oral, direct factor Xa inhibitor. J Thromb Haemost 2005; 3:514521.
  29. Eriksson BI, Dahl OE, Rosencher N, et al; RE-NOVATE Study Group. Dabigatran etexilate versus enoxaparin for prevention of venous thromboembolism after total hip replacement: a randomised, double-blind, non-inferiority trial. Lancet 2007; 370:949956.
  30. Eriksson BI, Borris LC, Friedman RJ, et al; RECORD1 Study Group. Rivaroxaban versus enoxaparin for thromboprophylaxis after hip arthroplasty. N Engl J Med 2008; 358:27652775.
  31. Lassen MR, Ageno W, Borris LC, et al; RECORD3 Investigators. Rivaroxaban versus enoxaparin for thromboprophylaxis after total knee arthroplasty. N Engl J Med 2008; 358:27762786.
  32. Stangier J, Rathgen K, Stähle H, Mazur D. Influence of renal impairment on the pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics of oral dabigatran etexilate: an open-label, parallel-group, single-centre study. Clin Pharmacokinet 2010; 49:259268.
  33. US Food and Drug Administration (FDA). Medication Guide: Pradaxa (dabigatran etexilate mesylate) capsules. http://www.fda.gov/downloads/Drugs/DrugSafety/UCM231720.pdf. Accessed June 5, 2013.
  34. Schulman S, Crowther MA. How I treat with anticoagulants in 2012: new and old anticoagulants, and when and how to switch. Blood 2012; 119:30163023.
  35. Wann LS, Curtis AB, Ellenbogen KA, et al. 2011 ACCF/ AHA/ HRS focused update on the management of patients with atrial fibrillation (update on dabigatran): a report of the American College of Cardiology Foundation/American Heart Association Task Force on practice guidelines. J Am Coll Cardiol 2011; 57:13301337.
  36. Crowther MA, Warkentin TE. Managing bleeding in anticoagulated patients with a focus on novel therapeutic agents. J Thromb Haemost 2009; 7(suppl 1):107110.
  37. Marlu R, Hodaj E, Paris A, Albaladejo P, Cracowski JL, Pernod G. Effect of non-specific reversal agents on anticoagulant activity of dabigatran and rivaroxaban: a randomised crossover ex vivo study in healthy volunteers. Thromb Haemost 2012; 108:217224.
  38. van Ryn J, Ruehl D, Priepke H, Hauel N, Wienen W. Reversibility of the anticoagulant effect of high doses of the direct thrombin inhibitor dabigatran, by recombinant factor VIIa or activated prothrombin complex concentrate. 13th Congress of the European Hematology Association, June 12–15, 2008. Hematologica 2008; 93( s1):148Abs.0370.
  39. Eerenberg ES, Kamphuisen PW, Sijpkens MK, Meijers JC, Buller HR, Levi M. Reversal of rivaroxaban and dabigatran by prothrombin complex concentrate: a randomized, placebo-controlled, crossover study in healthy subjects. Circulation 2011; 124:15731579.
  40. Holland L, Warkentin TE, Refaai M, Crowther MA, Johnston MA, Sarode R. Suboptimal effect of a three-factor prothrombin complex concentrate (Profilnine-SD) in correcting supratherapeutic international normalized ratio due to warfarin overdose. Transfusion 2009; 49:11711177.
  41. Warkentin TE, Margetts P, Connolly SJ, Lamy A, Ricci C, Eikelboom JW. Recombinant factor VIIa (rFVIIa) and hemodialysis to manage massive dabigatran-associated postcardiac surgery bleeding. Blood 2012; 119:21722174.
  42. Song MM, Warne CP, Crowther MA. Prothrombin complex concentrate (PCC, Octaplex) in patients requiring immediate reversal of vitamin K antagonist anticoagulation. Thromb Res 2012; 129:526529.
  43. van Ryn J, Sieger P, Kink-Eiband M, Gansser D, Clemens A. Adsorption of dabigatran etexilate in water or dabigatran in pooled human plasma by activated charcoal in vitro. 51st ASH Annual Meeting and Exposition. Abstract no. 1065. http://ash.confex.com/ash/2009/webprogram/Paper21383.html. Accessed June 5, 2013.
  44. Hirsh J. Heparin. N Engl J Med 1991; 324:15651574.
  45. van den Besselaar AMHP, Poller L, Tripodi A. Guidelines for thromboplastins and plasmas used to control for oral anticoagulant therapy. WHO Technical Report Series 1999; 889:6493.
  46. Tripodi A, Chantarangkul V, Guinet C, Samama MM. The international normalized ratio calibrated for rivaroxaban has the potential to normalize prothrombin time results for rivaroxaban-treated patients: Results of an in vitro study. J Thromb Haemost 2011; 9:226228.
  47. Samama MM, Contant G, Spiro TE, et al; Rivaroxaban Prothrombin Time Field Trial Laboratories. Evaluation of the prothrombin time for measuring rivaroxaban plasma concentrations using calibrators and controls: results of a multicenter field trial. Clin Appl Thromb Hemost 2012; 18:150158.
  48. Ehrlich HJ, Henzl MJ, Gomperts ED. Safety of factor VIII inhibitor bypass activity (FEIBA): 10-year compilation of thrombotic adverse events. Haemophilia 2002; 8:8390.
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 80(7)
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 80(7)
Page Number
443-451
Page Number
443-451
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Practical management of bleeding due to the anticoagulants dabigatran, rivaroxaban, and apixaban
Display Headline
Practical management of bleeding due to the anticoagulants dabigatran, rivaroxaban, and apixaban
Sections
Inside the Article

KEY POINTS

  • Thromboprophylaxis with anticoagulants is an important aspect of managing patients at risk of systemic or pulmonary embolization.
  • Dabigatran is a direct inhibitor of thrombin (factor IIa); rivaroxaban and apixaban inhibit factor Xa.
  • Monitoring of coagulation function is not routinely necessary with the new drugs but may be useful in emergencies.
  • Nonspecific hemostatic agents that have been suggested for off-label use in reversing excessive bleeding in patients taking the new oral anticoagulants include recombinant factor VIIa, three-factor and four-factor prothrombin complex concentrate, and activated prothrombin complex concentrate.
Disallow All Ads
Alternative CME
Article PDF Media